--- /dev/null
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-23 03:49+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "CHATTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2 original/man1/lsattr.1:2 original/man1/uuidgen.1:8 original/man3/libblkid.3:8 original/man3/uuid.3:32 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32 original/man3/uuid_time.3:32 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5 original/man8/badblocks.8:2 original/man8/blkid.8:8 original/man8/debugfs.8:5 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2 original/man8/e2fsck.8:5 original/man8/e2image.8:5 original/man8/e2label.8:5 original/man8/e2undo.8:5 original/man8/filefrag.8:2 original/man8/findfs.8:5 original/man8/fsck.8:5 original/man8/logsave.8:5 original/man8/mke2fs.8:5 original/man8/mklost+found.8:5 original/man8/resize2fs.8:5 original/man8/tune2fs.8:5 original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "February 2012"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2 original/man1/lsattr.1:2 original/man1/uuidgen.1:8 original/man3/libblkid.3:8 original/man3/uuid.3:32 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32 original/man3/uuid_time.3:32 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5 original/man8/badblocks.8:2 original/man8/blkid.8:8 original/man8/debugfs.8:5 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2 original/man8/e2fsck.8:5 original/man8/e2image.8:5 original/man8/e2label.8:5 original/man8/e2undo.8:5 original/man8/filefrag.8:2 original/man8/findfs.8:5 original/man8/fsck.8:5 original/man8/logsave.8:5 original/man8/mke2fs.8:5 original/man8/mklost+found.8:5 original/man8/resize2fs.8:5 original/man8/tune2fs.8:5 original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2fsprogs version 1.42.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:3 original/man1/compile_et.1:7 original/man1/lsattr.1:3 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:4 original/man1/uuidgen.1:9 original/man3/com_err.3:5 original/man3/libblkid.3:9 original/man3/uuid.3:33 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:33 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:33 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:33 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:33 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:33 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:33 original/man3/uuid_time.3:33 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:33 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:6 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:6 original/man8/badblocks.8:3 original/man8/blkid.8:9 original/man8/debugfs.8:6 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:6 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:3 original/man8/e2fsck.8:6 original/man8/e2image.8:6 original/man8/e2label.8:6 original/man8/e2undo.8:6 original/man8/e4defrag.8:2 original/man8/filefrag.8:3 original/man8/findfs.8:6 original/man8/fsck.8:6 original/man8/logsave.8:6 original/man8/mke2fs.8:6 original/man8/mklost+found.8:6 original/man8/resize2fs.8:6 original/man8/tune2fs.8:6 original/man8/uuidd.8:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:5
+msgid "chattr - change file attributes on a Linux file system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:5 original/man1/compile_et.1:9 original/man1/lsattr.1:5 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:6 original/man1/uuidgen.1:11 original/man3/com_err.3:7 original/man3/libblkid.3:11 original/man3/uuid.3:35 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:35 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:35 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:35 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:35 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:35 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:35 original/man3/uuid_time.3:35 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:35 original/man8/badblocks.8:5 original/man8/blkid.8:11 original/man8/debugfs.8:8 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:8 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:5 original/man8/e2fsck.8:8 original/man8/e2image.8:8 original/man8/e2label.8:8 original/man8/e2undo.8:8 original/man8/e4defrag.8:4 original/man8/filefrag.8:5 original/man8/findfs.8:8 original/man8/fsck.8:8 original/man8/logsave.8:8 original/man8/mke2fs.8:8 original/man8/mklost+found.8:9 original/man8/resize2fs.8:8 original/man8/tune2fs.8:8 original/man8/uuidd.8:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:18
+msgid "B<chattr> [ B<-RVf> ] [ B<-v> I<version> ] [ I<mode> ] I<files...>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:18 original/man1/compile_et.1:12 original/man1/lsattr.1:13 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:9 original/man1/uuidgen.1:18 original/man3/com_err.3:20 original/man3/libblkid.3:17 original/man3/uuid.3:37 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:41 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:41 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:41 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:43 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:41 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:41 original/man3/uuid_time.3:41 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:43 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:8 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:8 original/man8/badblocks.8:48 original/man8/blkid.8:39 original/man8/debugfs.8:36 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:20 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:15 original/man8/e2fsck.8:38 original/man8/e2image.8:15 original/man8/e2label.8:14 original/man8/e2undo.8:14 original/man8/e4defrag.8:14 original/man8/filefrag.8:13 original/man8/findfs.8:14 original/man8/fsck.8:27 original/man8/logsave.8:14 original/man8/mke2fs.8:141 original/man8/mklost+found.8:11 original/man8/resize2fs.8:25 original/man8/tune2fs.8:93 original/man8/uuidd.8:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:21
+msgid "B<chattr> changes the file attributes on a Linux file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:23
+msgid "The format of a symbolic mode is +-=[acdeijstuADST]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:27
+msgid ""
+"The operator `+' causes the selected attributes to be added to the existing "
+"attributes of the files; `-' causes them to be removed; and `=' causes them "
+"to be the only attributes that the files have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:33
+msgid ""
+"The letters `acdeijstuADST' select the new attributes for the files: append "
+"only (a), compressed (c), no dump (d), extent format (e), immutable (i), "
+"data journalling (j), secure deletion (s), no tail-merging (t), undeletable "
+"(u), no atime updates (A), synchronous directory updates (D), synchronous "
+"updates (S), and top of directory hierarchy (T)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:39
+msgid ""
+"The following attributes are read-only, and may be listed by B<lsattr>(1) "
+"but not modified by chattr: huge file (h), compression error (E), indexed "
+"directory (I), compression raw access (X), and compressed dirty file (Z)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:39 original/man1/lsattr.1:18 original/man1/uuidgen.1:42 original/man8/badblocks.8:84 original/man8/blkid.8:52 original/man8/debugfs.8:45 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:29 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:30 original/man8/e2fsck.8:71 original/man8/e2undo.8:22 original/man8/e4defrag.8:35 original/man8/filefrag.8:24 original/man8/fsck.8:90 original/man8/logsave.8:39 original/man8/mke2fs.8:163 original/man8/mklost+found.8:29 original/man8/resize2fs.8:88 original/man8/tune2fs.8:110 original/man8/uuidd.8:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:40 original/man1/lsattr.1:19 original/man8/fsck.8:253
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-R>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:43
+msgid "Recursively change attributes of directories and their contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:43 original/man1/lsattr.1:22 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:66 original/man8/e2fsck.8:301 original/man8/fsck.8:261 original/man8/mke2fs.8:675
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-V>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:46
+msgid "Be verbose with chattr's output and print the program version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:46 original/man8/badblocks.8:104 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:47 original/man8/e2fsck.8:211 original/man8/e2undo.8:23 original/man8/resize2fs.8:102 original/man8/tune2fs.8:244
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-f>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:49
+msgid "Suppress most error messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-v>I< version>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:52
+msgid "Set the file's version/generation number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:52
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ATTRIBUTES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:56
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the 'A' attribute set is accessed, its atime record is not "
+"modified. This avoids a certain amount of disk I/O for laptop systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:60
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `a' attribute set can only be open in append mode for "
+"writing. Only the superuser or a process possessing the CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE "
+"capability can set or clear this attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:66
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `c' attribute set is automatically compressed on the disk by "
+"the kernel. A read from this file returns uncompressed data. A write to "
+"this file compresses data before storing them on the disk. Note: please "
+"make sure to read the bugs and limitations section at the end of this "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:70
+msgid ""
+"When a directory with the `D' attribute set is modified, the changes are "
+"written synchronously on the disk; this is equivalent to the `dirsync' mount "
+"option applied to a subset of the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:74
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `d' attribute set is not candidate for backup when the "
+"B<dump>(8) program is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:81
+msgid ""
+"The 'E' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate that a compressed file has a compression error. It may not be set "
+"or reset using B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:85
+msgid ""
+"The 'e' attribute indicates that the file is using extents for mapping the "
+"blocks on disk. It may not be removed using B<chattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:91
+msgid ""
+"The 'I' attribute is used by the htree code to indicate that a directory is "
+"being indexed using hashed trees. It may not be set or reset using "
+"B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:98
+msgid ""
+"The 'h' attribute indicates the file is storing its blocks in units of the "
+"filesystem blocksize instead of in units of sectors, and means that the file "
+"is (or at one time was) larger than 2TB. It may not be set or reset using "
+"B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:103
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `i' attribute cannot be modified: it cannot be deleted or "
+"renamed, no link can be created to this file and no data can be written to "
+"the file. Only the superuser or a process possessing the "
+"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE capability can set or clear this attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:111
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `j' attribute has all of its data written to the ext3 "
+"journal before being written to the file itself, if the filesystem is "
+"mounted with the \"data=ordered\" or \"data=writeback\" options. When the "
+"filesystem is mounted with the \"data=journal\" option all file data is "
+"already journalled and this attribute has no effect. Only the superuser or "
+"a process possessing the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability can set or clear this "
+"attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:115
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `s' attribute set is deleted, its blocks are zeroed and "
+"written back to the disk. Note: please make sure to read the bugs and "
+"limitations section at the end of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:119
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `S' attribute set is modified, the changes are written "
+"synchronously on the disk; this is equivalent to the `sync' mount option "
+"applied to a subset of the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:129
+msgid ""
+"A directory with the 'T' attribute will be deemed to be the top of directory "
+"hierarchies for the purposes of the Orlov block allocator. This is a hint "
+"to the block allocator used by ext3 and ext4 that the subdirectories under "
+"this directory are not related, and thus should be spread apart for "
+"allocation purposes. For example it is a very good idea to set the 'T' "
+"attribute on the /home directory, so that /home/john and /home/mary are "
+"placed into separate block groups. For directories where this attribute is "
+"not set, the Orlov block allocator will try to group subdirectories closer "
+"together where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:136
+msgid ""
+"A file with the 't' attribute will not have a partial block fragment at the "
+"end of the file merged with other files (for those filesystems which support "
+"tail-merging). This is necessary for applications such as LILO which read "
+"the filesystem directly, and which don't understand tail-merged files. "
+"Note: As of this writing, the ext2 or ext3 filesystems do not (yet, except "
+"in very experimental patches) support tail-merging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:141
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `u' attribute set is deleted, its contents are saved. "
+"This allows the user to ask for its undeletion. Note: please make sure to "
+"read the bugs and limitations section at the end of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:148
+msgid ""
+"The 'X' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate that a raw contents of a compressed file can be accessed directly. "
+"It currently may not be set or reset using B<chattr>(1), although it can be "
+"displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:154
+msgid ""
+"The 'Z' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate a compressed file is dirty. It may not be set or reset using "
+"B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:155 original/man1/lsattr.1:34 original/man1/uuidgen.1:55 original/man3/libblkid.3:48 original/man3/uuid.3:51 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:47 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:53 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:49 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:89 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:48 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:57 original/man3/uuid_time.3:60 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:65 original/man8/badblocks.8:223 original/man8/blkid.8:156 original/man8/debugfs.8:632 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:74 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:90 original/man8/e2fsck.8:406 original/man8/e2image.8:174 original/man8/e2label.8:43 original/man8/e2undo.8:34 original/man8/e4defrag.8:74 original/man8/filefrag.8:41 original/man8/findfs.8:24 original/man8/fsck.8:347 original/man8/logsave.8:58 original/man8/mke2fs.8:703 original/man8/mklost+found.8:31 original/man8/resize2fs.8:134 original/man8/tune2fs.8:667 original/man8/uuidd.8:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:159
+msgid ""
+"B<chattr> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:159
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BUGS AND LIMITATIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:164
+msgid ""
+"The `c', 's', and `u' attributes are not honored by the ext2 and ext3 "
+"filesystems as implemented in the current mainline Linux kernels. These "
+"attributes may be implemented in future versions of the ext2 and ext3 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:166
+msgid "The `j' option is only useful if the filesystem is mounted as ext3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:168
+msgid "The `D' option is only useful on Linux kernel 2.5.19 and later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:168 original/man1/lsattr.1:40 original/man1/uuidgen.1:58 original/man3/libblkid.3:56 original/man3/uuid.3:53 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:49 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:55 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:51 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:91 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:50 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:59 original/man3/uuid_time.3:62 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:67 original/man8/badblocks.8:228 original/man8/blkid.8:159 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:78 original/man8/e2image.8:177 original/man8/e2label.8:46 original/man8/e2undo.8:37 original/man8/findfs.8:27 original/man8/mke2fs.8:715 original/man8/mklost+found.8:37 original/man8/tune2fs.8:675 original/man8/uuidd.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:172
+msgid ""
+"B<chattr> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:172 original/man1/compile_et.1:79 original/man1/lsattr.1:44 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:57 original/man1/uuidgen.1:62 original/man3/com_err.3:84 original/man3/libblkid.3:79 original/man3/uuid.3:58 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:53 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:59 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:55 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:95 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:54 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:63 original/man3/uuid_time.3:66 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:71 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:255 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:429 original/man8/badblocks.8:232 original/man8/blkid.8:163 original/man8/debugfs.8:635 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:82 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:93 original/man8/e2fsck.8:410 original/man8/e2image.8:181 original/man8/e2label.8:50 original/man8/e2undo.8:41 original/man8/e4defrag.8:77 original/man8/findfs.8:31 original/man8/fsck.8:398 original/man8/logsave.8:60 original/man8/mke2fs.8:719 original/man8/mklost+found.8:41 original/man8/resize2fs.8:143 original/man8/tune2fs.8:679 original/man8/uuidd.8:95
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:173
+msgid "B<lsattr>(1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COMPILE_ET"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "30 Mar 1998"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6 original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SIPB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:9
+msgid "compile_et - error table compiler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:12
+msgid "B<compile_et> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:18
+msgid ""
+"B<Compile_et> converts a table listing error-code names and associated "
+"messages into a C source file suitable for use with the I<com_err>(3) "
+"library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:22
+msgid ""
+"The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.et''; the file consists of "
+"a declaration supplying the name (up to four characters long) of the "
+"error-code table:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:25
+msgid "B<error_table> I<name>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:27
+msgid "followed by up to 256 entries of the form:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:33
+msgid "B<error_code> I<name,> \" I<string> \""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:35 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:35
+msgid "and a final"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:37 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:37
+msgid "B<end>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:39 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:39
+msgid "to indicate the end of the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:45
+msgid ""
+"The name of the table is used to construct the name of a subroutine "
+"I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> which must be called in order for the "
+"I<com_err> library to recognize the error table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:51
+msgid ""
+"The various error codes defined are assigned sequentially increasing numbers "
+"(starting with a large number computed as a hash function of the name of the "
+"table); thus for compatibility it is suggested that new codes be added only "
+"to the end of an existing table, and that no codes be removed from tables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:55
+msgid ""
+"The names defined in the table are placed into a C header file with "
+"preprocessor directives defining them as integer constants of up to 32 bits "
+"in magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:61
+msgid ""
+"A C source file is also generated which should be compiled and linked with "
+"the object files which reference these error codes; it contains the text of "
+"the messages and the initialization subroutine. Both C files have names "
+"derived from that of the original source file, with the ``.et'' suffix "
+"replaced by ``.c'' and ``.h''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:64 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:45
+msgid ""
+"A ``#'' in the source file is treated as a comment character, and all "
+"remaining text to the end of the source line will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:65 original/man1/lsattr.1:38 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:46 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:71 original/man8/mke2fs.8:707 original/man8/mklost+found.8:35 original/man8/tune2fs.8:665
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BUGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:75
+msgid ""
+"Since the original B<compile_et> uses a very simple parser based on "
+"I<yacc>(1), and this current version of B<compile_et> uses an awk/sed "
+"combination of scripts, its error recovery leaves much to be desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:81
+msgid "com_err (3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:82 original/man3/com_err.3:87
+msgid "Ken Raeburn, \"A Common Error Description Library for UNIX\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LSATTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:5
+msgid "lsattr - list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:13
+msgid "B<lsattr> [ B<-RVadv> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:18
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> lists the file attributes on a second extended file system. See "
+"B<chattr>(1) for a description of the attributes and what they mean."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:22
+msgid "Recursively list attributes of directories and their contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:25
+msgid "Display the program version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:25 original/man8/e2fsck.8:72 original/man8/fsck.8:298 original/man8/logsave.8:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:28
+msgid "List all files in directories, including files that start with `.'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:28 original/man8/e2fsck.8:147 original/man8/uuidd.8:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:31
+msgid "List directories like other files, rather than listing their contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:31 original/man8/badblocks.8:185 original/man8/blkid.8:128 original/man8/e2fsck.8:298 original/man8/e4defrag.8:56 original/man8/filefrag.8:35 original/man8/logsave.8:53 original/man8/mke2fs.8:672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-v>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:34
+msgid "List the file's version/generation number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:38
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:40
+msgid "There are none :-)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:44
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:45
+msgid "B<chattr>(1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MK_CMDS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2003"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FSPROGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:6
+msgid "mk_cmds - error table compiler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:9
+msgid "B<mk_cmds> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:15
+msgid ""
+"B<Mk_cmds> converts a table listing command names and associated help "
+"messages into a C source file suitable for use with the I<ss>(3) library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:18
+msgid ""
+"The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.ct''; the file consists of "
+"a declaration supplying the name of the command table:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:21
+msgid "B<command_table> I<name>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:23
+msgid "followed by entries of the form:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:33
+msgid "[ B<request> | B<unimplemented> ] I<name,> \" I<string> \"[, abbrev]...;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:42
+msgid ""
+"A C source file is generated which should be compiled and linked with the "
+"object files use the ss library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:56
+msgid ""
+"Since the original B<mk_cmds> uses a very simple parser based on I<yacc>(1), "
+"and this current version of B<mk_cmds> uses an awk/sed combination of "
+"scripts, its error recovery leaves much to be desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:59
+msgid "ss (3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUIDGEN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:11
+msgid "uuidgen - command-line utility to create a new UUID value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:18
+msgid "B<uuidgen> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:28
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuidgen> program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
+"identifier (UUID) using the B<libuuid>(3) library. The new UUID can "
+"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
+"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:42
+msgid ""
+"There are two types of UUID's which B<uuidgen> can generate: time-based "
+"UUID's and random-based UUID's. By default B<uuidgen> will generate a "
+"random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. "
+"Otherwise, it will chose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the "
+"generation of one of these two UUID types by using the B<-r> or B<-t> "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:43 original/man8/e2fsck.8:288 original/man8/fsck.8:324 original/man8/uuidd.8:74
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:49
+msgid ""
+"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
+"of random bits. It requires that the operating system have a high quality "
+"random number generator, such as I</dev/random>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:49 original/man8/e2fsck.8:292 original/man8/uuidd.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:53
+msgid ""
+"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
+"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:53 original/man3/uuid.3:49 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:87 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:55 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:63
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "CONFORMING TO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:55 original/man3/uuid.3:51 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:89 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:57 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:65
+msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:58
+msgid "B<uuidgen> was written by Andreas Dilger for libuuid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidgen> is part of libuuid from the e2fsprogs package and is available "
+"from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:63
+msgid "B<libuuid>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COM_ERR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "22 Nov 1988"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:7
+msgid "com_err - common error display routine"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:11
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" #include E<lt>et/com_err.hE<gt>\n"
+"void (*I<proc>) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:13
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "void com_err (const char *whoami, long code, const char *format, ...);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:15
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "proc = set_com_err_hook (proc);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:17
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "proc = reset_com_err_hook ();\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:19
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "void initialize_XXXX_error_table ();\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:37
+msgid ""
+"I<Com_err> displays an error message on the standard error stream I<stderr> "
+"(see I<stdio>(3S)) composed of the I<whoami> string, which should specify "
+"the program name or some subportion of a program, followed by an error "
+"message generated from the I<code> value (derived from I<compile_et>(1)), "
+"and a string produced using the I<format> string and any following "
+"arguments, in the same style as I<fprintf>(3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:55
+msgid ""
+"The behavior of I<com_err> can be modified using I<set_com_err_hook;> this "
+"defines a procedure which is called with the arguments passed to I<com_err,> "
+"instead of the default internal procedure which sends the formatted text to "
+"error output. Thus the error messages from a program can all easily be "
+"diverted to another form of diagnostic logging, such as I<syslog>(3). "
+"I<Reset_com_err_hook> may be used to restore the behavior of I<com_err> to "
+"its default form. Both procedures return the previous ``hook'' value. "
+"These ``hook'' procedures must have the declaration given for I<proc> above "
+"in the synopsis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:69
+msgid ""
+"The I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> routine is generated mechanically by "
+"I<compile_et>(1) from a source file containing names and associated "
+"strings. Each table has a name of up to four characters, which is used in "
+"place of the B<XXXX> in the name of the routine. These routines should be "
+"called before any of the corresponding error codes are used, so that the "
+"I<com_err> library will recognize error codes from these tables when they "
+"are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:80
+msgid ""
+"The B<com_err.h> header file should be included in any source file that uses "
+"routines from the I<com_err> library; executable files must be linked using "
+"I<``-lcom_err''> in order to cause the I<com_err> library to be included."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:86
+msgid "compile_et (1), syslog (3)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LIBBLKID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:11
+msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:13
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>blkid/blkid.hE<gt>>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:17
+msgid "B<cc> I<file.c> B<-lblkid>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:25
+msgid ""
+"The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
+"their content (e.g. filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
+"information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique "
+"identifiers/serial numbers, etc. A common use is to allow use of LABEL= and "
+"UUID= tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into "
+"configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:34
+msgid ""
+"Block device information is normally kept in a cache file I</etc/blkid.tab> "
+"and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the "
+"user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache "
+"file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or "
+"those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The "
+"standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment "
+"variable BLKID_FILE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:41
+msgid ""
+"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
+"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
+"are not able to read the block device directly). If you are dealing with "
+"multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as "
+"devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be "
+"updated if possible. There is rarely a reason not to use the cache."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:48
+msgid ""
+"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
+"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
+"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
+"use of the cache file is B<required> in this situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:52
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilties, "
+"with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by "
+"Ted Ts'o."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:52 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:250 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:424 original/man8/fsck.8:349
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/blkid.tab>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:56
+msgid "Caches data extracted from each recognized block device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:60
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> is part of the e2fsprogs package since version 1.33 and is "
+"available from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COPYING"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:65
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public "
+"License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version). A copy "
+"of the LGPL should be included with this library in the file COPYING. If "
+"not, write to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:67
+msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:69
+msgid "51 Franklin St"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:71
+msgid "Fifth Floor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:73
+msgid "Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:76
+msgid "or visit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:76 original/man3/libblkid.3:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.html#LGPL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:80
+msgid "B<blkid>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:35
+msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:37
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:43
+msgid ""
+"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
+"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
+"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
+"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility B<uuidgen>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:49
+msgid ""
+"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
+"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
+"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
+"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:53 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:49 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:55 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:51 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:91 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:50 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:59 original/man3/uuid_time.3:62 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:67
+msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:55
+msgid "The UUID library is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:55 original/man3/uuid.3:57 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:50 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:52 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:56 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:58 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:52 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:54 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:92 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:94 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:51 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:53 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:60 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:62 original/man3/uuid_time.3:63 original/man3/uuid_time.3:65 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:68 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:70
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:66
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_CLEAR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:35
+msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:38 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:38 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:38 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:38 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:38 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:38 original/man3/uuid_time.3:38 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:38
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_clear> function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
+"I<uu> to the NULL value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:60
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_COMPARE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:35
+msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_compare> function compares the two supplied uuid variables I<uu1> "
+"and I<uu2> to each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:47 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:46 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:84 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN VALUE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if I<uu1> is "
+"found, respectively, to be lexigraphically less than, equal, or greater than "
+"I<uu2>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:66
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_COPY"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:35
+msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:46
+msgid "The B<uuid_copy> function copies the UUID variable I<src> to I<dst>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:49
+msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by I<dst>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_GENERATE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:35
+msgid ""
+"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time - create a new "
+"unique UUID value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"B<void uuid_generate(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:54
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate> function creates a new universally unique identifier "
+"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
+"I</dev/urandom>, if available. If it is not available, then "
+"B<uuid_generate> will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current "
+"time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data "
+"generated using a pseudo-random generator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:64
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate_random> function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
+"format, even if a high-quality random number generator (i.e., "
+"I</dev/urandom>) is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator "
+"will be subsituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may "
+"compromise the uniqueness of UUID's generated in this fashion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:76
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate_time> function forces the use of the alternative "
+"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
+"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
+"UUID, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
+"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
+"privacy problems in some applications, so the B<uuid_generate> function only "
+"uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:84
+msgid ""
+"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
+"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elemntary particles in the "
+"universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>). The new UUID can reasonably "
+"be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
+"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:87
+msgid ""
+"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
+"I<out>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:104
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), "
+"B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), "
+"B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_IS_NULL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:35
+msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:48
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_is_null> function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
+"variable I<uu> to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
+"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_PARSE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:35
+msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:50
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_parse> function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into the "
+"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3) format "
+"\"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\e0')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:55
+msgid ""
+"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
+"stored in the location pointed to by I<uu>, otherwise -1 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:71
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_TIME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:35
+msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:51
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_time> function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based "
+"UUID I<uu> was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded "
+"within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to "
+"extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
+"B<uuid_generate_time>(3) function. It may or may not work with UUIDs "
+"created by other mechanisms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:51
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN VALUES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:60
+msgid ""
+"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
+"(the epoch), is returned (see B<time>(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
+"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
+"location pointed to by I<ret_tv> (see B<gettimeofday>(2))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:74
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), "
+"B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_UNPARSE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:35
+msgid "uuid_unparse - convert an UUID from binary representation to a string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"B<void uuid_unparse(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:56
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_unparse> function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
+"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus tailing '\\e0') of the "
+"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
+"character string pointed to by I<out>. The case of the hex digits returned "
+"by B<uuid_unparse> may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the "
+"system-dependent local default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:63
+msgid ""
+"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
+"B<uuid_unparse_upper> and B<uuid_unparse_lower> may be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:79
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "e2fsck.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:8
+msgid "e2fsck.conf - Configuration file for e2fsck"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:15
+msgid ""
+"I<e2fsck.conf> is the configuration file for B<e2fsck>(8). It controls the "
+"default behavior of B<e2fsck>(8) while it is checking ext2, ext3, or ext4 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tags can be assigned multiple values
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:25
+msgid ""
+"The I<e2fsck.conf> file uses an INI-style format. Stanzas, or top-level "
+"sections, are delimited by square braces: [ ]. Within each section, each "
+"line defines a relation, which assigns tags to values, or to a subsection, "
+"which contains further relations or subsections. An example of the "
+"INI-style format used by this configuration file follows below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:27 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:27
+msgid " [section1]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:29 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:29
+msgid " tag1 = value_a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:31 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:31
+msgid " tag1 = value_b"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:33 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:33
+msgid " tag2 = value_c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:35 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:35
+msgid " [section 2]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:37 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:37
+msgid " tag3 = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:39 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:39
+msgid " subtag1 = subtag_value_a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:41 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:41
+msgid " subtag1 = subtag_value_b"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:43 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:43
+msgid " subtag2 = subtag_value_c"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:45 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:51 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:250 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:45 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:51 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:236 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:244 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:252 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:262
+msgid " }"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:47 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:47
+msgid " tag1 = value_d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:49 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:49
+msgid " tag2 = value_e"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:55 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:55
+msgid ""
+"Comments are delimited by a semicolon (';') or a hash ('#') character at the "
+"beginning of the comment, and are terminated by the end of line character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:61 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:61
+msgid ""
+"Tags and values must be quoted using double quotes if they contain spaces. "
+"Within a quoted string, the standard backslash interpretations apply: "
+"\"\\en\" (for the newline character), \"\\et\" (for the tab character), "
+"\"\\eb\" (for the backspace character), and \"\\e\\e\" (for the backslash "
+"character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:66
+msgid ""
+"The following stanzas are used in the I<e2fsck.conf> file. They will be "
+"described in more detail in future sections of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:66
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[options]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:71
+msgid ""
+"This stanza contains general configuration parameters for B<e2fsck>'s "
+"behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[problems]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:75
+msgid ""
+"This stanza allows the administrator to reconfigure how e2fsck handles "
+"various filesystem inconsistencies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:75
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[scratch_files]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:79
+msgid ""
+"This stanza controls when e2fsck will attempt to use scratch files to reduce "
+"the need for memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [options] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:83
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[options]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:83
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<allow_cancellation>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:89
+msgid ""
+"If this relation is set to a boolean value of true, then if the user "
+"interrupts e2fsck using ^C, and the filesystem is not explicitly flagged as "
+"containing errors, e2fsck will exit with an exit status of 0 instead of 32. "
+"This setting defaults to false."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:89
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<accept_time_fudge>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:96
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, due to Windows' unfortunate design decision to configure the "
+"hardware clock to tick localtime, instead of the more proper and less "
+"error-prone UTC time, many users end up in the situation where the system "
+"clock is incorrectly set at the time when e2fsck is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:111
+msgid ""
+"Historically this was usually due to some distributions having buggy init "
+"scripts and/or installers that didn't correctly detect this case and take "
+"appropriate countermeasures. However, it's still possible, despite the best "
+"efforts of init script and installer authors to not be able to detect this "
+"misconfiguration, usually due to a buggy or misconfigured virtualization "
+"manager or the installer not having access to a network time server during "
+"the installation process. So by default, we allow the superblock times to "
+"be fudged by up to 24 hours. This can be disabled by setting "
+"I<accept_time_fudge> to the boolean value of false. This setting defaults "
+"to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:111
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<broken_system_clock>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:125
+msgid ""
+"The B<e2fsck>(8) program has some heuristics that assume that the system "
+"clock is correct. In addition, many system programs make similar "
+"assumptions. For example, the UUID library depends on time not going "
+"backwards in order for it to be able to make its guarantees about issuing "
+"universally unique ID's. Systems with broken system clocks, are well, "
+"broken. However, broken system clocks, particularly in embedded systems, do "
+"exist. E2fsck will attempt to use heuristics to determine if the time can "
+"not be trusted; and to skip time-based checks if this is true. If this "
+"boolean is set to true, then e2fsck will always assume that the system clock "
+"can not be trusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:125
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clear_test_fs_flag>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:132
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation controls whether or not B<e2fsck>(8) will offer to "
+"clear the test_fs flag if the ext4 filesystem is available on the system. "
+"It defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:132
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<defer_check_on_battery>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:138
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation controls whether or not the interval between "
+"filesystem checks (either based on time or number of mounts) should be "
+"doubled if the system is running on battery. This setting defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:138
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<indexed_dir_slack_percentage>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:148
+msgid ""
+"When B<e2fsck>(8) repacks a indexed directory, reserve the specified "
+"percentage of empty space in each leaf nodes so that a few new entries can "
+"be added to the directory without splitting leaf nodes, so that the average "
+"fill ratio of directories can be maintained at a higher, more efficient "
+"level. This relation defaults to 20 percent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [problems] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:156
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[problems]> stanza names a problem code specified with a "
+"leading \"0x\" followed by six hex digits. The value of the tag is a "
+"subsection where the relations in that subsection override the default "
+"treatment of that particular problem code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:161
+msgid ""
+"Note that inappropriate settings in this stanza may cause B<e2fsck> to "
+"behave incorrectly, or even crash. Most system administrators should not be "
+"making changes to this section without referring to source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:163
+msgid "Within each problem code's subsection, the following tags may be used:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<description>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:167
+msgid ""
+"This relation allows the message which is printed when this filesystem "
+"inconsistency is detected to be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:167
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<preen_ok>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:173
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether "
+"this filesystem problem should be automatically fixed when B<e2fsck> is "
+"running in preen mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_ok>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:178
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior determining whether or "
+"not the filesystem will be marked as inconsistent if the user declines to "
+"fix the reported problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_default>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:182
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides whether the default answer for this problem "
+"(or question) should be \"no\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<preen_nomessage>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:189
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether or "
+"not the description for this filesystem problem should be suppressed when "
+"B<e2fsck> is running in preen mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_nomsg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:200
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether or "
+"not the description for this filesystem problem should be suppressed when a "
+"problem forced not to be fixed, either because B<e2fsck> is run with the "
+"B<-n> option or because the I<force_no> flag has been set for the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:200
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<force_no>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:209
+msgid ""
+"This boolean option, if set to true, forces a problem to never be fixed. "
+"That is, it will be as if the user problem responds 'no' to the question of "
+"'should this problem be fixed?'. The I<force_no> option even overrides the "
+"B<-y> option given on the command-line (just for the specific problem, of "
+"course)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:209
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [scratch_files] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:213
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[scratch_files]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:213
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<directory>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:218
+msgid ""
+"If the directory named by this relation exists and is writeable, then e2fsck "
+"will attempt to use this directory to store scratch files instead of using "
+"in-memory data structures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:218
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<numdirs_threshold>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:222
+msgid ""
+"If this relation is set, then in-memory data structures be used if the "
+"number of directories in the filesystem are fewer than amount specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:222
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dirinfo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:227
+msgid ""
+"This relation controls whether or not the scratch file directory is used "
+"instead of an in-memory data structure for directory information. It "
+"defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:227
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<icount>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:232
+msgid ""
+"This relation controls whether or not the scratch file directory is used "
+"instead of an in-memory data structure when tracking inode counts. It "
+"defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:232
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:239
+msgid ""
+"The following recipe will prevent e2fsck from aborting during the boot "
+"process when a filesystem contains orphaned files. (Of course, this is not "
+"always a good idea, since critical files that are needed for the security of "
+"the system could potentially end up in lost+found, and starting the system "
+"without first having a system administrator check things out may be "
+"dangerous.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:242
+msgid " [problems]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:244
+msgid " 0x040002 = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:246
+msgid " preen_ok = true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:248
+msgid " description = \"@u @i %i. \""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:251
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/e2fsck.conf>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:255
+msgid "The configuration file for B<e2fsck>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:256
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "mke2fs.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:8
+msgid "mke2fs.conf - Configuration file for mke2fs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:15
+msgid ""
+"I<mke2fs.conf> is the configuration file for B<mke2fs>(8). It controls the "
+"default parameters used by B<mke2fs>(8) when it is creating ext2 or ext3 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tags can be assigned multiple values
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:25
+msgid ""
+"The I<mke2fs.conf> file uses an INI-style format. Stanzas, or top-level "
+"sections, are delimited by square braces: [ ]. Within each section, each "
+"line defines a relation, which assigns tags to values, or to a subsection, "
+"which contains further relations or subsections. An example of the "
+"INI-style format used by this configuration file follows below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:66
+msgid ""
+"Some relations expect a boolean value. The parser is quite liberal on "
+"recognizing ``yes'', '`y'', ``true'', ``t'', ``1'', ``on'', etc. as a "
+"boolean true value, and ``no'', ``n'', ``false'', ``nil'', ``0'', ``off'' as "
+"a boolean false value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:71
+msgid ""
+"The following stanzas are used in the I<mke2fs.conf> file. They will be "
+"described in more detail in future sections of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[defaults]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:79
+msgid ""
+"Contains relations which define the default parameters used by "
+"B<mke2fs>(8). In general, these defaults may be overridden by a definition "
+"in the B<fs_types> stanza, or by an command-line option provided by the "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[fs_types]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:87
+msgid ""
+"Contains relations which define defaults that should be used for specific "
+"filesystem types. The filesystem type can be specified explicitly using the "
+"B<-T> option to B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [defaults] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:91
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[defaults]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:91 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:294
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<base_features>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:100
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the filesystems features which are enabled in newly "
+"created filesystems. It may be overridden by the I<base_features> relation "
+"found in the filesystem or usage type subsection of the I<[fs_types]> "
+"stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:100 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:317
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<default_features>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:114
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies a set of features that should be added or removed to "
+"the features listed in the I<base_features> relation. It may be overridden "
+"by the filesystem-specific I<default_features> in the filesystem or usage "
+"type subsection of I<[fs_types]>, and by the B<-O> command-line option to "
+"B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<enable_periodic_fsck>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:125
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether periodic filesystem checks should be "
+"enforced at boot time. If set to true, checks will be forced every 180 "
+"days, or after a random number of mounts. These values may be changed later "
+"via the B<-i> and B<-c> command-line options to B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:125
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<force_undo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:132
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation, if set to a value of true, forces B<mke2fs> to always "
+"try to create an undo file, even if the undo file might be huge and it might "
+"extend the time to create the filesystem image because the inode table isn't "
+"being initialized lazily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:132 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:414
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<fs_type>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:149
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default filesystem type if the user does not "
+"specify it via the B<-t> option, or if B<mke2fs> is not started using a "
+"program name of the form B<mkfs.>I<fs-type>. If both the user and the "
+"B<mke2fs.conf> file does not specify a default filesystem type, mke2fs will "
+"use a default filesystem type of I<ext3> if a journal was requested via a "
+"command-line option, or I<ext2> if not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:149 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:343
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<blocksize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:154
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default blocksize if the user does not specify a "
+"blocksize on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of "
+"the configuration file does not specify a blocksize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:154 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:372
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<hash_alg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:163 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:381
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default hash algorithm used for the new "
+"filesystems with hashed b-tree directories. Valid algorithms accepted are: "
+"I<legacy>, I<half_md4>, and I<tea>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:163 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:359
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<inode_ratio>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:169
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode ratio if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of the "
+"configuration file does not specify a default inode ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:169 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:363
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<inode_size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:175
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode size if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of the "
+"configuration file does not specify a default inode size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:175 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:367
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<reserved_ratio>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:182
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default percentage of filesystem blocks reserved "
+"for the super-user, if the user does not specify one on the command line, "
+"and the filesystem-type specific section of the configuration file does not "
+"specify a default reserved ratio. This value can be a floating point number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<undo_dir>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:191
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the directory where the undo file should be stored. "
+"It can be overridden via the B<E2FSPROGS_UNDO_DIR> environment variable. If "
+"the directory location is set to the value I<none>, B<mke2fs> will not "
+"create an undo file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:191
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [fs_types] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:201
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[fs_types]> stanza names a filesystem type or usage type "
+"which can be specified via the B<-t> or B<-T> options to B<mke2fs>(8), "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:216
+msgid ""
+"The B<mke2fs> program constructs a list of fs_types by concatenating the "
+"filesystem type (i.e., ext2, ext3, etc.) with the usage type list. For most "
+"configuration options, B<mke2fs> will look for a subsection in the "
+"I<[fs_types]> stanza corresponding with each entry in the constructed list, "
+"with later entries overriding earlier filesystem or usage types. For "
+"example, consider the following B<mke2fs.conf> fragment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:218
+msgid "[defaults]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:220
+msgid " base_features = sparse_super,filetype,resize_inode,dir_index"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:222
+msgid " blocksize = 4096"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:224 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:242
+msgid " inode_size = 256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:226
+msgid " inode_ratio = 16384"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:230
+msgid "[fs_types]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:232
+msgid " ext3 = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:234
+msgid " features = has_journal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:238
+msgid " ext4 = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:240
+msgid " features = extents,flex_bg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:246
+msgid " small = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:248 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:258
+msgid " blocksize = 1024"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:250
+msgid " inode_ratio = 4096"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:254
+msgid " floppy = {"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:256
+msgid " features = ^resize_inode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:260
+msgid " inode_size = 128"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:277
+msgid ""
+"If mke2fs started with a program name of B<mke2fs.ext4>, then the filesystem "
+"type of ext4 will be used. If the filesystem is smaller than 3 megabytes, "
+"and no usage type is specified, then B<mke2fs> will use a default usage type "
+"of I<floppy>. This results in an fs_types list of \"ext4, floppy\". Both "
+"the ext4 subsection and the floppy subsection define an I<inode_size> "
+"relation, but since the later entries in the fs_types list supersede earlier "
+"ones, the configuration parameter for fs_types.floppy.inode_size will be "
+"used, so the filesystem will have an inode size of 128."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:291
+msgid ""
+"The exception to this resolution is the I<features> tag, which is specifies "
+"a set of changes to the features used by the filesystem, and which is "
+"cumulative. So in the above example, first the configuration relation "
+"defaults.base_features would enable an initial feature set with the "
+"sparse_super, filetype, resize_inode, and dir_index features enabled. Then "
+"configuration relation fs_types.ext4.features would enable the extents and "
+"flex_bg features, and finally the configuration relation "
+"fs_types.floppy.features would remove the resize_inode feature, resulting in "
+"a filesystem feature set consisting of the sparse_super, filetype, "
+"resize_inode, dir_index, extents_and flex_bg features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:294
+msgid ""
+"For each filesystem type, the following tags may be used in that fs_type's "
+"subsection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:304
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the features which are initially enabled for this "
+"filesystem type. Only one I<base_features> will be used, so if there are "
+"multiple entries in the fs_types list whose subsections define the "
+"I<base_features> relation, only the last will be used by B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:304
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<features>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:317
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies a comma-separated list of features edit requests "
+"which modify the feature set used by the newly constructed filesystem. The "
+"syntax is the same as the B<-O> command-line option to B<mke2fs>(8); that "
+"is, a feature can be prefixed by a caret ('^') symbol to disable a named "
+"feature. Each I<feature> relation specified in the fs_types list will be "
+"applied in the order found in the fs_types list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:328
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies set of features which should be enabled or disabled "
+"after applying the features listed in the I<base_features> and I<features> "
+"relations. It may be overridden by the B<-O> command-line option to "
+"B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:328
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<auto_64-bit_support>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:336
+msgid ""
+"This relation is a boolean which specifies whether B<mke2fs>(8) should "
+"automatically add the 64bit feature if the number of blocks for the file "
+"system requires this feature to be enabled. The resize_inode feature is "
+"also automatically disabled since it doesn't support 64-bit block numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:336
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<default_mntopts>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:343
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the set of mount options which should be enabled by "
+"default. These may be changed at a later time with the B<-o> command-line "
+"option to B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:347
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default blocksize if the user does not specify a "
+"blocksize on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:347
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<lazy_itable_init>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:359
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether the inode table should be lazily "
+"initialized. It only has meaning if the uninit_bg feature is enabled. If "
+"lazy_itable_init is true and the uninit_bg feature is enabled, the inode "
+"table will not fully initialized by B<mke2fs>(8). This speeds up filesystem "
+"initialization noticeably, but it requires the kernel to finish initializing "
+"the filesystem in the background when the filesystem is first mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:363
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode ratio if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:367
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode size if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:372
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default percentage of filesystem blocks reserved "
+"for the super-user, if the user does not specify one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:381
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<flex_bg_size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:398
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the number of block groups that will be packed "
+"together to create one large virtual block group on an ext4 filesystem. "
+"This improves meta-data locality and performance on meta-data heavy "
+"workloads. The number of groups must be a power of 2 and may only be "
+"specified if the flex_bg filesystem feature is enabled. I<options> This "
+"relation specifies additional extended options which should be treated by "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) as if they were prepended to the argument of the B<-E> "
+"option. This can be used to configure the default extended options used by "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) on a per-filesystem type basis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:398
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<discard>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:403
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether the B<mke2fs>(8) should attempt to "
+"discard device prior to filesystem creation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:403
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cluster_size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:410
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default cluster size if the bigalloc file system "
+"feature is enabled. It can be overridden via the B<-C> command line option "
+"to B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [devices] STANZA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:414
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[devices]> stanza names device name so that per-device "
+"defaults can be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:419
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default parameter for the B<-t> option, if this "
+"option isn't specified on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:419
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<usage_types>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:424
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default parameter for the B<-T> option, if this "
+"option isn't specified on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:425
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/mke2fs.conf>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:429
+msgid "The configuration file for B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:430
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BADBLOCKS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:5
+msgid "badblocks - search a device for bad blocks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:48
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> [ B<-svwnfBX> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-c> "
+"I<blocks_at_once> ] [ B<-e> I<max_bad_blocks> ] [ B<-d> I<read_delay_factor> "
+"] [ B<-i> I<input_file> ] [ B<-o> I<output_file> ] [ B<-p> I<num_passes> ] [ "
+"B<-t> I<test_pattern> ] I<device> [ I<last-block> ] [ I<first-block> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:61
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> is used to search for bad blocks on a device (usually a disk "
+"partition). I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device (e.g "
+"I</dev/hdc1>). I<last-block> is the last block to be checked; if it is not "
+"specified, the last block on the device is used as a default. "
+"I<first-block> is an optional parameter specifying the starting block number "
+"for the test, which allows the testing to start in the middle of the disk. "
+"If it is not specified the first block on the disk is used as a default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:84
+msgid ""
+"B<Important note:> If the output of B<badblocks> is going to be fed to the "
+"B<e2fsck> or B<mke2fs> programs, it is important that the block size is "
+"properly specified, since the block numbers which are generated are very "
+"dependent on the block size in use by the filesystem. For this reason, it "
+"is strongly recommended that users B<not> run B<badblocks> directly, but "
+"rather use the B<-c> option of the B<e2fsck> and B<mke2fs> programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:85 original/man8/mke2fs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>I< block-size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:88
+msgid "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. The default is 1024."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< number of blocks>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:91
+msgid "is the number of blocks which are tested at a time. The default is 64."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-e>I< max bad block count>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:96
+msgid ""
+"Specify a maximum number of bad blocks before aborting the test. The "
+"default is 0, meaning the test will continue until the end of the test range "
+"is reached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:96
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d>I< read delay factor>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:104
+msgid ""
+"This parameter, if passed and non-zero, will cause bad blocks to sleep "
+"between reads if there were no errors encountered in the read operation; the "
+"delay will be calculated as a percentage of the time it took for the read "
+"operation to be performed. In other words, a value of 100 will cause each "
+"read to be delayed by the amount the previous read took, and a value of 200 "
+"by twice the amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:117
+msgid ""
+"Normally, badblocks will refuse to do a read/write or a non-destructive test "
+"on a device which is mounted, since either can cause the system to "
+"potentially crash and/or damage the filesystem even if it is mounted "
+"read-only. This can be overridden using the B<-f> flag, but should almost "
+"never be used --- if you think you're smarter than the B<badblocks> program, "
+"you almost certainly aren't. The only time when this option might be safe "
+"to use is if the /etc/mtab file is incorrect, and the device really isn't "
+"mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>I< input_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:133
+msgid ""
+"Read a list of already existing known bad blocks. B<Badblocks> will skip "
+"testing these blocks since they are known to be bad. If I<input_file> is "
+"specified as \"-\", the list will be read from the standard input. Blocks "
+"listed in this list will be omitted from the list of I<new> bad blocks "
+"produced on the standard output or in the output file. The B<-b> option of "
+"B<dumpe2fs>(8) can be used to retrieve the list of blocks currently marked "
+"bad on an existing filesystem, in a format suitable for use with this "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:133 original/man8/e2fsck.8:258 original/man8/fsck.8:311 original/man8/mke2fs.8:442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-n>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:139
+msgid ""
+"Use non-destructive read-write mode. By default only a non-destructive "
+"read-only test is done. This option must not be combined with the B<-w> "
+"option, as they are mutually exclusive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:139
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< output_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:145
+msgid ""
+"Write the list of bad blocks to the specified file. Without this option, "
+"B<badblocks> displays the list on its standard output. The format of this "
+"file is suitable for use by the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:151
+msgid "B<-l> option in B<e2fsck>(8) or B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< num_passes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:158
+msgid ""
+"Repeat scanning the disk until there are no new blocks discovered in "
+"num_passes consecutive scans of the disk. Default is 0, meaning "
+"B<badblocks> will exit after the first pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:158 original/man8/filefrag.8:32 original/man8/fsck.8:91 original/man8/logsave.8:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:167
+msgid ""
+"Show the progress of the scan by writing out rough percentage completion of "
+"the current badblocks pass over the disk. Note that badblocks may do "
+"multiple test passes over the disk, in particular if the B<-p> or B<-w> "
+"option is requested by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:167
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< test_pattern>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:185
+msgid ""
+"Specify a test pattern to be read (and written) to disk blocks. The "
+"I<test_pattern> may either be a numeric value between 0 and ULONG_MAX-1 "
+"inclusive, or the word \"random\", which specifies that the block should be "
+"filled with a random bit pattern. For read/write (B<-w>) and "
+"non-destructive (B<-n>) modes, one or more test patterns may be specified by "
+"specifying the B<-t> option for each test pattern desired. For read-only "
+"mode only a single pattern may be specified and it may not be \"random\". "
+"Read-only testing with a pattern assumes that the specified pattern has "
+"previously been written to the disk - if not, large numbers of blocks will "
+"fail verification. If multiple patterns are specified then all blocks will "
+"be tested with one pattern before proceeding to the next pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:189
+msgid ""
+"Verbose mode. Will write the number of read errors, write errors and data- "
+"corruptions to stderr."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-w>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:198
+msgid ""
+"Use write-mode test. With this option, B<badblocks> scans for bad blocks by "
+"writing some patterns (0xaa, 0x55, 0xff, 0x00) on every block of the device, "
+"reading every block and comparing the contents. This option may not be "
+"combined with the B<-n> option, as they are mutually exclusive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:198 original/man8/filefrag.8:25
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-B>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:201
+msgid "Use buffered I/O and do not use Direct I/O, even if it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:201
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-X>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:208
+msgid ""
+"Internal flag only to be used by B<e2fsck>(8) and B<mke2fs>(8). It "
+"bypasses the exclusive mode in-use device safety check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:208
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "WARNING"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:216
+msgid ""
+"Never use the B<-w> option on a device containing an existing file system. "
+"This option erases data! If you want to do write-mode testing on an existing "
+"file system, use the B<-n> option instead. It is slower, but it will "
+"preserve your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:223
+msgid ""
+"The B<-e> option will cause badblocks to output a possibly incomplete list "
+"of bad blocks. Therefore it is recommended to use it only when one wants to "
+"know if there are any bad blocks at all on the device, and not when the list "
+"of bad blocks is wanted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:228
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. "
+"Current maintainer is Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>. "
+"Non-destructive read/write test implemented by David Beattie "
+"E<lt>dbeattie@softhome.netE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:232
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:234 original/man8/mklost+found.8:43
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BLKID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:11
+msgid "blkid - command-line utility to locate/print block device attributes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:39
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> [ B<-ghlLv> ] [ [ B<-c> I<cachefile> ] B<-w> I<writecachefile> ] [ "
+"B<-o> I<format> ] [ B<-s> I<tag> ] [ B<-t> I<NAME>=I<value> ] [ I<device "
+"...> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with "
+"B<libblkid>(3) library. It can determine the type of content "
+"(e.g. filesystem, swap) a block device holds, and also attributes (tokens, "
+"NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g. LABEL or UUID fields)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:52
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with "
+"a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more "
+"devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< cachefile>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:62
+msgid ""
+"Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
+"I</etc/blkid.tab>. If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e. don't "
+"report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this "
+"time), specify I</dev/null>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:62
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:66
+msgid ""
+"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
+"no longer exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:66 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:52 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:39
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-h>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:69
+msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:69 original/man8/tune2fs.8:375
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-l>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:81
+msgid ""
+"Look up one device that matches the search parameter specified using the "
+"B<-t> option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search "
+"parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the "
+"first device found at a given priority. Device types in order of decreasing "
+"priority are Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block "
+"devices. If this option is not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the "
+"devices that match the search parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:81
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< format>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:97
+msgid ""
+"Display B<blkid>'s output using the specified format. The I<format> "
+"parameter may be I<full> (the default), I<value> (only print the value of "
+"the tags), I<list> (print the devices in a user-friendly format), or "
+"I<device> (only print the device name)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:97
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:101
+msgid ""
+"Print the devices in a user-friendly list format. This is the equivalent of "
+"using the option B<-o list>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:101
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>I< tag>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:112
+msgid ""
+"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>. It is "
+"possible to specify multiple B<-s> options. If no tag is specified, then "
+"all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh "
+"the cache without showing any tokens, use B<-s none> with no other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< NAME>B<=>I<value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:128
+msgid ""
+"Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
+"I<value>, and display any devices which are found. Common values for "
+"I<NAME> include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>. If there are no devices "
+"specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise "
+"only the specified devices are searched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:131
+msgid "Display version number and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:131
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-w>I< writecachefile>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:142
+msgid ""
+"Write the device cache to I<writecachefile> instead of writing it to the "
+"default cache file I</etc/blkid.tab>. If you don't want to save the cache "
+"to the default file, specify I</dev/null.> If not specified it will be the "
+"same file as that given by the B<-c> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:151
+msgid ""
+"Display tokens from only the specified device. It is possible to give "
+"multiple I<device> options on the command line. If none is given, all "
+"devices which appear in I</proc/partitions> are shown, if they are "
+"recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN CODE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:156
+msgid ""
+"If the specified token was found, or if any tags were shown from (specified) "
+"devices, 0 is returned. If the specified token was not found, or no "
+"(specified) devices could be identified, an exit code of 2 is returned. For "
+"usage or other errors, an exit code of 4 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:159
+msgid "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:163
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> is part the e2fsprogs package since version 1.26 and is available "
+"from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:164
+msgid "B<libblkid>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DEBUGFS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:8
+msgid "debugfs - ext2/ext3/ext4 file system debugger"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:36
+msgid ""
+"B<debugfs> [ B<-DVwci> ] [ B<-b> blocksize ] [ B<-s> superblock ] [ B<-f> "
+"cmd_file ] [ B<-R> request ] [ B<-d> data_source_device ] [ device ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:41
+msgid ""
+"The B<debugfs> program is an interactive file system debugger. It can be "
+"used to examine and change the state of an ext2, ext3, or ext4 file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:45
+msgid ""
+"I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device containing the "
+"file system (e.g /dev/hdXX)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:46
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-w>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:50
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that the file system should be opened in read-write mode. Without "
+"this option, the file system is opened in read-only mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-c>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:56
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that the file system should be opened in catastrophic mode, in "
+"which the inode and group bitmaps are not read initially. This can be "
+"useful for filesystems with significant corruption, but because of this, "
+"catastrophic mode forces the filesystem to be opened read-only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:79
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that I<device> represents an ext2 image file created by the "
+"B<e2image> program. Since the ext2 image file only contains the superblock, "
+"block group descriptor, block and inode allocation bitmaps, and the inode "
+"table, many B<debugfs> commands will not function properly. B<Warning:> no "
+"safety checks are in place, and B<debugfs> may fail in interesting ways if "
+"commands such as I<ls>, I<dump>, etc. are tried without specifying the "
+"I<data_source_device> using the I<-d> option. B<debugfs> is a debugging "
+"tool. It has rough edges!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-d data_source_device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:87
+msgid ""
+"Used with the I<-i> option, specifies that I<data_source_device> should be "
+"used when reading blocks not found in the ext2 image file. This includes "
+"data, directory, and indirect blocks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-b blocksize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:91
+msgid ""
+"Forces the use of the given block size for the file system, rather than "
+"detecting the correct block size as normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-s superblock>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:100
+msgid ""
+"Causes the file system superblock to be read from the given block number, "
+"instead of using the primary superblock (located at an offset of 1024 bytes "
+"from the beginning of the filesystem). If you specify the I<-s> option, you "
+"must also provide the blocksize of the filesystem via the I<-b> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:100
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-f cmd_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:109
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<debugfs> to read in commands from I<cmd_file>, and execute them. "
+"When B<debugfs> is finished executing those commands, it will exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:109
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-D>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:116
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<debugfs> to open the device using Direct I/O, bypassing the buffer "
+"cache. Note that some Linux devices, notably device mapper as of this "
+"writing, do not support Direct I/O."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-R request>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:123
+msgid "Causes B<debugfs> to execute the single command I<request>, and then exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:123
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-V>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:128
+msgid "print the version number of B<debugfs> and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:128
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SPECIFYING FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:155
+msgid ""
+"Many B<debugfs> commands take a I<filespec> as an argument to specify an "
+"inode (as opposed to a pathname) in the filesystem which is currently "
+"opened by B<debugfs>. The I<filespec> argument may be specified in two "
+"forms. The first form is an inode number surrounded by angle brackets, "
+"e.g., I<E<lt>2E<gt>>. The second form is a pathname; if the pathname is "
+"prefixed by a forward slash ('/'), then it is interpreted relative to the "
+"root of the filesystem which is currently opened by B<debugfs>. If not, the "
+"pathname is interpreted relative to the current working directory as "
+"maintained by B<debugfs>. This may be modified by using the B<debugfs> "
+"command I<cd>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:155
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COMMANDS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:159
+msgid "This is a list of the commands which B<debugfs> supports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:159
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<blocks filespace>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:164
+msgid "Print the blocks used by the inode I<filespec> to stdout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<bmap filespec logical_block>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:170
+msgid ""
+"Print the physical block number corresponding to the logical block number "
+"I<logical_block> in the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:170
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cat filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:175
+msgid "Dump the contents of the inode I<filespec> to stdout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:175
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cd filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:179
+msgid "Change the current working directory to I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<chroot filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:183
+msgid "Change the root directory to be the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<close [-a]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:190
+msgid ""
+"Close the currently open file system. If the I<-a> option is specified, "
+"write out any changes to the superblock and block group descriptors to all "
+"of the backup superblocks, not just to the master superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:190
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clri file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:194
+msgid "Clear the contents of the inode I<file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:194
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dirsearch filespec filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:200
+msgid "Search the directory I<filespec> for I<filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:200
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump [-p] filespec out_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:212
+msgid ""
+"Dump the contents of the inode I<filespec> to the output file I<out_file>. "
+"If the I<-p> option is given set the owner, group and permissions "
+"information on I<out_file> to match I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:212
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump_mmp>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:215
+msgid "Display the multiple-mount protection (mmp) field values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:215
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dx_hash [-h hash_alg] [-s hash_seed] filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:225
+msgid ""
+"Calculate the directory hash of I<filename>. The hash algorithm specified "
+"with I<-h> may be \"legacy\" \"half_md4\" or \"tea\". The hash seed "
+"specified with I<-s> must be in UUID format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:225
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump_extents [-n] [-l] filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:238
+msgid ""
+"Dump the the extent tree of the inode I<filespec>. The I<-n> flag will "
+"cause I<dump_extents> to only display the interior nodes in the extent "
+"tree. The I<-l> flag cause I<dump_extents> to only display the leaf nodes "
+"in the extent tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:244
+msgid ""
+"(Please note that the length and range of blocks for the last extent in an "
+"interior node is an estimate by the extents library functions, and is not "
+"stored in filesystem data structures. Hence, the values displayed may not "
+"necessarily by accurate and does not indicate a problem or corruption in the "
+"file system.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:244
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<expand_dir filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:248
+msgid "Expand the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:248
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<feature [fs_feature] [-fs_feature] ...>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:253
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear various filesystem features in the superblock. After setting "
+"or clearing any filesystem features that were requested, print the current "
+"state of the filesystem feature set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:253
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<filefrag [-dvr] filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:274
+msgid ""
+"Print the number of contiguous extents in I<filespec>. If I<filespec> is a "
+"directory and the I<-d> option is not specified, I<filefrag> will print the "
+"number of contiguous extents for each file in the directory. The I<-v> "
+"option will cause I<filefrag> print a tabular listing of the contiguous "
+"extents in the file. The I<-r> option will cause I<filefrag> to do a "
+"recursive listing of the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:274
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<find_free_block [count [goal]]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:281
+msgid "Find the first I<count> free blocks, starting from I<goal> and allocate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:281
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<find_free_inode [dir [mode]]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:291
+msgid ""
+"Find a free inode and allocate it. If present, I<dir> specifies the inode "
+"number of the directory which the inode is to be located. The second "
+"optional argument I<mode> specifies the permissions of the new inode. (If "
+"the directory bit is set on the mode, the allocation routine will function "
+"differently.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freeb block [count]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:303
+msgid ""
+"Mark the block number I<block> as not allocated. If the optional argument "
+"I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks starting at block number I<block> "
+"will be marked as not allocated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:303
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freefrag [-c chunk_kb ]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:313
+msgid ""
+"Report free space fragmentation on the currently open file system. If the "
+"I<-c> option is specified then the filefrag command will print how many free "
+"chunks of size I<chunk_kb> can be found in the file system. The chunk size "
+"must be a power of two and be larger than the file system block size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:313
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freei filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:317
+msgid "Free the inode specified by I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:317
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<help>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:321
+msgid "Print a list of commands understood by B<debugfs>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:321
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<htree_dump filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:326
+msgid "Dump the hash-indexed directory I<filespec>, showing its tree structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:326
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<icheck block ...>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:330
+msgid ""
+"Print a listing of the inodes which use the one or more blocks specified on "
+"the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:330
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<imap filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:335
+msgid ""
+"Print the location of the inode data structure (in the inode table) of the "
+"inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:335
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<init_filesys device blocksize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:346
+msgid ""
+"Create an ext2 file system on I<device> with device size I<blocksize>. Note "
+"that this does not fully initialize all of the data structures; to do this, "
+"use the B<mke2fs>(8) program. This is just a call to the low-level "
+"library, which sets up the superblock and block descriptors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:346
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<kill_file filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:354
+msgid ""
+"Deallocate the inode I<filespec> and its blocks. Note that this does not "
+"remove any directory entries (if any) to this inode. See the B<rm>(1) "
+"command if you wish to unlink a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:354
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<lcd directory>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:361
+msgid ""
+"Change the current working directory of the B<debugfs> process to "
+"I<directory> on the native filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:361
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ln filespec dest_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:368
+msgid ""
+"Create a link named I<dest_file> which is a link to I<filespec>. Note this "
+"does not adjust the inode reference counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:368
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"I<logdump [-acs] [-bE<lt>blockE<gt>] [-iE<lt>filespecE<gt>] "
+"[-fE<lt>journal_fileE<gt>] [output_file]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:380
+msgid ""
+"Dump the contents of the ext3 journal. By default, the journal inode as "
+"specified in the superblock. However, this can be overridden with the I<-i> "
+"option, which uses an inode specifier to specify the journal to be used. A "
+"file containing journal data can be specified using the I<-f> option. "
+"Finally, the I<-s> option utilizes the backup information in the superblock "
+"to locate the journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:399
+msgid ""
+"The I<-a> option causes the I<logdump> program to print the contents of all "
+"of the descriptor blocks. The I<-b> option causes I<logdump> to print all "
+"journal records that are refer to the specified block. The I<-c> option "
+"will print out the contents of all of the data blocks selected by the I<-a> "
+"and I<-b> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:399
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ls [-l] [-d] [-p] filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:414
+msgid ""
+"Print a listing of the files in the directory I<filespec>. The I<-l> flag "
+"will list files using a more verbose format. The I<-d> flag will list "
+"deleted entries in the directory. The I<-p> flag will list the files in a "
+"format which is more easily parsable by scripts, as well as making it more "
+"clear when there are spaces or other non-printing characters at the end of "
+"filenames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:414
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<modify_inode filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:418
+msgid "Modify the contents of the inode structure in the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:418
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<mkdir filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:421
+msgid "Make a directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:421
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<mknod filespec [p|[[c|b] major minor]]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:429
+msgid ""
+"Create a special device file (a named pipe, character or block device). If "
+"a character or block device is to be made, the I<major> and I<minor> device "
+"numbers must be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:429
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ncheck [-c] inode_num ...>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:436
+msgid ""
+"Take the requested list of inode numbers, and print a listing of pathnames "
+"to those inodes. The I<-c> flag will enable checking the file type "
+"information in the directory entry to make sure it matches the inode's type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:436
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<open [-w] [-e] [-f] [-i] [-c] [-D] [-b blocksize] [-s superblock] device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:448
+msgid ""
+"Open a filesystem for editing. The I<-f> flag forces the filesystem to be "
+"opened even if there are some unknown or incompatible filesystem features "
+"which would normally prevent the filesystem from being opened. The I<-e> "
+"flag causes the filesystem to be opened in exclusive mode. The I<-b>, "
+"I<-c>, I<-i>, I<-s>, I<-w>, and I<-D> options behave the same as the "
+"command-line options to B<debugfs>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:448
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<punch filespec start_blk [end_blk]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:460
+msgid ""
+"Delete the blocks in the inode ranging from I<start_blk> to I<end_blk>. If "
+"I<end_blk> is omitted then this command will function as a truncate command; "
+"that is, all of the blocks starting at I<start_blk> through to the end of "
+"the file will be deallocated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:460
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<pwd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:463
+msgid "Print the current working directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:463
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<quit>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:467
+msgid "Quit B<debugfs>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:467
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rdump directory destination>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:475
+msgid ""
+"Recursively dump I<directory> and all its contents (including regular files, "
+"symbolic links, and other directories) into the named I<destination> which "
+"should be an existing directory on the native filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:475
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rm pathname>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:484
+msgid ""
+"Unlink I<pathname>. If this causes the inode pointed to by I<pathname> to "
+"have no other references, deallocate the file. This command functions as "
+"the unlink() system call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:484
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rmdir filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:488
+msgid "Remove the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:488
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<setb block [count]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:500
+msgid ""
+"Mark the block number I<block> as allocated. If the optional argument "
+"I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks starting at block number I<block> "
+"will be marked as allocated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:500
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_block_group bgnum field value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:508
+msgid ""
+"Modify the block group descriptor specified by I<bgnum> so that the block "
+"group descriptor field I<field> has value I<value.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:508
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<seti filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:513
+msgid "Mark inode I<filespec> as in use in the inode bitmap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:513
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_inode_field filespec field value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:524
+msgid ""
+"Modify the inode specified by I<filespec> so that the inode field I<field> "
+"has value I<value.> The list of valid inode fields which can be set via this "
+"command can be displayed by using the command: B<set_inode_field -l>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:524
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_mmp_value field value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:534
+msgid ""
+"Modify the multiple-mount protection (mmp) data so that the mmp field "
+"I<field> has value I<value.> The list of valid mmp fields which can be set "
+"via this command can be displayed by using the command: B<set_mmp_value -l>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:534
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_super_value field value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:543
+msgid ""
+"Set the superblock field I<field> to I<value.> The list of valid superblock "
+"fields which can be set via this command can be displayed by using the "
+"command: B<set_super_value -l>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:543
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<show_super_stats [-h]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:548
+msgid ""
+"List the contents of the super block and the block group descriptors. If "
+"the I<-h> flag is given, only print out the superblock contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:548
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<stat filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:552
+msgid "Display the contents of the inode structure of the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<testb block [count]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:564
+msgid ""
+"Test if the block number I<block> is marked as allocated in the block "
+"bitmap. If the optional argument I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks "
+"starting at block number I<block> will be tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:564
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<testi filespec>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:569
+msgid "Test if the inode I<filespec> is marked as allocated in the inode bitmap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:569
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<undel E<lt>inode numE<gt> [pathname]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:578
+msgid ""
+"Undelete the specified inode number (which must be surrounded by angle "
+"brackets) so that it and its blocks are marked in use, and optionally link "
+"the recovered inode to the specified pathname. The B<e2fsck> command should "
+"always be run after using the B<undel> command to recover deleted files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:590
+msgid ""
+"Note that if you are recovering a large number of deleted files, linking the "
+"inode to a directory may require the directory to be expanded, which could "
+"allocate a block that had been used by one of the yet-to-be-undeleted "
+"files. So it is safer to undelete all of the inodes without specifying a "
+"destination pathname, and then in a separate pass, use the debugfs B<link> "
+"command to link the inode to the destination pathname, or use B<e2fsck> to "
+"check the filesystem and link all of the recovered inodes to the lost+found "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<unlink pathname>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:595
+msgid ""
+"Remove the link specified by I<pathname> to an inode. Note this does not "
+"adjust the inode reference counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:595
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<write source_file out_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:602
+msgid ""
+"Create a file in the filesystem named I<out_file>, and copy the contents of "
+"I<source_file> into the destination file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:602 original/man8/fsck.8:351
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:603
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<DEBUGFS_PAGER, PAGER>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:620
+msgid ""
+"The B<debugfs> program always pipes the output of the some commands through "
+"a pager program. These commands include: I<show_super_stats>, "
+"I<list_directory>, I<show_inode_info>, I<list_deleted_inodes>, and "
+"I<htree_dump>. The specific pager can explicitly specified by the "
+"B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> environment variable, and if it is not set, by the B<PAGER> "
+"environment variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:632
+msgid ""
+"Note that since a pager is always used, the B<less>(1) pager is not "
+"particularly appropriate, since it clears the screen before displaying the "
+"output of the command and clears the output the screen when the pager is "
+"exited. Many users prefer to use the B<less>(1) pager for most purposes, "
+"which is why the B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> environment variable is available to "
+"override the more general B<PAGER> environment variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:635
+msgid "B<debugfs> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:639
+msgid "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DUMPE2FS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:8
+msgid "dumpe2fs - dump ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:20
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> [ B<-bfhixV> ] [ B<-o superblock=>I<superblock> ] [ B<-o "
+"blocksize=>I<blocksize> ] I<device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> prints the super block and blocks group information for the "
+"filesystem present on I<device.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:29
+msgid ""
+"B<Note:> When used with a mounted filesystem, the printed information may be "
+"old or inconsistent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:30 original/man8/filefrag.8:29
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:33
+msgid "print the blocks which are reserved as bad in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:33
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o superblock=>I<superblock>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:40
+msgid ""
+"use the block I<superblock> when examining the filesystem. This option is "
+"not usually needed except by a filesystem wizard who is examining the "
+"remains of a very badly corrupted filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o blocksize=>I<blocksize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:47
+msgid ""
+"use blocks of I<blocksize> bytes when examining the filesystem. This option "
+"is not usually needed except by a filesystem wizard who is examining the "
+"remains of a very badly corrupted filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:52
+msgid ""
+"force dumpe2fs to display a filesystem even though it may have some "
+"filesystem feature flags which dumpe2fs may not understand (and which can "
+"cause some of dumpe2fs's display to be suspect)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:56
+msgid ""
+"only display the superblock information and not any of the block group "
+"descriptor detail information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:63
+msgid ""
+"display the filesystem data from an image file created by B<e2image>, using "
+"I<device> as the pathname to the image file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:63 original/man8/filefrag.8:38
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-x>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:66
+msgid "print the detailed group information block numbers in hexadecimal format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:71
+msgid "print the version number of B<dumpe2fs> and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:74
+msgid "You need to know the physical filesystem structure to understand the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:78
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:82
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:86
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FREEFRAG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:5
+msgid "e2freefrag - report free space fragmentation information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:14
+msgid "B<e2freefrag> [ B<-c chunk_kb> ] [ B<-h> ] B<filesys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:30
+msgid ""
+"B<e2freefrag> is used to report free space fragmentation on ext2/3/4 file "
+"systems. I<filesys> is the filesystem device name (e.g. I</dev/hdc1>, "
+"I</dev/md0>). The B<e2freefrag> program will scan the block bitmap "
+"information to check how many free blocks are present as contiguous and "
+"aligned free space. The percentage of contiguous free blocks of size and of "
+"alignment I<chunk_kb> is reported. It also displays the "
+"minimum/maximum/average free chunk size in the filesystem, along with a "
+"histogram of all free chunks. This information can be used to gauge the "
+"level of free space fragmentation in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:31
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< chunk_kb>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:39
+msgid ""
+"If a chunk size is specified, then B<e2freefrag> will print how many free "
+"chunks of size I<chunk_kb> are available in units of kilobytes (Kb). The "
+"chunk size must be a power of two and be larger than filesystem block size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:42
+msgid "Print the usage of the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:44
+msgid "# e2freefrag /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:46
+msgid "Device: /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:48
+msgid "Blocksize: 4096 bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:50
+msgid "Total blocks: 1504085"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:52
+msgid "Free blocks: 292995 (19.5%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:55
+msgid "Min. free extent: 4 KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:57
+msgid "Max. free extent: 24008 KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:59
+msgid "Avg. free extent: 252 KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:62
+msgid "HISTOGRAM OF FREE EXTENT SIZES:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:64
+msgid "Extent Size Range : Free extents Free Blocks Percent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:66
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 4K... 8K- : 704 704 0.2%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:68
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 8K... 16K- : 810 1979 0.7%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:70
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 16K... 32K- : 843 4467 1.5%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:72
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 32K... 64K- : 579 6263 2.1%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:74
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 64K... 128K- : 493 11067 3.8%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:76
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 128K... 256K- : 394 18097 6.2%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 256K... 512K- : 281 25477 8.7%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:80
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 512K... 1024K- : 253 44914 15.3%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 1M... 2M- : 143 51897 17.7%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:84
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 2M... 4M- : 73 50683 17.3%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:86
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 4M... 8M- : 37 52417 17.9%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 8M... 16M- : 7 19028 6.5%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:90
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 16M... 32M- : 1 6002 2.0%\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:93
+msgid ""
+"This version of e2freefrag was written by Rupesh Thakare, and modified by "
+"Andreas Dilger E<lt>adilger@sun.comE<gt>, and Kalpak Shah."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:96
+msgid "I<debugfs>(8), I<dumpe2fs>(8), I<e2fsck>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FSCK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:8
+msgid "e2fsck - check a Linux ext2/ext3/ext4 file system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:38
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck> [ B<-pacnyrdfkvtDFV> ] [ B<-b> I<superblock> ] [ B<-B> "
+"I<blocksize> ] [ B<-l>|B<-L> I<bad_blocks_file> ] [ B<-C> I<fd> ] [ B<-j> "
+"I<external-journal> ] [ B<-E> I<extended_options> ] I<device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:48
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck> is used to check the ext2/ext3/ext4 family of file systems. For "
+"ext3 and ext4 filesystems that use a journal, if the system has been shut "
+"down uncleanly without any errors, normally, after replaying the committed "
+"transactions in the journal, the file system should be marked as clean. "
+"Hence, for filesystems that use journalling, B<e2fsck> will normally replay "
+"the journal and exit, unless its superblock indicates that further checking "
+"is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:52
+msgid ""
+"I<device> is the device file where the filesystem is stored (e.g. "
+"I</dev/hdc1>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:71
+msgid ""
+"Note that in general it is not safe to run B<e2fsck> on mounted "
+"filesystems. The only exception is if the B<-n> option is specified, and "
+"B<-c>, B<-l>, or B<-L> options are I<not> specified. However, even if it is "
+"safe to do so, the results printed by B<e2fsck> are not valid if the "
+"filesystem is mounted. If B<e2fsck> asks whether or not you should check a "
+"filesystem which is mounted, the only correct answer is ``no''. Only "
+"experts who really know what they are doing should consider answering this "
+"question in any other way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:80
+msgid ""
+"This option does the same thing as the B<-p> option. It is provided for "
+"backwards compatibility only; it is suggested that people use B<-p> option "
+"whenever possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:80
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>I< superblock>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:90
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the normal superblock, use an alternative superblock "
+"specified by I<superblock>. This option is normally used when the primary "
+"superblock has been corrupted. The location of the backup superblock is "
+"dependent on the filesystem's blocksize. For filesystems with 1k "
+"blocksizes, a backup superblock can be found at block 8193; for filesystems "
+"with 2k blocksizes, at block 16384; and for 4k blocksizes, at block 32768."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:101
+msgid ""
+"Additional backup superblocks can be determined by using the B<mke2fs> "
+"program using the B<-n> option to print out where the superblocks were "
+"created. The B<-b> option to B<mke2fs>, which specifies blocksize of the "
+"filesystem must be specified in order for the superblock locations that are "
+"printed out to be accurate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:106
+msgid ""
+"If an alternative superblock is specified and the filesystem is not opened "
+"read-only, e2fsck will make sure that the primary superblock is updated "
+"appropriately upon completion of the filesystem check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-B>I< blocksize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:118
+msgid ""
+"Normally, B<e2fsck> will search for the superblock at various different "
+"block sizes in an attempt to find the appropriate block size. This search "
+"can be fooled in some cases. This option forces B<e2fsck> to only try "
+"locating the superblock at a particular blocksize. If the superblock is not "
+"found, B<e2fsck> will terminate with a fatal error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:118 original/man8/e4defrag.8:36 original/man8/mke2fs.8:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:129
+msgid ""
+"This option causes B<e2fsck> to use B<badblocks>(8) program to do a "
+"read-only scan of the device in order to find any bad blocks. If any bad "
+"blocks are found, they are added to the bad block inode to prevent them from "
+"being allocated to a file or directory. If this option is specified twice, "
+"then the bad block scan will be done using a non-destructive read-write "
+"test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C>I< fd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:147
+msgid ""
+"This option causes B<e2fsck> to write completion information to the "
+"specified file descriptor so that the progress of the filesystem check can "
+"be monitored. This option is typically used by programs which are running "
+"B<e2fsck>. If the file descriptor number is negative, then absolute value "
+"of the file descriptor will be used, and the progress information will be "
+"suppressed initially. It can later be enabled by sending the B<e2fsck> "
+"process a SIGUSR1 signal. If the file descriptor specified is 0, B<e2fsck> "
+"will print a completion bar as it goes about its business. This requires "
+"that e2fsck is running on a video console or terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:151
+msgid "Print debugging output (useless unless you are debugging B<e2fsck>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-D>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:158
+msgid ""
+"Optimize directories in filesystem. This option causes e2fsck to try to "
+"optimize all directories, either by reindexing them if the filesystem "
+"supports directory indexing, or by sorting and compressing directories for "
+"smaller directories, or for filesystems using traditional linear "
+"directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:171
+msgid ""
+"Even without the B<-D> option, B<e2fsck> may sometimes optimize a few "
+"directories --- for example, if directory indexing is enabled and a "
+"directory is not indexed and would benefit from being indexed, or if the "
+"index structures are corrupted and need to be rebuilt. The B<-D> option "
+"forces all directories in the filesystem to be optimized. This can "
+"sometimes make them a little smaller and slightly faster to search, but in "
+"practice, you should rarely need to use this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:176
+msgid ""
+"The B<-D> option will detect directory entries with duplicate names in a "
+"single directory, which e2fsck normally does not enforce for performance "
+"reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:176
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-E>I< extended_options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:181
+msgid ""
+"Set e2fsck extended options. Extended options are comma separated, and may "
+"take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The following options are "
+"supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<ea_ver=>I<extended_attribute_version>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:188
+msgid ""
+"Set the version of the extended attribute blocks which B<e2fsck> will "
+"require while checking the filesystem. The version number may be 1 or 2. "
+"The default extended attribute version format is 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:188
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_only>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:192
+msgid ""
+"Only replay the journal if required, but do not perform any further checks "
+"or repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<fragcheck>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:196
+msgid ""
+"During pass 1, print a detailed report of any discontiguous blocks for files "
+"in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:196 original/man8/mke2fs.8:258 original/man8/tune2fs.8:483
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<discard>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:206
+msgid ""
+"Attempt to discard free blocks and unused inode blocks after the full "
+"filesystem check (discarding blocks is useful on solid state devices and "
+"sparse / thin-provisioned storage). Note that discard is done in pass 5 "
+"AFTER the filesystem has been fully checked and only if it does not contain "
+"recognizable errors. However there might be cases where B<e2fsck> does not "
+"fully recognise a problem and hence in this case this option may prevent you "
+"from further manual data recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:206 original/man8/mke2fs.8:266
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nodiscard>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:210
+msgid ""
+"Do not attempt to discard free blocks and unused inode blocks. This option "
+"is exactly the opposite of discard option. This is set as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:214
+msgid "Force checking even if the file system seems clean."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:214 original/man8/mke2fs.8:280 original/man8/resize2fs.8:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-F>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:220
+msgid ""
+"Flush the filesystem device's buffer caches before beginning. Only really "
+"useful for doing B<e2fsck> time trials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:220
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-j>I< external-journal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:224
+msgid ""
+"Set the pathname where the external-journal for this filesystem can be "
+"found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:224 original/man8/uuidd.8:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-k>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:232
+msgid ""
+"When combined with the B<-c> option, any existing bad blocks in the bad "
+"blocks list are preserved, and any new bad blocks found by running "
+"B<badblocks>(8) will be added to the existing bad blocks list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:232 original/man8/mke2fs.8:405
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-l>I< filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:250
+msgid ""
+"Add the block numbers listed in the file specified by I<filename> to the "
+"list of bad blocks. The format of this file is the same as the one "
+"generated by the B<badblocks>(8) program. Note that the block numbers are "
+"based on the blocksize of the filesystem. Hence, B<badblocks>(8) must be "
+"given the blocksize of the filesystem in order to obtain correct results. "
+"As a result, it is much simpler and safer to use the B<-c> option to "
+"B<e2fsck>, since it will assure that the correct parameters are passed to "
+"the B<badblocks> program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:250
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:258
+msgid ""
+"Set the bad blocks list to be the list of blocks specified by I<filename>. "
+"(This option is the same as the B<-l> option, except the bad blocks list is "
+"cleared before the blocks listed in the file are added to the bad blocks "
+"list.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:269
+msgid ""
+"Open the filesystem read-only, and assume an answer of `no' to all "
+"questions. Allows B<e2fsck> to be used non-interactively. This option may "
+"not be specified at the same time as the B<-p> or B<-y> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:269 original/man8/resize2fs.8:115
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:288
+msgid ""
+"Automatically repair (\"preen\") the file system. This option will cause "
+"B<e2fsck> to automatically fix any filesystem problems that can be safely "
+"fixed without human intervention. If B<e2fsck> discovers a problem which "
+"may require the system administrator to take additional corrective action, "
+"B<e2fsck> will print a description of the problem and then exit with the "
+"value 4 logically or'ed into the exit code. (See the B<EXIT CODE> section.) "
+"This option is normally used by the system's boot scripts. It may not be "
+"specified at the same time as the B<-n> or B<-y> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:292
+msgid ""
+"This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards "
+"compatibility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:298
+msgid ""
+"Print timing statistics for B<e2fsck>. If this option is used twice, "
+"additional timing statistics are printed on a pass by pass basis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:301
+msgid "Verbose mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:304
+msgid "Print version information and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:304 original/man8/fsck.8:332
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-y>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:314
+msgid ""
+"Assume an answer of `yes' to all questions; allows B<e2fsck> to be used "
+"non-interactively. This option may not be specified at the same time as the "
+"B<-n> or B<-p> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:314
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXIT CODE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:318
+msgid "The exit code returned by B<e2fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:320 original/man8/fsck.8:58
+msgid "\\\t0\\\t-\\ No errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:322 original/man8/fsck.8:60
+msgid "\\\t1\\\t-\\ File system errors corrected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:324
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ File system errors corrected, system should"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:326
+msgid "\\\t\\\t\\ \\ be rebooted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:328 original/man8/fsck.8:64
+msgid "\\\t4\\\t-\\ File system errors left uncorrected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:330 original/man8/fsck.8:66
+msgid "\\\t8\\\t-\\ Operational error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:332 original/man8/fsck.8:68
+msgid "\\\t16\\\t-\\ Usage or syntax error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:334
+msgid "\\\t32\\\t-\\ E2fsck canceled by user request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:336 original/man8/fsck.8:72
+msgid "\\\t128\\\t-\\ Shared library error"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:337
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SIGNALS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:340
+msgid "The following signals have the following effect when sent to B<e2fsck>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:340
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<SIGUSR1>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:348
+msgid ""
+"This signal causes B<e2fsck> to start displaying a completion bar or "
+"emitting progress information. (See discussion of the B<-C> option.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:348
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<SIGUSR2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:353
+msgid ""
+"This signal causes B<e2fsck> to stop displaying a completion bar or emitting "
+"progress information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:353
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:360
+msgid ""
+"Almost any piece of software will have bugs. If you manage to find a "
+"filesystem which causes B<e2fsck> to crash, or which B<e2fsck> is unable to "
+"repair, please report it to the author."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:381
+msgid ""
+"Please include as much information as possible in your bug report. Ideally, "
+"include a complete transcript of the B<e2fsck> run, so I can see exactly "
+"what error messages are displayed. (Make sure the messages printed by "
+"B<e2fsck> are in English; if your system has been configured so that "
+"B<e2fsck>'s messages have been translated into another language, please set "
+"the the B<LC_ALL> environment variable to B<C> so that the transcript of "
+"e2fsck's output will be useful to me.) If you have a writable filesystem "
+"where the transcript can be stored, the B<script>(1) program is a handy way "
+"to save the output of B<e2fsck> to a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:402
+msgid ""
+"It is also useful to send the output of B<dumpe2fs>(8). If a specific inode "
+"or inodes seems to be giving B<e2fsck> trouble, try running the "
+"B<debugfs>(8) command and send the output of the B<stat>(1u) command run "
+"on the relevant inode(s). If the inode is a directory, the B<debugfs> "
+"I<dump> command will allow you to extract the contents of the directory "
+"inode, which can sent to me after being first run through B<uuencode>(1). "
+"The most useful data you can send to help reproduce the bug is a compressed "
+"raw image dump of the filesystem, generated using B<e2image>(8). See the "
+"B<e2image>(8) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:406
+msgid ""
+"Always include the full version string which B<e2fsck> displays when it is "
+"run, so I know which version you are running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:410
+msgid ""
+"This version of B<e2fsck> was written by Theodore Ts'o "
+"E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:417
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8), "
+"B<e2image>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2IMAGE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:8
+msgid "e2image - Save critical ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem metadata to a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:15
+msgid "B<e2image> [ B<-rsI> ] I<device> I<image-file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:32
+msgid ""
+"The B<e2image> program will save critical ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem "
+"metadata located on I<device> to a file specified by I<image-file>. The "
+"image file may be examined by B<dumpe2fs> and B<debugfs>, by using the B<-i> "
+"option to those programs. This can assist an expert in recovering "
+"catastrophically corrupted filesystems. In the future, e2fsck will be "
+"enhanced to be able to use the image file to help recover a badly damaged "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:48
+msgid ""
+"If I<image-file> is -, then the output of B<e2image> will be sent to "
+"standard output, so that the output can be piped to another program, such as "
+"B<gzip>(1). (Note that this is currently only supported when creating a raw "
+"image file using the B<-r> option, since the process of creating a normal "
+"image file, or QCOW2 image currently requires random access to the file, "
+"which cannot be done using a pipe. This restriction will hopefully be "
+"lifted in a future version of B<e2image>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:57
+msgid ""
+"It is a very good idea to create image files for all of filesystems on a "
+"system and save the partition layout (which can be generated using the "
+"B<fdisk -l> command) at regular intervals --- at boot time, and/or every "
+"week or so. The image file should be stored on some filesystem other than "
+"the filesystem whose data it contains, to ensure that this data is "
+"accessible in the case where the filesystem has been badly damaged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:68
+msgid ""
+"To save disk space, B<e2image> creates the image file as a sparse file, or "
+"in QCOW2 format. Hence, if the sparse image file needs to be copied to "
+"another location, it should either be compressed first or copied using the "
+"B<--sparse=always> option to the GNU version of B<cp>. This does not apply "
+"to the QCOW2 image, which is not sparse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:77
+msgid ""
+"The size of an ext2 image file depends primarily on the size of the "
+"filesystems and how many inodes are in use. For a typical 10 gigabyte "
+"filesystem, with 200,000 inodes in use out of 1.2 million inodes, the image "
+"file will be approximately 35 megabytes; a 4 gigabyte filesystem with 15,000 "
+"inodes in use out of 550,000 inodes will result in a 3 megabyte image file. "
+"Image files tend to be quite compressible; an image file taking up 32 "
+"megabytes of space on disk will generally compress down to 3 or 4 megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RESTORING FILESYSTEM METADATA USING AN IMAGE FILE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:85
+msgid ""
+"The B<-I> option will cause e2image to install the metadata stored in the "
+"image file back to the device. It can be used to restore the filesystem "
+"metadata back to the device in emergency situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:96
+msgid ""
+"B<WARNING!!!!> The B<-I> option should only be used as a desperation measure "
+"when other alternatives have failed. If the filesystem has changed since "
+"the image file was created, data B<will> be lost. In general, you should "
+"make a full image backup of the filesystem first, in case you wish to try "
+"other recovery strategies afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:97
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RAW IMAGE FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:112
+msgid ""
+"The B<-r> option will create a raw image file instead of a normal image "
+"file. A raw image file differs from a normal image file in two ways. "
+"First, the filesystem metadata is placed in the proper position so that "
+"e2fsck, dumpe2fs, debugfs, etc. can be run directly on the raw image file. "
+"In order to minimize the amount of disk space consumed by a raw image file, "
+"the file is created as a sparse file. (Beware of copying or "
+"compressing/decompressing this file with utilities that don't understand how "
+"to create sparse files; the file will become as large as the filesystem "
+"itself!) Secondly, the raw image file also includes indirect blocks and "
+"directory blocks, which the standard image file does not have, although this "
+"may change in the future."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:116
+msgid ""
+"Raw image files are sometimes used when sending filesystems to the "
+"maintainer as part of bug reports to e2fsprogs. When used in this capacity, "
+"the recommended command is as follows (replace hda1 with the appropriate "
+"device):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:119
+msgid "\\\tB<e2image -r /dev/hda1 - | bzip2 E<gt> hda1.e2i.bz2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:133 original/man8/e2image.8:167
+msgid ""
+"This will only send the metadata information, without any data blocks. "
+"However, the filenames in the directory blocks can still reveal information "
+"about the contents of the filesystem that the bug reporter may wish to keep "
+"confidential. To address this concern, the B<-s> option can be specified. "
+"This will cause B<e2image> to scramble directory entries and zero out any "
+"unused portions of the directory blocks before writing the image file. "
+"However, the B<-s> option will prevent analysis of problems related to "
+"hash-tree indexed directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:137
+msgid ""
+"Note that this will work even if you substitute \"/dev/hda1\" for another "
+"raw disk image, or QCOW2 image previously created by B<e2image>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:138
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "QCOW2 IMAGE FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:146
+msgid ""
+"The B<-Q> option will create a QCOW2 image file instead of a normal, or raw "
+"image file. A QCOW2 image contains all the information the raw image does, "
+"however unlike the raw image it is not sparse. The QCOW2 image minimize the "
+"amount of disk space by storing data in special format with pack data "
+"closely together, hence avoiding holes while still minimizing size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:149
+msgid ""
+"In order to send filesystem to the maintainer as a part of bug report to "
+"e2fsprogs, use following commands (replace hda1 with the appropriate "
+"device):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:152
+msgid "\\\tB<e2image -Q /dev/hda1 hda1.qcow2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:154
+msgid "\\\tB<bzip2 -z hda1.qcow2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:173
+msgid ""
+"Note that QCOW2 image created by B<e2image> is regular QCOW2 image and can "
+"be processed by tools aware of QCOW2 format such as for example B<qemu-img>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:177
+msgid "B<e2image> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:181
+msgid ""
+"B<e2image> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:184
+msgid "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2LABEL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:8
+msgid "e2label - Change the label on an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:14
+msgid "B<e2label> I<device> [ I<new-label> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:19
+msgid ""
+"B<e2label> will display or change the filesystem label on the ext2, ext3, or "
+"ext4 filesystem located on I<device.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:25
+msgid ""
+"If the optional argument I<new-label> is not present, B<e2label> will simply "
+"display the current filesystem label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:37
+msgid ""
+"If the optional argument I<new-label> is present, then B<e2label> will set "
+"the filesystem label to be I<new-label>. Ext2 filesystem labels can be at "
+"most 16 characters long; if I<new-label> is longer than 16 characters, "
+"B<e2label> will truncate it and print a warning message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:42
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to set the filesystem label using the B<-L> option of "
+"B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:46
+msgid "B<e2label> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:50
+msgid ""
+"B<e2label> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:53 original/man8/e2undo.8:44
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2UNDO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:8
+msgid "e2undo - Replay an undo log for an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:14
+msgid "B<e2undo> [ B<-f> ] I<undo_log device>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:22
+msgid ""
+"B<e2undo> will replay the undo log I<undo_log> for an ext2/ext3/ext4 "
+"filesystem found on I<device>. This can be used to undo a failed operation "
+"by an e2fsprogs program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:34
+msgid ""
+"Normally, B<e2undo> will check the filesystem UUID and last modified time to "
+"make sure the undo log matches with the filesystem on the device. If they "
+"do not match, B<e2undo> will refuse to apply the undo log as a safety "
+"mechanism. The B<-f> option disables this safety mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:37
+msgid "B<e2undo> was written by Aneesh Kumar K.V. (aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:41
+msgid ""
+"B<e2undo> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E4DEFRAG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "May 2009"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "e4defrag version 2.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:4
+msgid "e4defrag - online defragmenter for ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:14
+msgid "B<e4defrag> [ B<-c> ] [ B<-v> ] I<target> \\&..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:22
+msgid ""
+"B<e4defrag> reduces fragmentation of extent based file. The file targeted by "
+"B<e4defrag> is created on ext4 filesystem made with \"-O extent\" option "
+"(see B<mke2fs>(8)). The targeted file gets more contiguous blocks and "
+"improves the file access speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:35
+msgid ""
+"I<target> is a regular file, a directory, or a device that is mounted as "
+"ext4 filesystem. If I<target> is a directory, B<e4defrag> reduces "
+"fragmentation of all files in it. If I<target> is a device, B<e4defrag> gets "
+"the mount point of it and reduces fragmentation of all files in this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:48
+msgid ""
+"Get a current fragmentation count and an ideal fragmentation count, and "
+"calculate fragmentation score based on them. By seeing this score, we can "
+"determine whether we should execute B<e4defrag> to I<target>. When used "
+"with B<-v> option, the current fragmentation count and the ideal "
+"fragmentation count are printed for each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:52
+msgid ""
+"Also this option outputs the average data size in one extent. If you see it, "
+"you'll find the file has ideal extents or not. Note that the maximum extent "
+"size is 131072KB in ext4 filesystem (if block size is 4KB)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:56
+msgid "If this option is specified, I<target> is never defragmented."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:60
+msgid ""
+"Print error messages and the fragmentation count before and after defrag for "
+"each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "NOTES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:68
+msgid ""
+"B<e4defrag> does not support swap file, files in lost+found directory, and "
+"files allocated in indirect blocks. When I<target> is a device or a mount "
+"point, B<e4defrag> doesn't defragment files in mount point of other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:74
+msgid ""
+"Non-privileged users can execute B<e4defrag> to their own file, but the "
+"score is not printed if B<-c> option is specified. Therefore, it is "
+"desirable to be executed by root user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:77
+msgid ""
+"Written by Akira Fujita E<lt>a-fujita@rs.jp.nec.comE<gt> and Takashi Sato "
+"E<lt>t-sato@yk.jp.nec.comE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:80
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8), B<mount>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FILEFRAG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:5
+msgid "filefrag - report on file fragmentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:13
+msgid "B<filefrag> [ B<-Bbsvx> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:18
+msgid ""
+"B<filefrag> reports on how badly fragmented a particular file might be. It "
+"makes allowances for indirect blocks for ext2 and ext3 filesystems, but can "
+"be used on files for any filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:24
+msgid ""
+"The B<filefrag> program initially attempts to get the extent information "
+"using FIEMAP ioctl which is more efficient and faster. If FIEMAP is not "
+"supported then filefrag will fall back to using FIBMAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:29
+msgid ""
+"Force the use of the older FIBMAP ioctl instead of the FIEMAP ioctl for "
+"testing purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:32
+msgid "Use 1024 byte blocksize for the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:35
+msgid "Sync the file before requesting the mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:38
+msgid "Be verbose when checking for file fragmentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:41
+msgid "Display mapping of extended attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:43
+msgid "B<filefrag> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FINDFS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:8
+msgid "findfs - Find a filesystem by label or UUID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:11
+msgid "B<findfs> B<LABEL=>I<label>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:14
+msgid "B<findfs> B<UUID=>I<uuid>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:23
+msgid ""
+"B<findfs> will search the disks in the system looking for a filesystem which "
+"has a label matching I<label> or a UUID equal to I<uuid>. If the filesystem "
+"is found, the device name for the filesystem will be printed on stdout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:27
+msgid "B<findfs> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:31
+msgid ""
+"B<findfs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:33 original/man8/logsave.8:61
+msgid "B<fsck>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FSCK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:8
+msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux file system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:27
+msgid ""
+"B<fsck> [ B<-sAVRTMNP> ] [ B<-C> [ I<fd> ] ] [ B<-t> I<fstype> ] I<[filesys "
+"... ]> [--] [ B<fs-specific-options> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:42
+msgid ""
+"B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux file "
+"systems. I<filesys> can be a device name (e.g. I</dev/hdc1>, "
+"I</dev/sdb2>), a mount point (e.g. I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an ext2 "
+"label or UUID specifier (e.g. UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or "
+"LABEL=root). Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle filesystems "
+"on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of "
+"time needed to check all of the filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:52
+msgid ""
+"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option is "
+"not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in B</etc/fstab> "
+"serially. This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:56
+msgid "The exit code returned by B<fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:62
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ System should be rebooted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:70
+msgid "\\\t32\\\t-\\ Fsck canceled by user request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:76
+msgid ""
+"The exit code returned when multiple file systems are checked is the "
+"bit-wise OR of the exit codes for each file system that is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:90
+msgid ""
+"In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various file system "
+"checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The file "
+"system-specific checker is searched for in I</sbin> first, then in "
+"I</etc/fs> and I</etc>, and finally in the directories listed in the PATH "
+"environment variable. Please see the file system-specific checker manual "
+"pages for further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:107
+msgid ""
+"Serialize B<fsck> operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
+"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the B<-p> or B<-a> "
+"option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the B<-n> "
+"option if you do not.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:107
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< fslist>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:130
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the type(s) of file system to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
+"specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The I<fslist> "
+"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
+"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
+"negation operator 'B<no>' or 'B<!>', which requests that only those "
+"filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked. If all of the "
+"filesystems in I<fslist> are not prefixed by a negation operator, then only "
+"those filesystems listed in I<fslist> will be checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:146
+msgid ""
+"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>. They "
+"must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>. If an options specifier is "
+"present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their mount "
+"options field of B</etc/fstab> will be checked. If the options specifier is "
+"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
+"have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of B</etc/fstab> will be "
+"checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:156
+msgid ""
+"For example, if B<opts=ro> appears in I<fslist>, then only filesystems "
+"listed in B</etc/fstab> with the B<ro> option will be checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:169
+msgid ""
+"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
+"an unauthorized UI change to the B<fsck> program, if a filesystem type of "
+"B<loop> is found in I<fslist>, it is treated as if B<opts=loop> were "
+"specified as an argument to the B<-t> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:182
+msgid ""
+"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in the "
+"I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry. If the type can not "
+"be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to "
+"the B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem type. If this "
+"type is not available, then the default file system type (currently ext2) is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-A>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:191
+msgid ""
+"Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all file systems in one "
+"run. This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system "
+"initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single file "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:211
+msgid ""
+"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
+"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
+"specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/fstab> file. "
+"Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and are not checked "
+"at all. Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater than zero will be "
+"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest I<fs_passno> number being "
+"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
+"fsck will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running "
+"multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:227
+msgid ""
+"Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the root "
+"filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
+"filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2. This will allow B<fsck> to "
+"automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to "
+"do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if "
+"they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some "
+"reason --- for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so "
+"that excessive paging is a concern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:227
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C> [ I< fd > ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:235
+msgid ""
+"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
+"only for ext2 and ext3) which support them. Fsck will manage the filesystem "
+"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. "
+"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
+"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:235 original/man8/resize2fs.8:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-M>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:239
+msgid ""
+"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit code of 0 for mounted "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:239
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:242
+msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:242 original/man8/resize2fs.8:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-P>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:253
+msgid ""
+"When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
+"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since "
+"if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) executable "
+"might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who "
+"don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which "
+"is really the right solution)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:258
+msgid ""
+"When checking all file systems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root file "
+"system (in case it's already mounted read-write)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:258
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:261
+msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:265
+msgid ""
+"Produce verbose output, including all file system-specific commands that are "
+"executed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:265
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<fs-specific-options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:276
+msgid ""
+"Options which are not understood by B<fsck> are passed to the "
+"filesystem-specific checker. These arguments B<must> not take arguments, as "
+"there is no way for B<fsck> to be able to properly guess which arguments "
+"take options and which don't."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:281
+msgid ""
+"Options and arguments which follow the B<--> are treated as file "
+"system-specific options to be passed to the file system-specific checker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:293
+msgid ""
+"Please note that fsck is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
+"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
+"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
+"If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated option and arguments, and it "
+"doesn't do what you expect, B<don't bother reporting it as a bug.> You're "
+"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with B<fsck.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:298
+msgid ""
+"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized. If in "
+"doubt, please consult the man pages of the filesystem-specific checker. "
+"Although not guaranteed, the following options are supported by most file "
+"system checkers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:311
+msgid ""
+"Automatically repair the file system without any questions (use this option "
+"with caution). Note that B<e2fsck>(8) supports B<-a> for backwards "
+"compatibility only. This option is mapped to B<e2fsck>'s B<-p> option which "
+"is safe to use, unlike the B<-a> option that some file system checkers "
+"support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:324
+msgid ""
+"For some filesystem-specific checkers, the B<-n> option will cause the "
+"fs-specific fsck to avoid attempting to repair any problems, but simply "
+"report such problems to stdout. This is however not true for all "
+"filesystem-specific checkers. In particular, B<fsck.reiserfs>(8) will not "
+"report any corruption if given this option. B<fsck.minix>(8) does not "
+"support the B<-n> option at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:332
+msgid ""
+"Interactively repair the filesystem (ask for confirmations). Note: It is "
+"generally a bad idea to use this option if multiple fsck's are being run in "
+"parallel. Also note that this is B<e2fsck>'s default behavior; it supports "
+"this option for backwards compatibility reasons only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:347
+msgid ""
+"For some filesystem-specific checkers, the B<-y> option will cause the "
+"fs-specific fsck to always attempt to fix any detected filesystem corruption "
+"automatically. Sometimes an expert may be able to do better driving the "
+"fsck manually. Note that B<not> all filesystem-specific checkers implement "
+"this option. In particular B<fsck.minix>(8) and B<fsck.cramfs>(8) does "
+"not support the B<-y> option as of this writing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:349 original/man8/logsave.8:60
+msgid "Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:351
+msgid "I</etc/fstab>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:355
+msgid ""
+"The B<fsck> program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
+"variables:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:355
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:363
+msgid ""
+"If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to run all of the "
+"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
+"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or "
+"high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or "
+"EMC.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:363
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:376
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of file system "
+"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
+"have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many file system "
+"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
+"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes "
+"can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of "
+"B<fsck> may attempt to automatically determine how many file system checks "
+"can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:376
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<PATH>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:391
+msgid ""
+"The B<PATH> environment variable is used to find file system checkers. A "
+"set of system directories are searched first: B</sbin>, B</sbin/fs.d>, "
+"B</sbin/fs>, B</etc/fs>, and B</etc>. Then the set of directories found in "
+"the B<PATH> environment are searched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:391
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:398
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
+"standard location of the B</etc/fstab> file. It is also useful for "
+"developers who are testing B<fsck>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:414
+msgid ""
+"B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or "
+"B<e2fsck>(8), B<cramfsck>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), "
+"B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
+"B<fsck.xiafs>(8), B<reiserfsck>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LOGSAVE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:8
+msgid "logsave - save the output of a command in a logfile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:14
+msgid "B<logsave> [ B<-asv> ] I<logfile cmd_prog [ ... ]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:27
+msgid ""
+"The B<logsave> program will execute I<cmd_prog> with the specified "
+"argument(s), and save a copy of its output to I<logfile>. If the containing "
+"directory for I<logfile> does not exist, B<logsave> will accumulate the "
+"output in memory until it can be written out. A copy of the output will "
+"also be written to standard output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:34
+msgid ""
+"If I<cmd_prog> is a single hyphen ('-'), then instead of executing a "
+"program, B<logsave> will take its input from standard input and save it in "
+"I<logfile>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:39
+msgid ""
+"B<logsave> is useful for saving the output of initial boot scripts until the "
+"/var partition is mounted, so the output can be written to /var/log."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:45
+msgid ""
+"This option will cause the output to be appended to I<logfile>, instead of "
+"replacing its current contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:53
+msgid ""
+"This option will cause B<logsave> to skip writing to the log file text which "
+"is bracketed with a control-A (ASCII 001 or Start of Header) and control-B "
+"(ASCII 002 or Start of Text). This allows progress bar information to be "
+"visible to the user on the console, while not being written to the log file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:58
+msgid ""
+"This option will make B<logsave> to be more verbose in its output to the "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MKE2FS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:8
+msgid "mke2fs - create an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:113
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> [ B<-c> | B<-l> I<filename> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-f> "
+"I<fragment-size> ] [ B<-g> I<blocks-per-group> ] [ B<-G> I<number-of-groups> "
+"] [ B<-i> I<bytes-per-inode> ] [ B<-I> I<inode-size> ] [ B<-j> ] [ B<-J> "
+"I<journal-options> ] [ B<-N> I<number-of-inodes> ] [ B<-n> ] [ B<-m> "
+"I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ B<-o> I<creator-os> ] [ B<-O> "
+"I<feature>[,...] ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-r> I<fs-revision-level> ] [ B<-E> "
+"I<extended-options> ] [ B<-v> ] [ B<-F> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] [ B<-M> "
+"I<last-mounted-directory> ] [ B<-S> ] [ B<-t> I<fs-type> ] [ B<-T> "
+"I<usage-type> ] [ B<-U> I<UUID> ] [ B<-V> ] I<device> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No external-journal specific journal options yet (size is ignored)
+#. [
+#. .B \-J
+#. .I journal-options
+#. ]
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:141
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] [ "
+"B<-n> ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-v> ] I<external-journal> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:156
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> is used to create an ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem, usually in a "
+"disk partition. I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device "
+"(e.g I</dev/hdXX>). I<blocks-count> is the number of blocks on the device. "
+"If omitted, B<mke2fs> automagically figures the file system size. If called "
+"as B<mkfs.ext3> a journal is created as if the B<-j> option was specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:163
+msgid ""
+"The defaults of the parameters for the newly created filesystem, if not "
+"overridden by the options listed below, are controlled by the "
+"B</etc/mke2fs.conf> configuration file. See the B<mke2fs.conf>(5) manual "
+"page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:181
+msgid ""
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block-size values are 1024, 2048 "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If omitted, block-size is heuristically "
+"determined by the filesystem size and the expected usage of the filesystem "
+"(see the B<-T> option). If I<block-size> is preceded by a negative sign "
+"('-'), then B<mke2fs> will use heuristics to determine the appropriate block "
+"size, with the constraint that the block size will be at least I<block-size> "
+"bytes. This is useful for certain hardware devices which require that the "
+"blocksize be a multiple of 2k."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:186
+msgid ""
+"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the file system. If this "
+"option is specified twice, then a slower read-write test is used instead of "
+"a fast read-only test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:186 original/man8/tune2fs.8:168
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-E>I< extended-options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:199
+msgid ""
+"Set extended options for the filesystem. Extended options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The B<-E> "
+"option used to be B<-R> in earlier versions of B<mke2fs>. The B<-R> option "
+"is still accepted for backwards compatibility. The following extended "
+"options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:200 original/man8/tune2fs.8:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mmp_update_interval=>I<interval>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:210 original/man8/tune2fs.8:189
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the initial MMP update interval to I<interval> seconds. Specifying "
+"an I<interval> of 0 means to use the default interval. The specified "
+"interval must be less than 300 seconds. Requires that the B<mmp> feature be "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:210 original/man8/tune2fs.8:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<stride=>I<stride-size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:221
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stride-size> filesystem "
+"blocks. This is the number of blocks read or written to disk before moving "
+"to the next disk, which is sometimes referred to as the I<chunk size.> This "
+"mostly affects placement of filesystem metadata like bitmaps at B<mke2fs> "
+"time to avoid placing them on a single disk, which can hurt performance. It "
+"may also be used by the block allocator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:221 original/man8/tune2fs.8:199
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<stripe_width=>I<stripe-width>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:230
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stripe-width> filesystem "
+"blocks per stripe. This is typically stride-size * N, where N is the number "
+"of data-bearing disks in the RAID (e.g. for RAID 5 there is one parity disk, "
+"so N will be the number of disks in the array minus 1). This allows the "
+"block allocator to prevent read-modify-write of the parity in a RAID stripe "
+"if possible when the data is written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:230
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<resize=>I<max-online-resize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:236
+msgid ""
+"Reserve enough space so that the block group descriptor table can grow to "
+"support a filesystem that has I<max-online-resize> blocks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:236
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<lazy_itable_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:246
+msgid ""
+"If enabled and the uninit_bg feature is enabled, the inode table will not be "
+"fully initialized by B<mke2fs>. This speeds up filesystem initialization "
+"noticeably, but it requires the kernel to finish initializing the filesystem "
+"in the background when the filesystem is first mounted. If the option value "
+"is omitted, it defaults to 1 to enable lazy inode table zeroing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:246
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<lazy_journal_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:254
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, the journal inode will not be fully zeroed out by B<mke2fs>. "
+"This speeds up filesystem initialization noticeably, but carries some small "
+"risk if the system crashes before the journal has been overwritten entirely "
+"one time. If the option value is omitted, it defaults to 1 to enable lazy "
+"journal inode zeroing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:254 original/man8/tune2fs.8:235
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<test_fs>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:258 original/man8/tune2fs.8:239
+msgid ""
+"Set a flag in the filesystem superblock indicating that it may be mounted "
+"using experimental kernel code, such as the ext4dev filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:266
+msgid ""
+"Attempt to discard blocks at mkfs time (discarding blocks initially is "
+"useful on solid state devices and sparse / thin-provisioned storage). When "
+"the device advertises that discard also zeroes data (any subsequent read "
+"after the discard and before write returns zero), then mark all "
+"not-yet-zeroed inode tables as zeroed. This significantly speeds up "
+"filesystem initialization. This is set as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:269
+msgid "Do not attempt to discard blocks at mkfs time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:269
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<quotatype>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:276
+msgid ""
+"Specify which quota type ('usr' or 'grp') is to be initialized. This option "
+"has any effect only if B<quota> feature is set. Without this extended "
+"option, the default behavior is to initialize both user and group quotas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:277
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-f>I< fragment-size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:280
+msgid "Specify the size of fragments in bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:291
+msgid ""
+"Force B<mke2fs> to create a filesystem, even if the specified device is not "
+"a partition on a block special device, or if other parameters do not make "
+"sense. In order to force B<mke2fs> to create a filesystem even if the "
+"filesystem appears to be in use or is mounted (a truly dangerous thing to "
+"do), this option must be specified twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>I< blocks-per-group>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:303
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of blocks in a block group. There is generally no reason "
+"for the user to ever set this parameter, as the default is optimal for the "
+"filesystem. (For administrators who are creating filesystems on RAID "
+"arrays, it is preferable to use the I<stride> RAID parameter as part of the "
+"B<-E> option rather than manipulating the number of blocks per group.) This "
+"option is generally used by developers who are developing test cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:303
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-G>I< number-of-groups>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:312
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of block groups that will be packed together to create a "
+"larger virtual block group (or \"flex_bg group\") in an ext4 filesystem. "
+"This improves meta-data locality and performance on meta-data heavy "
+"workloads. The number of groups must be a power of 2 and may only be "
+"specified if the B<flex_bg> filesystem feature is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:312
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>I< bytes-per-inode>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:326
+msgid ""
+"Specify the bytes/inode ratio. B<mke2fs> creates an inode for every "
+"I<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the "
+"I<bytes-per-inode> ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. This value "
+"generally shouldn't be smaller than the blocksize of the filesystem, since "
+"in that case more inodes would be made than can ever be used. Be warned "
+"that it is not possible to expand the number of inodes on a filesystem after "
+"it is created, so be careful deciding the correct value for this parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:326
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-I>I< inode-size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:343
+msgid ""
+"Specify the size of each inode in bytes. B<mke2fs> creates 256-byte inodes "
+"by default. In kernels after 2.6.10 and some earlier vendor kernels it is "
+"possible to utilize inodes larger than 128 bytes to store extended "
+"attributes for improved performance. The I<inode-size> value must be a "
+"power of 2 larger or equal to 128. The larger the I<inode-size> the more "
+"space the inode table will consume, and this reduces the usable space in the "
+"filesystem and can also negatively impact performance. Extended attributes "
+"stored in large inodes are not visible with older kernels, and such "
+"filesystems will not be mountable with 2.4 kernels at all. It is not "
+"possible to change this value after the filesystem is created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:343 original/man8/tune2fs.8:287
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-j>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:351
+msgid ""
+"Create the filesystem with an ext3 journal. If the B<-J> option is not "
+"specified, the default journal parameters will be used to create an "
+"appropriately sized journal (given the size of the filesystem) stored "
+"within the filesystem. Note that you must be using a kernel which has ext3 "
+"support in order to actually make use of the journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:351
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-J>I< journal-options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:357
+msgid ""
+"Create the ext3 journal using options specified on the command-line. "
+"Journal options are comma separated, and may take an argument using the "
+"equals ('=') sign. The following journal options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:358 original/man8/tune2fs.8:328
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<size=>I<journal-size>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:367
+msgid ""
+"Create an internal journal (i.e., stored inside the filesystem) of size "
+"I<journal-size> megabytes. The size of the journal must be at least 1024 "
+"filesystem blocks (i.e., 1MB if using 1k blocks, 4MB if using 4k blocks, "
+"etc.) and may be no more than 10,240,000 filesystem blocks or half the "
+"total file system size (whichever is smaller)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:367 original/man8/tune2fs.8:337
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<device=>I<external-journal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:373
+msgid ""
+"Attach the filesystem to the journal block device located on "
+"I<external-journal>. The external journal must already have been created "
+"using the command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:376 original/man8/tune2fs.8:346
+msgid "B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> I<external-journal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:386
+msgid ""
+"Note that I<external-journal> must have been created with the same block "
+"size as the new filesystem. In addition, while there is support for "
+"attaching multiple filesystems to a single external journal, the Linux "
+"kernel and B<e2fsck>(8) do not currently support shared external journals "
+"yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:400 original/man8/tune2fs.8:370
+msgid ""
+"Instead of specifying a device name directly, I<external-journal> can also "
+"be specified by either B<LABEL=>I<label> or B<UUID=>I<UUID> to locate the "
+"external journal by either the volume label or UUID stored in the ext2 "
+"superblock at the start of the journal. Use B<dumpe2fs>(8) to display a "
+"journal device's volume label and UUID. See also the B<-L> option of "
+"B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:405 original/man8/tune2fs.8:375
+msgid "Only one of the B<size> or B<device> options can be given for a filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:422
+msgid ""
+"Read the bad blocks list from I<filename>. Note that the block numbers in "
+"the bad block list must be generated using the same block size as used by "
+"B<mke2fs>. As a result, the B<-c> option to B<mke2fs> is a much simpler and "
+"less error-prone method of checking a disk for bad blocks before formatting "
+"it, as B<mke2fs> will automatically pass the correct parameters to the "
+"B<badblocks> program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:422
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< new-volume-label>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:428
+msgid ""
+"Set the volume label for the filesystem to I<new-volume-label>. The maximum "
+"length of the volume label is 16 bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:428 original/man8/tune2fs.8:396
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-m>I< reserved-blocks-percentage>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:437
+msgid ""
+"Specify the percentage of the filesystem blocks reserved for the "
+"super-user. This avoids fragmentation, and allows root-owned daemons, such "
+"as B<syslogd>(8), to continue to function correctly after non-privileged "
+"processes are prevented from writing to the filesystem. The default "
+"percentage is 5%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:437 original/man8/tune2fs.8:407
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-M>I< last-mounted-directory>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:442
+msgid ""
+"Set the last mounted directory for the filesystem. This might be useful for "
+"the sake of utilities that key off of the last mounted directory to "
+"determine where the filesystem should be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:455
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<mke2fs> to not actually create a filesystem, but display what it "
+"would do if it were to create a filesystem. This can be used to determine "
+"the location of the backup superblocks for a particular filesystem, so long "
+"as the B<mke2fs> parameters that were passed when the filesystem was "
+"originally created are used again. (With the B<-n> option added, of "
+"course!)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:455
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>I< number-of-inodes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:463
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the default calculation of the number of inodes that should be "
+"reserved for the filesystem (which is based on the number of blocks and the "
+"I<bytes-per-inode> ratio). This allows the user to specify the number of "
+"desired inodes directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:463
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< creator-os>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:469
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the default value of the \"creator operating system\" field of the "
+"filesystem. The creator field is set by default to the name of the OS the "
+"B<mke2fs> executable was compiled for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:469
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-O >I<feature>[,...]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:495
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem with the given features (filesystem options), overriding "
+"the default filesystem options. The features that are enabled by default "
+"are specified by the I<base_features> relation, either in the I<[defaults]> "
+"section in the B</etc/mke2fs.conf> configuration file, or in the "
+"I<[fs_types]> subsections for the usage types as specified by the B<-T> "
+"option, further modified by the I<features> relation found in the "
+"I<[fs_types]> subsections for the filesystem and usage types. See the "
+"B<mke2fs.conf>(5) manual page for more details. The filesystem "
+"type-specific configuration setting found in the I<[fs_types]> section will "
+"override the global default found in I<[defaults]>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:503
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem feature set will be further edited using either the feature "
+"set specified by this option, or if this option is not given, by the "
+"I<default_features> relation for the filesystem type being created, or in "
+"the I<[defaults]> section of the configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:508
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem feature set is comprised of a list of features, separated by "
+"commas, that are to be enabled. To disable a feature, simply prefix the "
+"feature name with a caret ('^') character. The pseudo-filesystem feature "
+"\"none\" will clear all filesystem features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:509 original/man8/tune2fs.8:510
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dir_index>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:512 original/man8/tune2fs.8:513
+msgid "Use hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:512
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<extent>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:518
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the indirect block scheme for storing the location of data "
+"blocks in an inode, use extents instead. This is a much more efficient "
+"encoding which speeds up filesystem access, especially for large files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:518 original/man8/tune2fs.8:516
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<filetype>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:521 original/man8/tune2fs.8:519
+msgid "Store file type information in directory entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:521 original/man8/tune2fs.8:519
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<flex_bg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:531
+msgid ""
+"Allow the per-block group metadata (allocation bitmaps and inode tables) to "
+"be placed anywhere on the storage media. In addition, B<mke2fs> will place "
+"the per-block group metadata together starting at the first block group of "
+"each \"flex_bg group\". The size of the flex_bg group can be specified "
+"using the B<-G> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:531 original/man8/tune2fs.8:528
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<has_journal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:536
+msgid "Create an ext3 journal (as if using the B<-j> option)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:536
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_dev>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:544
+msgid ""
+"Create an external ext3 journal on the given device instead of a regular "
+"ext2 filesystem. Note that I<external-journal> must be created with the "
+"same block size as the filesystems that will be using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:544 original/man8/tune2fs.8:534
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<large_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:548 original/man8/tune2fs.8:538
+msgid ""
+"Filesystem can contain files that are greater than 2GB. (Modern kernels set "
+"this feature automatically when a file E<gt> 2GB is created.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:548
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<quota>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:553
+msgid ""
+"Create quota inodes (inode# 3 for userquota and inode# 4 for group quota) "
+"and set them in the superblock. With this feature, the quotas will be "
+"enabled automatically when the filesystem is mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:553 original/man8/tune2fs.8:538
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<resize_inode>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:565
+msgid ""
+"Reserve space so the block group descriptor table may grow in the future. "
+"Useful for online resizing using B<resize2fs>. By default B<mke2fs> will "
+"attempt to reserve enough space so that the filesystem may grow to 1024 "
+"times its initial size. This can be changed using the B<resize> extended "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:565 original/man8/tune2fs.8:549
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<sparse_super>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:569
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem with fewer superblock backup copies (saves space on "
+"large filesystems)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:569 original/man8/tune2fs.8:552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<uninit_bg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:579
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem without initializing all of the block groups. This "
+"feature also enables checksums and highest-inode-used statistics in each "
+"blockgroup. This feature can speed up filesystem creation time noticeably "
+"(if lazy_itable_init is enabled), and can also reduce B<e2fsck> time "
+"dramatically. It is only supported by the ext4 filesystem in recent Linux "
+"kernels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:580
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-q>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:585
+msgid "Quiet execution. Useful if B<mke2fs> is run in a script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:585
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>I< revision>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:590
+msgid ""
+"Set the filesystem revision for the new filesystem. Note that 1.2 kernels "
+"only support revision 0 filesystems. The default is to create revision 1 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-S>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. .TP
+#. .BI \-t " test"
+#. Check the device for bad blocks before creating the file system
+#. using the specified test.
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:608
+msgid ""
+"Write superblock and group descriptors only. This is useful if all of the "
+"superblock and backup superblocks are corrupted, and a last-ditch recovery "
+"method is desired. It causes B<mke2fs> to reinitialize the superblock and "
+"group descriptors, while not touching the inode table and the block and "
+"inode bitmaps. The B<e2fsck> program should be run immediately after this "
+"option is used, and there is no guarantee that any data will be "
+"salvageable. It is critical to specify the correct filesystem blocksize "
+"when using this option, or there is no chance of recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:608
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< fs-type>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:622
+msgid ""
+"Specify the filesystem type (i.e., ext2, ext3, ext4, etc.) that is to be "
+"created. If this option is not specified, B<mke2fs> will pick a default "
+"either via how the command was run (for example, using a name of the form "
+"mkfs.ext2, mkfs.ext3, etc.) or via a default as defined by the "
+"B</etc/mke2fs.conf>(5) file. This option controls which filesystem options "
+"are used by default, based on the B<fstypes> configuration stanza in "
+"B</etc/mke2fs.conf>(5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:634
+msgid ""
+"If the B<-O> option is used to explicitly add or remove filesystem options "
+"that should be set in the newly created filesystem, the resulting filesystem "
+"may not be supported by the requested I<fs-type>. (e.g., \"B<mke2fs -t ext3 "
+"-O extent /dev/sdXX>\" will create a filesystem that is not supported by the "
+"ext3 implementation as found in the Linux kernel; and \"B<mke2fs -t ext3 -O "
+"^has_journal /dev/hdXX>\" will create a filesystem that does not have a "
+"journal and hence will not be supported by the ext3 filesystem code in the "
+"Linux kernel.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< usage-type[,...]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:643
+msgid ""
+"Specify how the filesystem is going to be used, so that B<mke2fs> can choose "
+"optimal filesystem parameters for that use. The usage types that are "
+"supported are defined in the configuration file B</etc/mke2fs.conf>(5). The "
+"user may specify one or more usage types using a comma separated list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:669
+msgid ""
+"If this option is is not specified, B<mke2fs> will pick a single default "
+"usage type based on the size of the filesystem to be created. If the "
+"filesystem size is less than or equal to 3 megabytes, B<mke2fs> will use the "
+"filesystem type I<floppy>. If the filesystem size is greater than 3 but "
+"less than or equal to 512 megabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem "
+"type I<small>. If the filesystem size is greater than or equal to 4 "
+"terabytes but less than 16 terabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem "
+"type I<big>. If the filesystem size is greater than or equal to 16 "
+"terabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem type I<huge>. Otherwise, "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) will use the default filesystem type I<default>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:669 original/man8/tune2fs.8:624
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-U>I< UUID>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:672
+msgid "Create the filesystem with the specified UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:675
+msgid "Verbose execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:680
+msgid "Print the version number of B<mke2fs> and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:680
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:681
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_SYNC>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:686
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine how often "
+"B<sync>(2) is called during inode table initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:686
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_CONFIG>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:690
+msgid "Determines the location of the configuration file (see B<mke2fs.conf>(5))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_FIRST_META_BG>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:694
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine first meta "
+"block group. This is mostly for debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:694
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_DEVICE_SECTSIZE>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:699
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine physical "
+"sector size of the I<device>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:699
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_SKIP_CHECK_MSG>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:703
+msgid ""
+"If set, do not show the message of filesystem automatic check caused by "
+"mount count or check interval."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:707
+msgid ""
+"This version of B<mke2fs> has been written by Theodore Ts'o "
+"E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:713
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> accepts the B<-f> option but currently ignores it because the "
+"second extended file system does not support fragments yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:715
+msgid "There may be other ones. Please, report them to the author."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:719
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:724
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), "
+"B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MKLOST+FOUND"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:9
+msgid ""
+"mklost+found - create a lost+found directory on a mounted Linux second "
+"extended file system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:11
+msgid "B<mklost+found>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:19
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> is used to create a I<lost+found> directory in the current "
+"working directory on a Linux second extended file system. There is normally "
+"a I<lost+found> directory in the root directory of each filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:29
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> pre-allocates disk blocks to the I<lost+found> directory so "
+"that when B<e2fsck>(8) is being run to recover a filesystem, it does not "
+"need to allocate blocks in the filesystem to store a large number of "
+"unlinked files. This ensures that B<e2fsck> will not have to allocate data "
+"blocks in the filesystem during recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:31
+msgid "There are none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:35
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> has been written by Remy Card "
+"E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is currently being maintained by Theodore "
+"Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:37
+msgid "There are none :-)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:41
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RESIZE2FS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:8
+msgid "resize2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 file system resizer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<resize2fs> [ B<-fFpPM> ] [ B<-d> I<debug-flags> ] [ B<-S> I<RAID-stride> ] "
+"I<device> [ I<size> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:35
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program will resize ext2, ext3, or ext4 file systems. It "
+"can be used to enlarge or shrink an unmounted file system located on "
+"I<device>. If the filesystem is mounted, it can be used to expand the size "
+"of the mounted filesystem, assuming the kernel supports on-line resizing. "
+"(As of this writing, the Linux 2.6 kernel supports on-line resize for "
+"filesystems mounted using ext3 and ext4.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:53
+msgid ""
+"The I<size> parameter specifies the requested new size of the filesystem. "
+"If no units are specified, the units of the I<size> parameter shall be the "
+"filesystem blocksize of the filesystem. Optionally, the I<size> parameter "
+"may be suffixed by one of the following the units designators: 's', 'K', "
+"'M', or 'G', for 512 byte sectors, kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes, "
+"respectively. The I<size> of the filesystem may never be larger than the "
+"size of the partition. If I<size> parameter is not specified, it will "
+"default to the size of the partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:61
+msgid ""
+"Note: when kilobytes is used above, I mean I<real>, power-of-2 kilobytes, "
+"(i.e., 1024 bytes), which some politically correct folks insist should be "
+"the stupid-sounding ``kibibytes''. The same holds true for megabytes, also "
+"sometimes known as ``mebibytes'', or gigabytes, as the amazingly silly "
+"``gibibytes''. Makes you want to gibber, doesn't it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:80
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program does not manipulate the size of partitions. If you "
+"wish to enlarge a filesystem, you must make sure you can expand the size of "
+"the underlying partition first. This can be done using B<fdisk>(8) by "
+"deleting the partition and recreating it with a larger size or using "
+"B<lvextend>(8), if you're using the logical volume manager B<lvm>(8). When "
+"recreating the partition, make sure you create it with the same starting "
+"disk cylinder as before! Otherwise, the resize operation will certainly not "
+"work, and you may lose your entire filesystem. After running B<fdisk>(8), "
+"run resize2fs to resize the ext2 filesystem to use all of the space in the "
+"newly enlarged partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:88
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to shrink an ext2 partition, first use B<resize2fs> to shrink "
+"the size of filesystem. Then you may use B<fdisk>(8) to shrink the size of "
+"the partition. When shrinking the size of the partition, make sure you do "
+"not make it smaller than the new size of the ext2 filesystem!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:89
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d >I<debug-flags>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:96
+msgid ""
+"Turns on various resize2fs debugging features, if they have been compiled "
+"into the binary. I<debug-flags> should be computed by adding the numbers of "
+"the desired features from the following list:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:98
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ Debug block relocations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:100
+msgid "\\\t4\\\t-\\ Debug inode relocations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:102
+msgid "\\\t8\\\t-\\ Debug moving the inode table"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:106
+msgid ""
+"Forces resize2fs to proceed with the filesystem resize operation, overriding "
+"some safety checks which resize2fs normally enforces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:112
+msgid ""
+"Flush the filesystem device's buffer caches before beginning. Only really "
+"useful for doing B<resize2fs> time trials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:115
+msgid "Shrink the filesystem to the minimum size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:121
+msgid ""
+"Prints out a percentage completion bars for each B<resize2fs> operation "
+"during an offline resize, so that the user can keep track of what the "
+"program is doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:124
+msgid "Print the minimum size of the filesystem and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:124
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-S >I<RAID-stride>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:131
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program will heuristically determine the RAID stride that "
+"was specified when the filesystem was created. This option allows the user "
+"to explicitly specify a RAID stride setting to be used by resize2fs instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:131
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "KNOWN BUGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:134
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size of the filesystem as estimated by resize2fs may be "
+"incorrect, especially for filesystems with 1k and 2k blocksizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:137
+msgid "B<resize2fs> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:143
+msgid ""
+"Resize2fs is Copyright 1998 by Theodore Ts'o and PowerQuest, Inc. All "
+"rights reserved. As of April, 2000 B<Resize2fs> may be redistributed under "
+"the terms of the GPL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:148
+msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<lvm>(8), B<lvextend>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "TUNE2FS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:8
+msgid "tune2fs - adjust tunable filesystem parameters on ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:93
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> [ B<-l> ] [ B<-c> I<max-mount-counts> ] [ B<-e> "
+"I<errors-behavior> ] [ B<-f> ] [ B<-i> I<interval-between-checks> ] [ B<-j> "
+"] [ B<-J> I<journal-options> ] [ B<-m> I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ "
+"B<-o> [^]mount-optionsI<[,...]> ] [ B<-r> I<reserved-blocks-count> ] [ B<-s> "
+"I<sparse-super-flag> ] [ B<-u> I<user> ] [ B<-g> I<group> ] [ B<-C> "
+"I<mount-count> ] [ B<-E> I<extended-options> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-name> ] [ "
+"B<-M> I<last-mounted-directory> ] [ B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...] ] [ B<-Q> "
+"I<quota-options> ] [ [ B<-T> I<time-last-checked> ] [ B<-U> I<UUID> ] device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:104
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> allows the system administrator to adjust various tunable "
+"filesystem parameters on Linux ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystems. The current "
+"values of these options can be displayed by using the B<-l> option to "
+"B<tune2fs>(8) program, or by using the B<dumpe2fs>(8) program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:110
+msgid ""
+"The I<device> specifer can either be a filename (i.e., /dev/sda1), or a "
+"LABEL or UUID specifer: \"B<LABEL=>I<volume-name>\" or \"B<UUID=>I<uuid>\". "
+"(i.e., LABEL=home or UUID=e40486c6-84d5-4f2f-b99c-032281799c9d)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:111
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< max-mount-counts>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:121
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the number of mounts after which the filesystem will be checked by "
+"B<e2fsck>(8). If I<max-mount-counts> is 0 or -1, the number of times the "
+"filesystem is mounted will be disregarded by B<e2fsck>(8) and the kernel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:125
+msgid ""
+"Staggering the mount-counts at which filesystems are forcibly checked will "
+"avoid all filesystems being checked at one time when using journaled "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:136
+msgid ""
+"You should strongly consider the consequences of disabling "
+"mount-count-dependent checking entirely. Bad disk drives, cables, memory, "
+"and kernel bugs could all corrupt a filesystem without marking the "
+"filesystem dirty or in error. If you are using journaling on your "
+"filesystem, your filesystem will B<never> be marked dirty, so it will not "
+"normally be checked. A filesystem error detected by the kernel will still "
+"force an fsck on the next reboot, but it may already be too late to prevent "
+"data loss at that point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:140
+msgid "See also the B<-i> option for time-dependent checking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:140
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C>I< mount-count>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:149
+msgid ""
+"Set the number of times the filesystem has been mounted. If set to a "
+"greater value than the max-mount-counts parameter set by the B<-c> option, "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) will check the filesystem at the next reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-e>I< error-behavior>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:157
+msgid ""
+"Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected. In all "
+"cases, a filesystem error will cause B<e2fsck>(8) to check the filesystem "
+"on the next boot. I<error-behavior> can be one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:158
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<continue>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:161
+msgid "Continue normal execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<remount-ro>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:164
+msgid "Remount filesystem read-only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<panic>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:167
+msgid "Cause a kernel panic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:173
+msgid ""
+"Set extended options for the filesystem. Extended options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The "
+"following extended options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:174
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<clear_mmp>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:179
+msgid ""
+"Reset the MMP block (if any) back to the clean state. Use only if "
+"absolutely certain the device is not currently mounted or being fscked, or "
+"major filesystem corruption can result. Needs '-f'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:199
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stride-size> filesystem "
+"blocks. This is the number of blocks read or written to disk before moving "
+"to next disk. This mostly affects placement of filesystem metadata like "
+"bitmaps at B<mke2fs>(2) time to avoid placing them on a single disk, which "
+"can hurt the performance. It may also be used by block allocator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:207
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stripe-width> filesystem "
+"blocks per stripe. This is typically be stride-size * N, where N is the "
+"number of data disks in the RAID (e.g. RAID 5 N+1, RAID 6 N+2). This allows "
+"the block allocator to prevent read-modify-write of the parity in a RAID "
+"stripe if possible when the data is written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:207
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<hash_alg=>I<hash-alg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:215
+msgid ""
+"Set the default hash algorithm used for filesystems with hashed b-tree "
+"directories. Valid algorithms accepted are: I<legacy>, I<half_md4>, and "
+"I<tea>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:215
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mount_opts=>I<mount_option_string>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:225
+msgid ""
+"Set a set of default mount options which will be used when the file system "
+"is mounted. Unlike the bitmask-based default mount options which can be "
+"specified with the B<-o> option, I<mount_option_string> is an arbitrary "
+"string with a maximum length of 63 bytes, which is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:232
+msgid ""
+"The ext4 file system driver will first apply the bitmask-based default "
+"options, and then parse the I<mount_option_string>, before parsing the mount "
+"options passed from the B<mount>(8) program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:235
+msgid ""
+"This superblock setting is only honored in 2.6.35+ kernels; and not at all "
+"by the ext2 and ext3 file system drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:239
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<^test_fs>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:243
+msgid ""
+"Clear the test_fs flag, indicating the filesystem should only be mounted "
+"using production-level filesystem code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:253
+msgid ""
+"Force the tune2fs operation to complete even in the face of errors. This "
+"option is useful when removing the B<has_journal> filesystem feature from a "
+"filesystem which has an external journal (or is corrupted such that it "
+"appears to have an external journal), but that external journal is not "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:258
+msgid ""
+"B<WARNING:> Removing an external journal from a filesystem which was not "
+"cleanly unmounted without first replaying the external journal can result in "
+"severe data loss and filesystem corruption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:258
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>I< group>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:265
+msgid ""
+"Set the group which can use the reserved filesystem blocks. The I<group> "
+"parameter can be a numerical gid or a group name. If a group name is given, "
+"it is converted to a numerical gid before it is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:265
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i >I<interval-between-checks>[B<d>|B<m>|B<w>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:277
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the maximal time between two filesystem checks. No suffix or B<d> "
+"will interpret the number I<interval-between-checks> as days, B<m> as "
+"months, and B<w> as weeks. A value of zero will disable the time-dependent "
+"checking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:287
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly recommended that either B<-c> (mount-count-dependent) or "
+"B<-i> (time-dependent) checking be enabled to force periodic full "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) checking of the filesystem. Failure to do so may lead to "
+"filesystem corruption (due to bad disks, cables, memory, or kernel bugs) "
+"going unnoticed, ultimately resulting in data loss or corruption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:295
+msgid ""
+"Add an ext3 journal to the filesystem. If the B<-J> option is not "
+"specified, the default journal parameters will be used to create an "
+"appropriately sized journal (given the size of the filesystem) stored "
+"within the filesystem. Note that you must be using a kernel which has ext3 "
+"support in order to actually make use of the journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:314
+msgid ""
+"If this option is used to create a journal on a mounted filesystem, an "
+"immutable file, B<.journal>, will be created in the top-level directory of "
+"the filesystem, as it is the only safe way to create the journal inode while "
+"the filesystem is mounted. While the ext3 journal is visible, it is not "
+"safe to delete it, or modify it while the filesystem is mounted; for this "
+"reason the file is marked immutable. While checking unmounted filesystems, "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) will automatically move B<.journal> files to the invisible, "
+"reserved journal inode. For all filesystems except for the root filesystem, "
+"this should happen automatically and naturally during the next reboot "
+"cycle. Since the root filesystem is mounted read-only, B<e2fsck>(8) must "
+"be run from a rescue floppy in order to effect this transition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:322
+msgid ""
+"On some distributions, such as Debian, if an initial ramdisk is used, the "
+"initrd scripts will automatically convert an ext2 root filesystem to ext3 if "
+"the B</etc/fstab> file specifies the ext3 filesystem for the root filesystem "
+"in order to avoid requiring the use of a rescue floppy to add an ext3 "
+"journal to the root filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:322
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-J> journal-options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:327
+msgid ""
+"Override the default ext3 journal parameters. Journal options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The "
+"following journal options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:337
+msgid ""
+"Create a journal stored in the filesystem of size I<journal-size> "
+"megabytes. The size of the journal must be at least 1024 filesystem blocks "
+"(i.e., 1MB if using 1k blocks, 4MB if using 4k blocks, etc.) and may be no "
+"more than 102,400 filesystem blocks. There must be enough free space in the "
+"filesystem to create a journal of that size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:343
+msgid ""
+"Attach the filesystem to the journal block device located on "
+"I<external-journal>. The external journal must have been already created "
+"using the command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:356
+msgid ""
+"Note that I<external-journal> must be formatted with the same block size as "
+"filesystems which will be using it. In addition, while there is support for "
+"attaching multiple filesystems to a single external journal, the Linux "
+"kernel and B<e2fsck>(8) do not currently support shared external journals "
+"yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:379
+msgid ""
+"List the contents of the filesystem superblock, including the current values "
+"of the parameters that can be set via this program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:379
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< volume-label>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:396
+msgid ""
+"Set the volume label of the filesystem. Ext2 filesystem labels can be at "
+"most 16 characters long; if I<volume-label> is longer than 16 characters, "
+"B<tune2fs> will truncate it and print a warning. The volume label can be "
+"used by B<mount>(8), B<fsck>(8), and B</etc/fstab>(5) (and possibly others) "
+"by specifying B<LABEL=>I<volume_label> instead of a block special device "
+"name like B</dev/hda5>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:407
+msgid ""
+"Set the percentage of the filesystem which may only be allocated by "
+"privileged processes. Reserving some number of filesystem blocks for use by "
+"privileged processes is done to avoid filesystem fragmentation, and to allow "
+"system daemons, such as B<syslogd>(8), to continue to function correctly "
+"after non-privileged processes are prevented from writing to the "
+"filesystem. Normally, the default percentage of reserved blocks is 5%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:410
+msgid "Set the last-mounted directory for the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o> [^]I<mount-option>[,...]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:421
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear the indicated default mount options in the filesystem. Default "
+"mount options can be overridden by mount options specified either in "
+"B</etc/fstab>(5) or on the command line arguments to B<mount>(8). Older "
+"kernels may not support this feature; in particular, kernels which predate "
+"2.4.20 will almost certainly ignore the default mount options field in the "
+"superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:427
+msgid ""
+"More than one mount option can be cleared or set by separating features with "
+"commas. Mount options prefixed with a caret character ('^') will be cleared "
+"in the filesystem's superblock; mount options without a prefix character or "
+"prefixed with a plus character ('+') will be added to the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:430
+msgid "The following mount options can be set or cleared using B<tune2fs>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:431
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<debug>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:434
+msgid "Enable debugging code for this filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:434
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<bsdgroups>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:442
+msgid ""
+"Emulate BSD behaviour when creating new files: they will take the group-id "
+"of the directory in which they were created. The standard System V "
+"behaviour is the default, where newly created files take on the fsgid of the "
+"current process, unless the directory has the setgid bit set, in which case "
+"it takes the gid from the parent directory, and also gets the setgid bit set "
+"if it is a directory itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<user_xattr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:445
+msgid "Enable user-specified extended attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:445
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<acl>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:448
+msgid "Enable Posix Access Control Lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:448
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<uid16>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:452
+msgid ""
+"Disables 32-bit UIDs and GIDs. This is for interoperability with older "
+"kernels which only store and expect 16-bit values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:452
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:457
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, all data (not just "
+"metadata) is committed into the journal prior to being written into the main "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:457
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data_ordered>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:462
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, all data is forced "
+"directly out to the main file system prior to its metadata being committed "
+"to the journal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:462
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data_writeback>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:468
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, data may be written "
+"into the main filesystem after its metadata has been committed to the "
+"journal. This may increase throughput, however, it may allow old data to "
+"appear in files after a crash and journal recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:468
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nobarrier>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:473
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with barrier operations in the journal "
+"disabled. (This option is currently only supported by the ext4 file system "
+"driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:473
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<block_validity>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:483
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with the block_validity option enabled, "
+"which causes extra checks to be performed after reading or writing from the "
+"file system. This prevents corrupted metadata blocks from causing file "
+"system damage by overwriting parts of the inode table or block group "
+"descriptors. This comes at the cost of increased memory and CPU overhead, "
+"so it is enabled only for debugging purposes. (This option is currently "
+"only supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:492
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mouinted with the discard mount option. This will "
+"cause the file system driver to attempt to use the trim/discard feature of "
+"some storage devices (such as SSD's and thin-provisioned drives available in "
+"some enterprise storage arrays) to inform the storage device that blocks "
+"belonging to deleted files can be reused for other purposes. (This option "
+"is currently only supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ "
+"kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:492
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nodelalloc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:497
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with the nodelalloc mount option. This will "
+"disable the delayed allocation feature. (This option is currently only "
+"supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:498
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:506
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear the indicated filesystem features (options) in the filesystem. "
+"More than one filesystem feature can be cleared or set by separating "
+"features with commas. Filesystem features prefixed with a caret character "
+"('^') will be cleared in the filesystem's superblock; filesystem features "
+"without a prefix character or prefixed with a plus character ('+') will be "
+"added to the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:509
+msgid "The following filesystem features can be set or cleared using B<tune2fs>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:513
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dir_nlink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:516
+msgid "Allow more than 65000 subdirectories per directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:528
+msgid ""
+"Allow bitmaps and inode tables for a block group to be placed anywhere on "
+"the storage media. B<Tune2fs> will not reorganize the location of the inode "
+"tables and allocation bitmaps, as B<mke2fs>(8) will do when it creates a "
+"freshly formated file system with B<flex_bg> enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:534
+msgid ""
+"Use a journal to ensure filesystem consistency even across unclean "
+"shutdowns. Setting the filesystem feature is equivalent to using the B<-j> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:544
+msgid ""
+"Reserve space so the block group descriptor table may grow in the future. "
+"B<Tune2fs> only supports clearing this filesystem feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:544
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mmp>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:549
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable multiple mount protection (MMP) feature. MMP helps to "
+"protect the filesystem from being multiply mounted and is useful in shared "
+"storage environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:552
+msgid "Limit the number of backup superblocks to save space on large filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:560
+msgid ""
+"Allow the kernel to initialize bitmaps and inode tables and keep a high "
+"watermark for the unused inodes in a filesystem, to reduce B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"time. This first e2fsck run after enabling this feature will take the full "
+"time, but subsequent e2fsck runs will take only a fraction of the original "
+"time, depending on how full the file system is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:585
+msgid ""
+"After setting or clearing B<sparse_super>, B<uninit_bg>, B<filetype>, or "
+"B<resize_inode> filesystem features, B<e2fsck>(8) must be run on the "
+"filesystem to return the filesystem to a consistent state. B<Tune2fs> will "
+"print a message requesting that the system administrator run B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"if necessary. After setting the B<dir_index> feature, B<e2fsck -D> can be "
+"run to convert existing directories to the hashed B-tree format. Enabling "
+"certain filesystem features may prevent the filesystem from being mounted by "
+"kernels which do not support those features. In particular, the "
+"B<uninit_bg> and B<flex_bg> features are only supported by the ext4 "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:585
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< mmp_check_interval>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:588
+msgid "Set the desired MMP check interval in seconds. It is 5 seconds by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:588
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>I< reserved-blocks-count>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:591
+msgid "Set the number of reserved filesystem blocks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:591
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-Q>I< quota-options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:595
+msgid ""
+"Sets 'quota' feature on the superblock and works on the quota files for the "
+"given quota type. Quota options could be one or more of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:596
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<[^]usrquota>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:601
+msgid ""
+"Sets/clears user quota inode in the superblock. B<[^]usrquota> Sets/clears "
+"group quota inode in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:601
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< time-last-checked>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:618
+msgid ""
+"Set the time the filesystem was last checked using B<e2fsck>. The time is "
+"interpreted using the current (local) timezone. This can be useful in "
+"scripts which use a Logical Volume Manager to make a consistent snapshot of "
+"a filesystem, and then check the filesystem during off hours to make sure it "
+"hasn't been corrupted due to hardware problems, etc. If the filesystem was "
+"clean, then this option can be used to set the last checked time on the "
+"original filesystem. The format of I<time-last-checked> is the "
+"international date format, with an optional time specifier, i.e. "
+"YYYYMMDD[HH[MM[SS]]]. The keyword B<now> is also accepted, in which case "
+"the last checked time will be set to the current time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:618
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-u>I< user>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:624
+msgid ""
+"Set the user who can use the reserved filesystem blocks. I<user> can be a "
+"numerical uid or a user name. If a user name is given, it is converted to a "
+"numerical uid before it is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:634
+msgid ""
+"Set the universally unique identifier (UUID) of the filesystem to I<UUID>. "
+"The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like "
+"this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The I<UUID> parameter may "
+"also be one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:635
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clear>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:638
+msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<random>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:641
+msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:641
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<time>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:644
+msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:655
+msgid ""
+"The UUID may be used by B<mount>(8), B<fsck>(8), and B</etc/fstab>(5) (and "
+"possibly others) by specifying B<UUID=>I<uuid> instead of a block special "
+"device name like B</dev/hda1>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:665
+msgid ""
+"See B<uuidgen>(8) for more information. If the system does not have a good "
+"random number generator such as I</dev/random> or I</dev/urandom>, "
+"B<tune2fs> will automatically use a time-based UUID instead of a "
+"randomly-generated UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:667
+msgid "We haven't found any bugs yet. That doesn't mean there aren't any..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:675
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>. "
+"B<tune2fs> uses the ext2fs library written by Theodore Ts'o "
+"E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>. This manual page was written by Christian Kuhtz "
+"E<lt>chk@data-hh.Hanse.DEE<gt>. Time-dependent checking was added by Uwe "
+"Ohse E<lt>uwe@tirka.gun.deE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:679
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:683
+msgid "B<debugfs>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUIDD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:8
+msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidd> [ B<-d> ] [ B<-p> I<pidfile> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ] [ B<-T> "
+"I<timeout> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:40
+msgid "B<uuidd> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ] [ B<-n> I<number> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:42
+msgid "B<uuidd -k>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:49
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuidd> daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
+"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUID's in a secure and "
+"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
+"trying to grab UUID's running on different CPU's."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:55
+msgid ""
+"Run B<uuidd> in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a "
+"daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
+msgid "If a currently uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-n>I< number>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:64
+msgid ""
+"When issuing a test request to a running uuidd, request a bulk response of "
+"I<number> UUID's."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:64
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< pidfile>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
+msgid ""
+"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
+"pid file is written to /var/lib/libuuid/uuidd.pid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>I< socketpath>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:74
+msgid ""
+"Specify the pathname used for the unix-domain socket used by uuidd. By "
+"default, the pathname used is /var/lib/libuuid/request. This is primarily "
+"for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the libuuid "
+"library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:78
+msgid ""
+"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
+"return a random-based UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:82
+msgid ""
+"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
+"return a time-based UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< timeout>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:87
+msgid ""
+"Specify a timeout for uuidd. If specified, then uuidd will exit after "
+"I<timeout> seconds of inactivity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:91
+msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:95
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidd> is part of libuuid from the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:97
+msgid "B<libuuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-03-18 00:31+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-23 04:19+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "CHATTR"
+msgstr "CHATTR"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2 original/man1/lsattr.1:2 original/man1/uuidgen.1:8
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:8 original/man3/uuid.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:32 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:2 original/man8/blkid.8:8
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:5 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2 original/man8/e2fsck.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:5 original/man8/e2label.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:5 original/man8/filefrag.8:2
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:5 original/man8/fsck.8:5 original/man8/logsave.8:5
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:5 original/man8/mklost+found.8:5
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:5 original/man8/tune2fs.8:5
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "February 2012"
+msgstr "February 2012"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:2 original/man1/lsattr.1:2 original/man1/uuidgen.1:8
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:8 original/man3/uuid.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:32 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:2 original/man8/blkid.8:8
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:5 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2 original/man8/e2fsck.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:5 original/man8/e2label.8:5
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:5 original/man8/filefrag.8:2
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:5 original/man8/fsck.8:5 original/man8/logsave.8:5
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:5 original/man8/mklost+found.8:5
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:5 original/man8/tune2fs.8:5
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2fsprogs version 1.42.1"
+msgstr "E2fsprogs version 1.42.1"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:3 original/man1/compile_et.1:7
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:3 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:4
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:9 original/man3/com_err.3:5
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:9 original/man3/uuid.3:33
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:33 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:33
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:33 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:33
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:33 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:33
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:33 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:33
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:6 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:6
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:3 original/man8/blkid.8:9
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:6 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:6
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:3 original/man8/e2fsck.8:6
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:6 original/man8/e2label.8:6
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:6 original/man8/e4defrag.8:2
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:3 original/man8/findfs.8:6 original/man8/fsck.8:6
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:6 original/man8/mke2fs.8:6
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:6 original/man8/resize2fs.8:6
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:6 original/man8/uuidd.8:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "名前"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:5
+msgid "chattr - change file attributes on a Linux file system"
+msgstr "chattr - Linux ファイルシステム上のファイルの属性を変更する"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:5 original/man1/compile_et.1:9
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:5 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:6
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:11 original/man3/com_err.3:7
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:11 original/man3/uuid.3:35
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:35 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:35
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:35 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:35
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:35 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:35
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:35 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:35
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:5 original/man8/blkid.8:11
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:8 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:8
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:5 original/man8/e2fsck.8:8
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:8 original/man8/e2label.8:8
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:8 original/man8/e4defrag.8:4
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:5 original/man8/findfs.8:8 original/man8/fsck.8:8
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:8 original/man8/mke2fs.8:8
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:9 original/man8/resize2fs.8:8
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:8 original/man8/uuidd.8:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "書式"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:18
+msgid "B<chattr> [ B<-RVf> ] [ B<-v> I<version> ] [ I<mode> ] I<files...>"
+msgstr "B<chattr> [ B<-RVf> ] [ B<-v> I<version> ] [ I<mode> ] I<files...>"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:18 original/man1/compile_et.1:12
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:13 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:9
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:18 original/man3/com_err.3:20
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:17 original/man3/uuid.3:37
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:41 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:41
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:41 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:43
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:41 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:41
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:41 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:43
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:8 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:8
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:48 original/man8/blkid.8:39
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:36 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:20
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:15 original/man8/e2fsck.8:38
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:15 original/man8/e2label.8:14
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:14 original/man8/e4defrag.8:14
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:13 original/man8/findfs.8:14
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:27 original/man8/logsave.8:14
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:141 original/man8/mklost+found.8:11
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:25 original/man8/tune2fs.8:93
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "説明"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:21
+msgid "B<chattr> changes the file attributes on a Linux file system."
+msgstr ""
+"B<chattr> は Linux ファイルシステム上のファイルの属性 (attribute) を変更す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:23
+msgid "The format of a symbolic mode is +-=[acdeijstuADST]."
+msgstr "mode の記法フォーマットは +-=[acdeijstuADST] である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:27
+msgid ""
+"The operator `+' causes the selected attributes to be added to the existing "
+"attributes of the files; `-' causes them to be removed; and `=' causes them "
+"to be the only attributes that the files have."
+msgstr "`+' オペレータを使用すると、選択した属性がファイルに付加される。 `-' オペレータを使用すると解除される。 `=' オペレータを使用すると、ファイルは指定した属性だけを持つことになる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:33
+msgid ""
+"The letters `acdeijstuADST' select the new attributes for the files: append "
+"only (a), compressed (c), no dump (d), extent format (e), immutable (i), "
+"data journalling (j), secure deletion (s), no tail-merging (t), undeletable "
+"(u), no atime updates (A), synchronous directory updates (D), synchronous "
+"updates (S), and top of directory hierarchy (T)."
+msgstr ""
+"`acdeijstuADST' がファイルに新たに指定できる属性である。 (a) 追加のみ許可 "
+"(append only)、(c) 圧縮 (compressed)、 (d) ダンプしない (no dump)、(e) エクス"
+"テント形式、(i) 変更不可 (immutable)、 (j) データのジャーナリング (data "
+"journalling)、 (s) 安全な削除 (secure deletion)、(t) 末尾マージをしない (no "
+"tail-merging)、 (u) 復活可能 (undeletable)、 (A) atime を更新しない、 (D) "
+"ディレクトリの同期更新 (synchronous directory updates)、 (S) 同期更新 "
+"(synchronous updates)、 (T) ディレクトリ階層のトップ。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:39
+msgid ""
+"The following attributes are read-only, and may be listed by B<lsattr>(1) "
+"but not modified by chattr: huge file (h), compression error (E), indexed "
+"directory (I), compression raw access (X), and compressed dirty file (Z)."
+msgstr ""
+"次の属性は読み出し専用で、B<lsattr>(1) で表示することはできるが、\n"
+"chattr で変更することはできない。\n"
+"(h) ヒュージファイル、(E) 圧縮エラー、(I) 索引付きのディレクトリ、\n"
+"(X) 圧縮への直接アクセス、(Z) dirty な圧縮ファイル。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:39 original/man1/lsattr.1:18
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:42 original/man8/badblocks.8:84
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:52 original/man8/debugfs.8:45
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:29 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:30
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:71 original/man8/e2undo.8:22
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:35 original/man8/filefrag.8:24
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:90 original/man8/logsave.8:39
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:163 original/man8/mklost+found.8:29
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:88 original/man8/tune2fs.8:110
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "オプション"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:40 original/man1/lsattr.1:19
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:253
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-R>"
+msgstr "B<-R>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:43
+msgid "Recursively change attributes of directories and their contents."
+msgstr "再帰的にディレクトリやその中身の属性を変更する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:43 original/man1/lsattr.1:22
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:66 original/man8/e2fsck.8:301
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:261 original/man8/mke2fs.8:675
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-V>"
+msgstr "B<-V>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:46
+msgid "Be verbose with chattr's output and print the program version."
+msgstr "属性の変更を詳細に表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:46 original/man8/badblocks.8:104
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:47 original/man8/e2fsck.8:211
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:23 original/man8/resize2fs.8:102
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:244
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-f>"
+msgstr "B<-f>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:49
+msgid "Suppress most error messages."
+msgstr "ほとんどのエラーメッセージを出力しないようにする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-v>I< version>"
+msgstr "B<-v>I< version>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:52
+msgid "Set the file's version/generation number."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムのバージョン/世代を設定する。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:52
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ATTRIBUTES"
+msgstr "属性"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:56
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the 'A' attribute set is accessed, its atime record is not "
+"modified. This avoids a certain amount of disk I/O for laptop systems."
+msgstr "'A' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 アクセスされても atime レコードが変更されない。 これはラップトップシステムのディスク I/O をある程度軽減する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:60
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `a' attribute set can only be open in append mode for "
+"writing. Only the superuser or a process possessing the CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE "
+"capability can set or clear this attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"`a' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 書き込みの際に追加モードでしかオープンで"
+"きない。 スーパーユーザーまたは CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE ケーパビリティ "
+"(capability) を持つプロセスだけが、 この属性を設定・解除できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:66
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `c' attribute set is automatically compressed on the disk by "
+"the kernel. A read from this file returns uncompressed data. A write to "
+"this file compresses data before storing them on the disk. Note: please "
+"make sure to read the bugs and limitations section at the end of this "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+"`c' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 ディスク上に置かれるときカーネルによって"
+"自動的に圧縮される。 このファイルを読み出すと、伸長されたデータが返ってく"
+"る。 このファイルに書き込むと、ディスク上に保存する前にデータが圧縮される。 "
+"注意: このドキュメントの最後にある 「バグと制限」のセクションを読んで確かめて"
+"ほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:70
+msgid ""
+"When a directory with the `D' attribute set is modified, the changes are "
+"written synchronously on the disk; this is equivalent to the `dirsync' mount "
+"option applied to a subset of the files."
+msgstr ""
+"`D' 属性が設定されているディレクトリは、 変更されると同時にディスクにもその内"
+"容が書き込まれる。 これは `dirsync' マウントオプションを、 それらのファイルだ"
+"けに適用するのと同じことである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:74
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `d' attribute set is not candidate for backup when the "
+"B<dump>(8) program is run."
+msgstr ""
+"`d' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 B<dump>(8) プログラムを起動した際にバッ"
+"クアップされない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:81
+msgid ""
+"The 'E' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate that a compressed file has a compression error. It may not be set "
+"or reset using B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr "'E' 属性は実験的な圧縮パッチが用いるもので、 圧縮ファイルに圧縮エラーがあることを示す。 この属性は B<chattr>(1) によって設定したり解除したりすることはできないが、 B<lsattr>(1) を用いて表示させることはできる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:85
+msgid ""
+"The 'e' attribute indicates that the file is using extents for mapping the "
+"blocks on disk. It may not be removed using B<chattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"'e' 属性は、そのファイルをディスク上のブロックにマッピングする際に\n"
+"エクステントが使用されていることを示す。\n"
+"この属性は B<chattr>(1) で削除することはできない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:91
+msgid ""
+"The 'I' attribute is used by the htree code to indicate that a directory is "
+"being indexed using hashed trees. It may not be set or reset using B<chattr>"
+"(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"`I' 属性は htree コードによって用いられ、 ディレクトリがハッシュツリーを使っ"
+"て索引を付けられることを示す。 この属性は B<chattr>(1) によって設定したり解"
+"除したりすることはできないが、 B<lsattr>(1) を用いて表示させることはできる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:98
+msgid ""
+"The 'h' attribute indicates the file is storing its blocks in units of the "
+"filesystem blocksize instead of in units of sectors, and means that the file "
+"is (or at one time was) larger than 2TB. It may not be set or reset using "
+"B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:103
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `i' attribute cannot be modified: it cannot be deleted or "
+"renamed, no link can be created to this file and no data can be written to "
+"the file. Only the superuser or a process possessing the "
+"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE capability can set or clear this attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"`i' 属性が設定されているファイルは、変更することができない。 すなわち、削除、"
+"名前の変更、このファイルを指すリンクの作成、 このファイルに対するデータの書き"
+"込みが禁止される。 スーパーユーザーまたは CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE ケーパビリティ"
+"を持つプロセスだけが、 この属性を設定・解除できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:111
+msgid ""
+"A file with the `j' attribute has all of its data written to the ext3 "
+"journal before being written to the file itself, if the filesystem is "
+"mounted with the \"data=ordered\" or \"data=writeback\" options. When the "
+"filesystem is mounted with the \"data=journal\" option all file data is "
+"already journalled and this attribute has no effect. Only the superuser or "
+"a process possessing the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability can set or clear this "
+"attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"`j' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 ファイルシステムが \"data=ordered\" また"
+"は \"data=writeback\" オプションで マウントされている場合、 ファイルそのもの"
+"に書き出される前に、 ext3 のジャーナルにデータが書き出される。 ファイルシステ"
+"ムが \"data=journal\" オプションでマウントされている場合、 全てのファイルデー"
+"タは既にジャーナルに記録されているので、 この属性は何も影響しない。 スーパー"
+"ユーザーまたは CAP_SYS_RESOURCE ケーパビリティを持つプロセスだけが、 この属性"
+"を設定・解除できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:115
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `s' attribute set is deleted, its blocks are zeroed and "
+"written back to the disk. Note: please make sure to read the bugs and "
+"limitations section at the end of this document."
+msgstr ""
+"`s' 属性が設定されているファイルが削除されると、 割り当てられていたブロックの"
+"中身が 0 にされ、ディスクに書き戻される。 注意: このドキュメントの最後にある "
+"「バグと制限」のセクションを読んで確かめてほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:119
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `S' attribute set is modified, the changes are written "
+"synchronously on the disk; this is equivalent to the `sync' mount option "
+"applied to a subset of the files."
+msgstr ""
+"`S' 属性が設定されているファイルが変更されると、 変更は同期的にディスクに書き"
+"込まれる (すなわち変更が直ちにディスク上に反映される)。 これは mount オプショ"
+"ンの `sync' を それらのファイルだけに適用するのと同じことである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:129
+msgid ""
+"A directory with the 'T' attribute will be deemed to be the top of directory "
+"hierarchies for the purposes of the Orlov block allocator. This is a hint "
+"to the block allocator used by ext3 and ext4 that the subdirectories under "
+"this directory are not related, and thus should be spread apart for "
+"allocation purposes. For example it is a very good idea to set the 'T' "
+"attribute on the /home directory, so that /home/john and /home/mary are "
+"placed into separate block groups. For directories where this attribute is "
+"not set, the Orlov block allocator will try to group subdirectories closer "
+"together where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:136
+msgid ""
+"A file with the 't' attribute will not have a partial block fragment at the "
+"end of the file merged with other files (for those filesystems which support "
+"tail-merging). This is necessary for applications such as LILO which read "
+"the filesystem directly, and which don't understand tail-merged files. "
+"Note: As of this writing, the ext2 or ext3 filesystems do not (yet, except "
+"in very experimental patches) support tail-merging."
+msgstr ""
+"`t' 属性が設定されているファイルは、 そのファイルが他のファイルとマージされた"
+"ときに 部分的ブロックのフラグメントを末尾に作らない (末尾マージ (tail-"
+"merging) をサポートしているファイルシステムの場合)。 これは LILO のような、"
+"ファイルシステムを直接読みにいき、 かつ末尾マージされたファイルのことを理解し"
+"ないような アプリケーションに対して必要となる。 注: この man ページを書いてい"
+"る時点で、ext2 と ext3 ファイルシステムは (まだ非常に実験的なパッチ以外で"
+"は) 末尾マージをサポートしていない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:141
+msgid ""
+"When a file with the `u' attribute set is deleted, its contents are saved. "
+"This allows the user to ask for its undeletion. Note: please make sure to "
+"read the bugs and limitations section at the end of this document."
+msgstr ""
+"`u' 属性が設定されているファイルを削除すると、 その内容は保護される。 これに"
+"より、ユーザがファイルを復活させることが可能になる。 注意: このドキュメントの"
+"最後にある 「バグと制限」のセクションを読んで確かめてほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:148
+msgid ""
+"The 'X' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate that a raw contents of a compressed file can be accessed directly. "
+"It currently may not be set or reset using B<chattr>(1), although it can be "
+"displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"`X' 属性は実験的な圧縮パッチによって用いられ、 圧縮ファイルの内容が圧縮状態の"
+"まま直接アクセス可能であることを示す。 この属性は現在のところ B<chattr>(1) "
+"によって設定したり解除したりすることはできないが、 B<lsattr>(1) を用いて表示"
+"させることはできる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:154
+msgid ""
+"The 'Z' attribute is used by the experimental compression patches to "
+"indicate a compressed file is dirty. It may not be set or reset using "
+"B<chattr>(1), although it can be displayed by B<lsattr>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"`Z' 属性は実験的な圧縮パッチによって用いられ、 圧縮ファイルが汚染されている "
+"(dirty) ことを示す。 この属性は B<chattr>(1) によって設定したり解除したりす"
+"ることはできないが、 B<lsattr>(1) を用いて表示させることはできる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:155 original/man1/lsattr.1:34
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:55 original/man3/libblkid.3:48
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:51 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:47
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:53 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:49
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:89 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:48
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:57 original/man3/uuid_time.3:60
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:65 original/man8/badblocks.8:223
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:156 original/man8/debugfs.8:632
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:74 original/man8/e2freefrag.8:90
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:406 original/man8/e2image.8:174
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:43 original/man8/e2undo.8:34
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:74 original/man8/filefrag.8:41
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:24 original/man8/fsck.8:347
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:58 original/man8/mke2fs.8:703
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:31 original/man8/resize2fs.8:134
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:667 original/man8/uuidd.8:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "作者"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:159
+msgid ""
+"B<chattr> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<chattr> は、Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> によって作成された。 現"
+"在は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> によってメンテナンスされてい"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:159
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BUGS AND LIMITATIONS"
+msgstr "バグと制限"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:164
+msgid ""
+"The `c', 's', and `u' attributes are not honored by the ext2 and ext3 "
+"filesystems as implemented in the current mainline Linux kernels. These "
+"attributes may be implemented in future versions of the ext2 and ext3 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"`c', 's', `u' 属性への対応は、現在主流になっている Linux カーネルで 実装され"
+"ている ext2 と ext3 ファイルシステムに含まれていない。 これらの属性は将来の "
+"ext2 と ext3 に実装されるかもしれない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:166
+msgid "The `j' option is only useful if the filesystem is mounted as ext3."
+msgstr ""
+"`j' オプションは、ext3 でマウントされた ファイルシステムについてのみ有効であ"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:168
+msgid "The `D' option is only useful on Linux kernel 2.5.19 and later."
+msgstr "`D' オプションは Linux カーネル 2.5.19 以降でのみ利用できる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:168 original/man1/lsattr.1:40
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:58 original/man3/libblkid.3:56
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:53 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:49
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:55 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:51
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:91 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:50
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:59 original/man3/uuid_time.3:62
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:67 original/man8/badblocks.8:228
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:159 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:78
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:177 original/man8/e2label.8:46
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:37 original/man8/findfs.8:27
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:715 original/man8/mklost+found.8:37
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:675 original/man8/uuidd.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "入手方法"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:172
+msgid ""
+"B<chattr> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<chattr> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge."
+"net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:172 original/man1/compile_et.1:79
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:44 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:57
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:62 original/man3/com_err.3:84
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:79 original/man3/uuid.3:58
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:53 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:59
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:55 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:95
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:54 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:63
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:66 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:71
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:255 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:429
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:232 original/man8/blkid.8:163
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:635 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:82
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:93 original/man8/e2fsck.8:410
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:181 original/man8/e2label.8:50
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:41 original/man8/e4defrag.8:77
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:31 original/man8/fsck.8:398
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:60 original/man8/mke2fs.8:719
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:41 original/man8/resize2fs.8:143
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:679 original/man8/uuidd.8:95
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "関連項目"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/chattr.1:173
+msgid "B<lsattr>(1)"
+msgstr "B<lsattr>(1)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COMPILE_ET"
+msgstr "COMPILE_ET"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "30 Mar 1998"
+msgstr "30 Mar 1998"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:6 original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SIPB"
+msgstr "SIPB"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:9
+msgid "compile_et - error table compiler"
+msgstr "compile_et - エラー表のコンパイラー"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:12
+msgid "B<compile_et> file"
+msgstr "B<compile_et> file"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:18
+msgid ""
+"B<Compile_et> converts a table listing error-code names and associated "
+"messages into a C source file suitable for use with the I<com_err>(3) "
+"library."
+msgstr ""
+"B<compile_et> は、エラーコードの名前と対応するメッセージをリストした表を、 "
+"I<com_err>(3) ライブラリで扱いやすい C ソース形式に変換する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:22
+msgid ""
+"The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.et''; the file consists of "
+"a declaration supplying the name (up to four characters long) of the error-"
+"code table:"
+msgstr ""
+"ソースファイルの名前は ``.et'' という拡張子で終わっている必要がある。\n"
+"ファイルは、エラーコード表の名前 (名前は 4 文字まで) を与える宣言"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:25
+msgid "B<error_table> I<name>"
+msgstr "B<error_table> I<name>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:27
+msgid "followed by up to 256 entries of the form:"
+msgstr "で始まり、(最大 256 個の)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:33
+msgid "B<error_code> I<name,> \" I<string> \""
+msgstr "B<error_code> I<name,>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:35 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:35
+msgid "and a final"
+msgstr "という形式のエントリが続き、テーブルの終りを示す"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:37 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:37
+msgid "B<end>"
+msgstr "B<end>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:39 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:39
+msgid "to indicate the end of the table."
+msgstr "で終わる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:45
+msgid ""
+"The name of the table is used to construct the name of a subroutine "
+"I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> which must be called in order for the "
+"I<com_err> library to recognize the error table."
+msgstr ""
+"表の名前は、サブルーチンの名前をつくるときに I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> "
+"の様に用いられる。 I<com_err> ライブラリにこのエラー表を認識させるには、 この"
+"サブルーチンを呼び出す必要がある。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:51
+msgid ""
+"The various error codes defined are assigned sequentially increasing numbers "
+"(starting with a large number computed as a hash function of the name of the "
+"table); thus for compatibility it is suggested that new codes be added only "
+"to the end of an existing table, and that no codes be removed from tables."
+msgstr ""
+"各種エラーコードの定義は、ひとつずつ増える数値に割り当てられる (先頭の数値"
+"は、表の名前をハッシュ関数に与えて計算された値になる)。 したがって互換性を保"
+"つためには、 新しいコードの追加は既存の表の末尾に行い、 表からコードの削除を"
+"行わないことである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:55
+msgid ""
+"The names defined in the table are placed into a C header file with "
+"preprocessor directives defining them as integer constants of up to 32 bits "
+"in magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+"表で定義されている名前は、 C のヘッダファイルにおいて、 それらの名前を 32 "
+"ビットまでの整数定数として定義する プリプロセッサ指定になる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:61
+msgid ""
+"A C source file is also generated which should be compiled and linked with "
+"the object files which reference these error codes; it contains the text of "
+"the messages and the initialization subroutine. Both C files have names "
+"derived from that of the original source file, with the ``.et'' suffix "
+"replaced by ``.c'' and ``.h''."
+msgstr ""
+"C ソースファイルも生成されるので、これをコンパイルして、 エラーコードを参照す"
+"るオブジェクトファイルにリンクする。 C ソースファイルには、メッセージのテキス"
+"トと初期化サブルーチンとが含まれる。 C のヘッダファイル・ソースファイル両者の"
+"名前は、 オリジナルのソースファイルの名前の ``.et'' 拡張子を、 それぞれ ``."
+"h'', ``.c'' に置き換えたものになる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:64 original/man1/mk_cmds.1:45
+msgid ""
+"A ``#'' in the source file is treated as a comment character, and all "
+"remaining text to the end of the source line will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"ソースファイル中の ``#'' はコメント文字として扱われ、\n"
+"その行の末尾までの残りのテキストは無視される。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:65 original/man1/lsattr.1:38
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:46 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:71
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:707 original/man8/mklost+found.8:35
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:665
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BUGS"
+msgstr "バグ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:75
+msgid ""
+"Since the original B<compile_et> uses a very simple parser based on I<yacc>"
+"(1), and this current version of B<compile_et> uses an awk/sed combination "
+"of scripts, its error recovery leaves much to be desired."
+msgstr ""
+"オリジナルの B<compile_et> は I<yacc>(1) を用いた非常に簡単なパーサーを使っ"
+"ていたし、 現在のバージョンの B<compile_et> は awk と sed スクリプトを組み合"
+"わせて用いているので、 エラーリカバリは望ましい水準からはほど遠い。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:81
+msgid "com_err (3)."
+msgstr "com_err (3)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/compile_et.1:82 original/man3/com_err.3:87
+msgid "Ken Raeburn, \"A Common Error Description Library for UNIX\"."
+msgstr "Ken Raeburn, \"A Common Error Description Library for UNIX\"."
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LSATTR"
+msgstr "LSATTR"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:5
+msgid "lsattr - list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system"
+msgstr ""
+"lsattr - Linux 第 2 拡張ファイルシステム (ext2fs) 上にあるファイルの 属性 "
+"(attribute) を表示する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:13
+msgid "B<lsattr> [ B<-RVadv> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+msgstr "B<lsattr> [ B<-RVadv> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:18
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> lists the file attributes on a second extended file system. See "
+"B<chattr>(1) for a description of the attributes and what they mean."
+msgstr ""
+"B<lsattr> は Linux 第 2 拡張ファイルシステム (ext2fs) 上にあるファイルの 属"
+"性 (attribute) を表示する。 属性の説明とその意味については、 B<chattr>(1) を"
+"参照すること。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:22
+msgid "Recursively list attributes of directories and their contents."
+msgstr "ディレクトリやその内容の属性を再帰的に表示する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:25
+msgid "Display the program version."
+msgstr "プログラムのバージョンを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:25 original/man8/e2fsck.8:72
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:298 original/man8/logsave.8:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-a>"
+msgstr "B<-a>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:28
+msgid "List all files in directories, including files that start with `.'."
+msgstr ""
+"`.' ではじまるファイルも含め、全てのファイルおよびディレクトリを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:28 original/man8/e2fsck.8:147
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d>"
+msgstr "B<-d>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:31
+msgid "List directories like other files, rather than listing their contents."
+msgstr "ディレクトリの内容ではなく、ディレクトリそのものを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:31 original/man8/badblocks.8:185
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:128 original/man8/e2fsck.8:298
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:56 original/man8/filefrag.8:35
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:53 original/man8/mke2fs.8:672
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-v>"
+msgstr "B<-v>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:34
+msgid "List the file's version/generation number."
+msgstr "ファイルのバージョン/世代を表示する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:38
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<lsattr> は、Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> によって作成された。 現"
+"在は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> によってメンテナンスされてい"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:40
+msgid "There are none :-)."
+msgstr "ない :-)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:44
+msgid ""
+"B<lsattr> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<lsattr> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge."
+"net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/lsattr.1:45
+msgid "B<chattr>(1)"
+msgstr "chattr (1)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MK_CMDS"
+msgstr "MK_CMDS"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2003"
+msgstr "2003"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:3
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FSPROGS"
+msgstr "E2FSPROGS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:6
+msgid "mk_cmds - error table compiler"
+msgstr "mk_cmds - エラーテーブルコンパイラ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:9
+msgid "B<mk_cmds> file"
+msgstr "B<mk_cmds> file"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:15
+msgid ""
+"B<Mk_cmds> converts a table listing command names and associated help "
+"messages into a C source file suitable for use with the I<ss>(3) library."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mk_cmds> は、コマンド名とそれに関連するヘルプメッセージを列挙したテーブル"
+"を、 I<ss>(3) ライブラリと共に使用するのに適した、C のソースファイルに変換す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:18
+msgid ""
+"The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.ct''; the file consists of "
+"a declaration supplying the name of the command table:"
+msgstr ""
+"ソースファイルの名前はサフィックス ``.ct'' で終っていなければならない。\n"
+"ファイルは、コマンドラインテーブルの名前を与える宣言"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:21
+msgid "B<command_table> I<name>"
+msgstr "B<command_table> I<name>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:23
+msgid "followed by entries of the form:"
+msgstr "で始まり、"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:33
+msgid ""
+"[ B<request> | B<unimplemented> ] I<name,> \" I<string> \"[, abbrev]...;"
+msgstr ""
+"[ B<request> | B<unimplemented> ] I<name,> \" I<string> \"[, abbrev]...;"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:42
+msgid ""
+"A C source file is generated which should be compiled and linked with the "
+"object files use the ss library."
+msgstr ""
+"C のソースファイルが生成されるので、コンパイルして、 ss ライブラリを使うオブ"
+"ジェクトファイルとリンクする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:56
+msgid ""
+"Since the original B<mk_cmds> uses a very simple parser based on I<yacc>(1), "
+"and this current version of B<mk_cmds> uses an awk/sed combination of "
+"scripts, its error recovery leaves much to be desired."
+msgstr ""
+"オリジナルの B<mk_cmds> は I<yacc>(1) に基づくとても簡単なパーサを使ってお"
+"り、 現在のバージョンの B<mk_cmds> は awk と sed を組み合わせたスクリプトを"
+"使っているので、 エラーからの回復についてはまだ十分とは言えない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/mk_cmds.1:59
+msgid "ss (3)"
+msgstr "ss (3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUIDGEN"
+msgstr "UUIDGEN"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:11
+msgid "uuidgen - command-line utility to create a new UUID value"
+msgstr "uuidgen - UUID 値を生成するコマンドラインユーティリティ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:18
+msgid "B<uuidgen> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ]"
+msgstr "B<uuidgen> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:28
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuidgen> program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
+"identifier (UUID) using the B<libuuid>(3) library. The new UUID can "
+"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
+"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuidgen> プログラムは、 B<libuuid>(3) ライブラリを用いて、 UUID (universal "
+"unique identifier: 汎システム的に他とは重ならない識別子) を生成し、表示す"
+"る。 新しい UUID は、ローカルシステムで以前に生成された UUID はもちろん、 他"
+"のシステムで過去・未来に作成された/作成される UUID のいずれとも 重ならないと"
+"考えて良い。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:42
+msgid ""
+"There are two types of UUID's which B<uuidgen> can generate: time-based "
+"UUID's and random-based UUID's. By default B<uuidgen> will generate a "
+"random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. "
+"Otherwise, it will chose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the "
+"generation of one of these two UUID types by using the B<-r> or B<-t> "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuidgen> は二つのタイプの UUID を生成することができる。時刻ベースの UUID "
+"と 乱数ベースの UUID である。デフォルトでは、 質の良い乱数生成機構があれば "
+"B<uuidgen> は乱数ベースの UUID を生成しようとする。そうでなければ 時刻ベース"
+"の UUID を生成する。 B<-r> または B<-t> オプションを指定すれば、二つのタイプ"
+"のいずれかを生成するかを強制できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:43 original/man8/e2fsck.8:288
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:324 original/man8/uuidd.8:74
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>"
+msgstr "B<-r>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:49
+msgid ""
+"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
+"of random bits. It requires that the operating system have a high quality "
+"random number generator, such as I</dev/random>."
+msgstr ""
+"乱数ベースの UUID を生成する。この方法は、ほとんどがランダムなビットから な"
+"る UUID を生成する。これを用いるには、オペレーティングシステムが I</dev/"
+"random> のような質の良い乱数生成機構を備えていなければならない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:49 original/man8/e2fsck.8:292
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>"
+msgstr "B<-t>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:53
+msgid ""
+"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
+"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
+msgstr ""
+"時刻ベースの UUID を生成する。この手法では、システムクロックと システムのイー"
+"サネットハードウェアアドレスが取得できればそれとに基づいて UUID を生成する。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:53 original/man3/uuid.3:49
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:87 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:55
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:63
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "CONFORMING TO"
+msgstr "準拠"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:55 original/man3/uuid.3:51
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:89 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:57
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:65
+msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
+msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:58
+msgid "B<uuidgen> was written by Andreas Dilger for libuuid."
+msgstr "B<uuidgen> は Andreas Dilger によって libuuid のために作成された。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidgen> is part of libuuid from the e2fsprogs package and is available "
+"from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuidgen> は e2fsprogs パッケージ付属の libuuid の一部であり、 http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man1/uuidgen.1:63
+msgid "B<libuuid>(3)"
+msgstr "B<libuuid>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COM_ERR"
+msgstr "COM_ERR"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "22 Nov 1988"
+msgstr "22 Nov 1988"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:7
+msgid "com_err - common error display routine"
+msgstr "com_err - 汎用のエラー表示ルーチン"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:11
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" #include E<lt>et/com_err.hE<gt>\n"
+"void (*I<proc>) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);\n"
+msgstr ""
+" #include E<lt>et/com_err.hE<gt>\n"
+"void (*I<proc>) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:13
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "void com_err (const char *whoami, long code, const char *format, ...);\n"
+msgstr "void com_err (const char *whoami, long code, const char *format, ...);\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:15
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "proc = set_com_err_hook (proc);\n"
+msgstr "proc = set_com_err_hook (proc);\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:17
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "proc = reset_com_err_hook ();\n"
+msgstr "proc = reset_com_err_hook ();\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:19
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "void initialize_XXXX_error_table ();\n"
+msgstr "void initialize_XXXX_error_table ();\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:37
+msgid ""
+"I<Com_err> displays an error message on the standard error stream I<stderr> "
+"(see I<stdio>(3S)) composed of the I<whoami> string, which should specify "
+"the program name or some subportion of a program, followed by an error "
+"message generated from the I<code> value (derived from I<compile_et>(1)), "
+"and a string produced using the I<format> string and any following "
+"arguments, in the same style as I<fprintf>(3)."
+msgstr ""
+"I<com_err> はエラーメッセージを標準エラーストリーム I<stderr> (I<stdio>(3S) "
+"を見よ) に表示する。エラーメッセージは、 I<whoami> 文字列 (プログラムの名前"
+"やプログラムのある部分を示す)・ 値 I<code> (I<compile_et>(1) から引かれ"
+"る)・ B<fprintf>(3) スタイルの I<format> 文字列を使って、残りの引数から 生成"
+"した文字列、の 3 つの部分からなる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:55
+msgid ""
+"The behavior of I<com_err> can be modified using I<set_com_err_hook;> this "
+"defines a procedure which is called with the arguments passed to I<com_err,> "
+"instead of the default internal procedure which sends the formatted text to "
+"error output. Thus the error messages from a program can all easily be "
+"diverted to another form of diagnostic logging, such as I<syslog>(3). "
+"I<Reset_com_err_hook> may be used to restore the behavior of I<com_err> to "
+"its default form. Both procedures return the previous ``hook'' value. "
+"These ``hook'' procedures must have the declaration given for I<proc> above "
+"in the synopsis."
+msgstr ""
+"I<com_err> の動作は I<set_com_err_hook> を用いて変更できる。 これは "
+"I<com_err> に渡される引数を用いて呼び出される関数を定義する。 デフォルトでは"
+"内部の関数が用いられ、これは整形したテキストをエラー出力に送る。 つまり、プロ"
+"グラムからのエラーメッセージを、例えば B<syslog>(3) のような診断ログに振り向"
+"けることが容易にできるわけである。 I<reset_com_err_hook> を用いると、 "
+"I<com_err> の動作をデフォルトの形式に戻すことができる。 この両関数は、実行前"
+"の ``hook'' の値を返す。 これらの ``hook'' 関数は、書式の部分で示した "
+"I<proc> のように宣言しなければならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:69
+msgid ""
+"The I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> routine is generated mechanically by "
+"I<compile_et>(1) from a source file containing names and associated "
+"strings. Each table has a name of up to four characters, which is used in "
+"place of the B<XXXX> in the name of the routine. These routines should be "
+"called before any of the corresponding error codes are used, so that the "
+"I<com_err> library will recognize error codes from these tables when they "
+"are used."
+msgstr ""
+"I<initialize_XXXX_error_table> ルーチンは、名前とそれに対応する文字列とからな"
+"るソースファイルから I<compile_et>(1) によって自動的に生成される。 それぞれ"
+"の表は 4 文字までの名前を持ち、ルーチンの名前の B<XXXX> の部分になる。これら"
+"のルーチンは、 各エラーコードを用いる前に呼び出しておき、 I<com_err> ライブラ"
+"リが エラーコードをこれらの表から認識できるようにしておかなければならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:80
+msgid ""
+"The B<com_err.h> header file should be included in any source file that uses "
+"routines from the I<com_err> library; executable files must be linked using "
+"I<``-lcom_err''> in order to cause the I<com_err> library to be included."
+msgstr ""
+"I<com_err> ライブラリのルーチンを用いる全てのソースファイルは、 B<com_err.h> "
+"ヘッダーファイルをインクルードしなければならない。 実行ファイルをリンクすると"
+"きには、 I<``-lcom_err''> を用いて I<com_err> ライブラリが含まれるようにしな"
+"ければならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/com_err.3:86
+msgid "compile_et (1), syslog (3)."
+msgstr "B<compile_et>(1), B<syslog>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LIBBLKID"
+msgstr "LIBBLKID"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:11
+msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
+msgstr "libblkid - ブロックデバイスの識別ライブラリ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:13
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>blkid/blkid.hE<gt>>"
+msgstr "B<#include E<lt>blkid/blkid.hE<gt>>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:17
+msgid "B<cc> I<file.c> B<-lblkid>"
+msgstr "B<cc> I<file.c> B<-lblkid>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:25
+msgid ""
+"The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
+"their content (e.g. filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
+"information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
+"serial numbers, etc. A common use is to allow use of LABEL= and UUID= tags "
+"instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"B<libblkid> ライブラリは、ブロックデバイスのコンテンツ (たとえばファイルシス"
+"テムタイプ) や ファイルシステムのラベル名・ボリューム名、 ユニークな識別番"
+"号・シリアル番号などの付加的な情報を使って、 ブロックデバイス (ディスク) を識"
+"別するのに使われる。 一般的な使い方として、 特定のブロックデバイス名を設定"
+"ファイルにハードコードする代わりに、 LABEL= と UUID= タグを使うことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:34
+msgid ""
+"Block device information is normally kept in a cache file I</etc/blkid.tab> "
+"and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the "
+"user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache "
+"file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or "
+"those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The "
+"standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment "
+"variable BLKID_FILE."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロックデバイスの情報は、通常キャッシュファイル I</etc/blkid.tab> に保存され、\n"
+"ユーザに返される前に現在も有効であるかが検証される\n"
+"(ユーザに raw ブロックデバイスの読み込み権限がある場合は検証されるが、\n"
+"ない場合は検証されない)。\n"
+"また、キャッシュファイルにより、非特権ユーザもラベルや ID でデバイスを\n"
+"見つけることができる (通常は非特権ユーザは root 以外の全ユーザや\n"
+"\"disk\" グループに所属しないユーザが該当する)。\n"
+"キャッシュファイルの標準の場所は環境変数 BLKID_FILE で上書きすることができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:41
+msgid ""
+"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
+"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
+"are not able to read the block device directly). If you are dealing with "
+"multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as "
+"devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be "
+"updated if possible. There is rarely a reason not to use the cache."
+msgstr ""
+"ユーザが既知の 1 つのデバイスの情報を取得しようとした場合、 (ユーザがブロック"
+"デバイスを直接読めない限り) キャッシュを使うか使わないかはパフォーマンスには"
+"影響しない。 複数のデバイスを扱う場合、 (たとえ空であっても) キャッシュを使う"
+"ことを特に推奨する。 これは、複数のデバイスが 1 回でスキャンされ、 可能であれ"
+"ばディスク上のキャッシュが更新されるからである。 このキャッシュを使わない理由"
+"は稀である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:48
+msgid ""
+"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
+"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
+"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
+"use of the cache file is B<required> in this situation."
+msgstr ""
+"(モジュラカーネルなど) いくつかのケースでは、 ブロックデバイスにアクセスした"
+"後でないと見えないことがあるので、 見えているデバイスのみを列挙するのではな"
+"く、 見えていないデバイスも探し出す 何らかの方法があることが重要になる。 この"
+"ような状況ではキャッシュファイルを使用することがB<必要>とされる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:52
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilties, "
+"with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by "
+"Ted Ts'o."
+msgstr ""
+"B<libblkid> は、 Andreas Dilger が Ted Ts'o からの情報提供をうけ、 ext2 ファ"
+"イルシステムユーティリティのために書いた。 このライブラリはその後 Ted Ts'o に"
+"よってかなり修正された。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:52 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:250
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:424 original/man8/fsck.8:349
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ファイル"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/blkid.tab>"
+msgstr "I</etc/blkid.tab>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:56
+msgid "Caches data extracted from each recognized block device."
+msgstr "認識されたブロックデバイスから抽出したキャッシュデータ。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:60
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> is part of the e2fsprogs package since version 1.33 and is "
+"available from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<libblkid> は、バージョン 1.33 から e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COPYING"
+msgstr "著作権"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:65
+msgid ""
+"B<libblkid> is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public "
+"License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version). A copy "
+"of the LGPL should be included with this library in the file COPYING. If "
+"not, write to"
+msgstr ""
+"B<libblkid> is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public "
+"License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version). A copy "
+"of the LGPL should be included with this library in the file COPYING. If "
+"not, write to"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:67
+msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:69
+msgid "51 Franklin St"
+msgstr "51 Franklin St"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:71
+msgid "Fifth Floor"
+msgstr "Fifth Floor"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:73
+msgid "Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA"
+msgstr "Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:76
+msgid "or visit"
+msgstr "or visit"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:76 original/man3/libblkid.3:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.html#LGPL"
+msgstr "http://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.html#LGPL"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/libblkid.3:80
+msgid "B<blkid>(8)"
+msgstr "B<blkid>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID"
+msgstr "UUID"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:35
+msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
+msgstr "uuid - DCE 互換の Universally Unique Idenifier ライブラリ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:37
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>"
+msgstr "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:43
+msgid ""
+"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
+"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
+"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
+"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility B<uuidgen>."
+msgstr ""
+"UUID ライブラリは他と重ならない識別子 (unique identifier) を、 ローカル以外か"
+"らもアクセスされうるオブジェクトに対して 生成するために用いられる。 このライ"
+"ブラリが生成する UUID は、 Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed "
+"Computing Environment (DCE) のユーティリティ B<uuidgen> が生成するものと互換"
+"である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:49
+msgid ""
+"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
+"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
+"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
+"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
+msgstr ""
+"このライブラリによって生成された UUID は、システム内外をよらず 他とは重ならな"
+"いものと考えて良い。このような UUID は、 たとえば複数の web サーバにまたがる "
+"HTTP クッキーに使うことができる。 サーバ間でのやり取りなしに作成でき、かつ名"
+"前衝突の心配がない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:53 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:49
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:55 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:51
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:91 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:50
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:59 original/man3/uuid_time.3:62
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:67
+msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
+msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:55
+msgid "The UUID library is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from"
+msgstr ""
+"UUID ライブラリは e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、以下から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:55 original/man3/uuid.3:57
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:50 original/man3/uuid_clear.3:52
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:56 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:58
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:52 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:54
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:92 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:94
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:51 original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:53
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:60 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:62
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:63 original/man3/uuid_time.3:65
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:68 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:70
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/"
+msgstr "http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid.3:66
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_CLEAR"
+msgstr "UUID_CLEAR"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:35
+msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
+msgstr "uuid_clear - UUID 変数の値を NULL 値にリセットする"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:38 original/man3/uuid_compare.3:38
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:38 original/man3/uuid_generate.3:38
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:38 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:38
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:38 original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:38
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>\n"
+msgstr "B<#include E<lt>uuid/uuid.hE<gt>>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_clear> function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
+"I<uu> to the NULL value."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_clear> 関数は与えられた uuid 変数 I<uu> に NULL 値をセットする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_clear.3:60
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_COMPARE"
+msgstr "UUID_COMPARE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:35
+msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
+msgstr "uuid_compare - 二つの UUID が同じであるか比較する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
+msgstr "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_compare> function compares the two supplied uuid variables I<uu1> "
+"and I<uu2> to each other."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_compare> 関数は、与えられた二つの uuid 変数 I<uu1> と I<uu2> がお互い"
+"に等しいかどうか比較する。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:47 original/man3/uuid_copy.3:46
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:84 original/man3/uuid_parse.3:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN VALUE"
+msgstr "返り値"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if I<uu1> is "
+"found, respectively, to be lexigraphically less than, equal, or greater than "
+"I<uu2>."
+msgstr ""
+"I<uu1> が I<uu2> よりも辞書的 (lexigraphically) に小さければ 0 より小さい整数"
+"が、 等しければ 0 が、大きければ 0 より大きい整数がそれぞれ返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_compare.3:66
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_COPY"
+msgstr "UUID_COPY"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:35
+msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
+msgstr "uuid_copy - UUID 値をコピーする"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
+msgstr "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:46
+msgid "The B<uuid_copy> function copies the UUID variable I<src> to I<dst>."
+msgstr "B<uuid_copy> 関数は UUID 変数 I<src> を I<dst> にコピーする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:49
+msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by I<dst>."
+msgstr "I<dst> が指す場所にコピーされた UUID の値が返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_copy.3:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_generate>(3), "
+"B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_GENERATE"
+msgstr "UUID_GENERATE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:35
+msgid ""
+"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time - create a new "
+"unique UUID value"
+msgstr ""
+"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time - 他と重ならない "
+"UUID 値を新しく作成する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"B<void uuid_generate(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"B<void uuid_generate(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t >I<out>B<);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:54
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate> function creates a new universally unique identifier "
+"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from I</"
+"dev/urandom>, if available. If it is not available, then B<uuid_generate> "
+"will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local "
+"ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a "
+"pseudo-random generator."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_generate> 関数は新しい UUID (universally unique identifier: 絶対に他と"
+"は重ならない識別子) を生成する。 UUID の生成には、 I</dev/urandom> のような"
+"質の良い乱数発生機構が利用できる場合はそれを利用する。 できない場合には、 "
+"B<uuid_generate> は別のアルゴリズムを用いる。この場合は現在時刻、 ローカルな"
+"イーサネットの MAC アドレスが取得できればその値、 および擬似乱数発生機構から"
+"生成された乱数が用いられる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:64
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate_random> function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
+"format, even if a high-quality random number generator (i.e., I</dev/"
+"urandom>) is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be "
+"subsituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise "
+"the uniqueness of UUID's generated in this fashion."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_generate_random> 関数は、質の良い乱数発生機構 (例えば I</dev/"
+"urandom>) が利用できない場合でも、完全にランダムベースの (つまり時刻や MAC "
+"アドレスを使わない) UUID フォーマットを作りたい場合に用いる。 この場合は擬似"
+"乱数発生機構が代わりに用いられる。 擬似乱数発生機構を利用すると、このように生"
+"成された UUID の 一意性は劣化するかもしれないことに注意すること。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:76
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_generate_time> function forces the use of the alternative "
+"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
+"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
+"UUID, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
+"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
+"privacy problems in some applications, so the B<uuid_generate> function only "
+"uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_generata_time> 関数は、代替アルゴリズムを使いたい場合に用いる。 これは"
+"現在時刻と (あれば) イーサネットの MAC アドレスを用いる。 このアルゴリズムは"
+"かつて UUID 生成方法のデフォルトであったが、 イーサネットの MAC アドレスを用"
+"いるので、いつどこで UUID が生成 されたかの情報がリークしてしまう。これはアプ"
+"リケーションによっては プライバシーの問題を起こすことがあるので、 "
+"B<uuid_generate> 関数は質の高い乱数発生機構が利用できない場合に限って このア"
+"ルゴリズムを用いるようになった。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:84
+msgid ""
+"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
+"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elemntary particles in the "
+"universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>). The new UUID can reasonably "
+"be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
+"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgstr ""
+"UUID は 16 バイト (128 ビット) 長で、およそ 3.4x10^38 この ユニークな値を与え"
+"る (Carl Segan の I<Cosmos> によれば、全宇宙にある素粒子の個数は 10^80 だそう"
+"である)。 新たに作られた UUID は、ローカルなシステムや外部のシステムによって "
+"過去または未来に生成された/される UUID のいずれとも異なると 考えることができ"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:87
+msgid ""
+"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
+"I<out>."
+msgstr "新たに生成された UUID が、 I<out> の指すメモリ位置に返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_generate.3:104
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>"
+"(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>"
+"(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>"
+"(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>"
+"(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_IS_NULL"
+msgstr "UUID_IS_NULL"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:35
+msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
+msgstr "uuid_is_null - UUID と NULL 値を比較する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:48
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_is_null> function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
+"variable I<uu> to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
+"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_is_null> 関数は与えられた UUID 変数 I<uu> を NULL 値と比較する。等しけ"
+"れば 1 が返され、等しくなければ 0 が返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_is_null.3:62
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_PARSE"
+msgstr "UUID_PARSE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:35
+msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
+msgstr "uuid_parse - 入力された UUID 文字列をバイナリ表現に変換する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+msgstr "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:50
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_parse> function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into the "
+"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3) format \"%08x-%04x-"
+"%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\e0')."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_parse> 関数は I<in> に与えられた UUID 文字列を変換し、バイナリ表現にす"
+"る。 入力する UUID のフォーマットは 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb のよ"
+"うなものである (B<printf>(3) フォーマットで \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\"、 "
+"36 バイトに末尾の '\\e0' を加えたもの)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:55
+msgid ""
+"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
+"stored in the location pointed to by I<uu>, otherwise -1 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+"文字列を正しく解釈 (parse) できたら、 0 が返され、その UUID は I<uu> が指すメ"
+"モリ位置に保存される。解釈できなかったら -1 が返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_parse.3:71
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_TIME"
+msgstr "UUID_TIME"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:35
+msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
+msgstr "uuid_time - UUID が生成された時刻を取り出す"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
+msgstr "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:51
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_time> function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based "
+"UUID I<uu> was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded "
+"within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to "
+"extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the B<uuid_generate_time>"
+"(3) function. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other "
+"mechanisms."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_time> は、与えられた時刻ベースの UUID I<uu> から、それが生成された時刻"
+"を取り出す。 UUID の生成時刻は特定のタイプの UUID にのみ エンコードされている"
+"点に注意すること。 この関数が時刻を取り出せる UUID は、おそらく "
+"B<uuid_generate_time>(3) 関数によって生成されたものに限られる。 他の仕組みに"
+"よって生成された UUID では、 取り出せる場合もあるし、取り出せない場合もある。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:51
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN VALUES"
+msgstr "返り値"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:60
+msgid ""
+"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
+"(the epoch), is returned (see B<time>(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
+"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
+"location pointed to by I<ret_tv> (see B<gettimeofday>(2))."
+msgstr ""
+"UUID が生成された時刻が、 January 1 1970 GMT (the epoch: 紀元) からの 経過秒"
+"数で返される (B<time>(2) を見よ)。 UUID が生成された時刻を、紀元からの秒 + "
+"マイクロ秒で表したものも、 I<ret_tv> が指す場所に保存されている "
+"(B<gettimeofday>(2) を見よ)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_time.3:74
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3), B<uuid_unparse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:32
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUID_UNPARSE"
+msgstr "UUID_UNPARSE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:35
+msgid "uuid_unparse - convert an UUID from binary representation to a string"
+msgstr "uuid_unparse - UUID をバイナリ表現から文字列に変換する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"B<void uuid_unparse(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"B<void uuid_unparse(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+"B<void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, char *>I<out>B<);>\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:56
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuid_unparse> function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
+"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus tailing '\\e0') of the "
+"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
+"character string pointed to by I<out>. The case of the hex digits returned "
+"by B<uuid_unparse> may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the "
+"system-dependent local default."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid_unparse> 関数は、与えられた UUID I<uu> をバイナリ表現から 36 バイトの"
+"文字列 (と末尾文字 '\\e0') に変換する。文字列フォーマットは "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 のようなもので、これは B<out> が指す文字"
+"列に保存される。 B<uuid_unparse> で返される 16 進数が大文字であるか小文字であ"
+"るかは、 システム固有のローカルなデフォルトに依存する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:63
+msgid ""
+"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
+"B<uuid_unparse_upper> and B<uuid_unparse_lower> may be used."
+msgstr ""
+"16 進数が大文字であるか小文字であるかが重要な場合は、 関数 "
+"B<uuid_unparse_upper> と B<uuid_unparse_lower> を使用することができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man3/uuid_unparse.3:79
+msgid ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuid>(3), B<uuid_clear>(3), B<uuid_compare>(3), B<uuid_copy>(3), "
+"B<uuid_generate>(3), B<uuid_time>(3), B<uuid_is_null>(3), B<uuid_parse>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "e2fsck.conf"
+msgstr "e2fsck.conf"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:8
+msgid "e2fsck.conf - Configuration file for e2fsck"
+msgstr "e2fsck.conf - e2fsck の設定ファイル"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:15
+msgid ""
+"I<e2fsck.conf> is the configuration file for B<e2fsck>(8). It controls the "
+"default behavior of B<e2fsck>(8) while it is checking ext2, ext3, or ext4 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"I<e2fsck.conf> は B<e2fsck>(8) の設定ファイルである。 このファイルにより "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) が ext2, ext3, ext4 ファイルシステムを チェックする際のデフォル"
+"トの動作を制御できる。"
+
+#. Tags can be assigned multiple values
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:25
+msgid ""
+"The I<e2fsck.conf> file uses an INI-style format. Stanzas, or top-level "
+"sections, are delimited by square braces: [ ]. Within each section, each "
+"line defines a relation, which assigns tags to values, or to a subsection, "
+"which contains further relations or subsections. An example of the INI-"
+"style format used by this configuration file follows below:"
+msgstr ""
+"I<e2fsck.conf> ファイルでは INI 形式のフォーマットが使用される。 節 (stanza) "
+"または最上位のセクションは、角括弧: [ ] で区切られる。 各セクション内では、各"
+"行でリレーションが定義され、 タグに値を割り当てたり、タグにサブセクションを割"
+"り当てたりする。 サブセクションには、更にリレーションとサブセクションが含まれ"
+"る。 この設定ファイルで使用される INI 方式のフォーマットの例は、以下の通り:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:27 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:27
+msgid " [section1]"
+msgstr " [section1]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:29 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:29
+msgid " tag1 = value_a"
+msgstr " tag1 = value_a"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:31 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:31
+msgid " tag1 = value_b"
+msgstr " tag1 = value_b"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:33 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:33
+msgid " tag2 = value_c"
+msgstr " tag2 = value_c"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:35 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:35
+msgid " [section 2]"
+msgstr " [section 2]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:37 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:37
+msgid " tag3 = {"
+msgstr " tag3 = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:39 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:39
+msgid " subtag1 = subtag_value_a"
+msgstr " subtag1 = subtag_value_a"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:41 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:41
+msgid " subtag1 = subtag_value_b"
+msgstr " subtag1 = subtag_value_b"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:43 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:43
+msgid " subtag2 = subtag_value_c"
+msgstr " subtag2 = subtag_value_c"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:45 original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:51
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:250 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:45
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:51 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:236
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:244 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:252
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:262
+msgid " }"
+msgstr " }"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:47 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:47
+msgid " tag1 = value_d"
+msgstr " tag1 = value_d"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:49 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:49
+msgid " tag2 = value_e"
+msgstr " tag2 = value_e"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:55 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:55
+msgid ""
+"Comments are delimited by a semicolon (';') or a hash ('#') character at the "
+"beginning of the comment, and are terminated by the end of line character."
+msgstr "コメントは、先頭のセミコロン (';') または ハッシュ ('#') 文字で区切られ、行末文字で終わる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:61 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:61
+msgid ""
+"Tags and values must be quoted using double quotes if they contain spaces. "
+"Within a quoted string, the standard backslash interpretations apply: \"\\en"
+"\" (for the newline character), \"\\et\" (for the tab character), \"\\eb"
+"\" (for the backspace character), and \"\\e\\e\" (for the backslash "
+"character)."
+msgstr ""
+"タグと値にスペースが含まれる場合は、ダブルクォートで括らなければならない。\n"
+"ダブルクォートで括った文字列内では、標準的なバックスラッシュの解釈が適用される:\n"
+"\"\\en\" (改行文字), \"\\et\" (タブ文字), \"\\eb\" (バックスペース文字),\n"
+"\"\\e\\e\" (バックスラッシュ文字)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:66
+msgid ""
+"The following stanzas are used in the I<e2fsck.conf> file. They will be "
+"described in more detail in future sections of this document."
+msgstr ""
+"以下の節が I<e2fsck.conf> ファイルで使用されている。 これらの節は、このドキュ"
+"メントの後のセクションでより詳しく説明される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:66
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[options]>"
+msgstr "I<[options]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:71
+msgid ""
+"This stanza contains general configuration parameters for B<e2fsck>'s "
+"behavior."
+msgstr ""
+"この節には B<e2fsck> の動作についての一般的な設定パラメータが含まれる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[problems]>"
+msgstr "I<[problems]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:75
+msgid ""
+"This stanza allows the administrator to reconfigure how e2fsck handles "
+"various filesystem inconsistencies."
+msgstr ""
+"この節では、e2fsck が様々なファイルシステムの 不整合をどのように扱うかを、管"
+"理者が再設定できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:75
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[scratch_files]>"
+msgstr "I<[scratch_files]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:79
+msgid ""
+"This stanza controls when e2fsck will attempt to use scratch files to reduce "
+"the need for memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [options] STANZA"
+msgstr "[options] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:83
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[options]> stanza."
+msgstr "以下のリレーションが I<[options]> 節で定義できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:83
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<allow_cancellation>"
+msgstr "I<allow_cancellation>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:89
+msgid ""
+"If this relation is set to a boolean value of true, then if the user "
+"interrupts e2fsck using ^C, and the filesystem is not explicitly flagged as "
+"containing errors, e2fsck will exit with an exit status of 0 instead of 32. "
+"This setting defaults to false."
+msgstr ""
+"このリレーションにブール値 true を設定すると、 ユーザーは ^C で e2fsck を停止"
+"することができる。 ファイルシステムには、エラーが含まれていることを示す フラ"
+"グが明示的に設定されず、e2fsck は終了する。 終了ステータスは 32 ではなく 0 と"
+"なる。 この設定はデフォルトでは false である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:89
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<accept_time_fudge>"
+msgstr "I<accept_time_fudge>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:96
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, due to Windows' unfortunate design decision to configure the "
+"hardware clock to tick localtime, instead of the more proper and less error-"
+"prone UTC time, many users end up in the situation where the system clock is "
+"incorrectly set at the time when e2fsck is run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:111
+msgid ""
+"Historically this was usually due to some distributions having buggy init "
+"scripts and/or installers that didn't correctly detect this case and take "
+"appropriate countermeasures. However, it's still possible, despite the best "
+"efforts of init script and installer authors to not be able to detect this "
+"misconfiguration, usually due to a buggy or misconfigured virtualization "
+"manager or the installer not having access to a network time server during "
+"the installation process. So by default, we allow the superblock times to "
+"be fudged by up to 24 hours. This can be disabled by setting "
+"I<accept_time_fudge> to the boolean value of false. This setting defaults "
+"to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:111
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<broken_system_clock>"
+msgstr "I<broken_system_clock>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:125
+msgid ""
+"The B<e2fsck>(8) program has some heuristics that assume that the system "
+"clock is correct. In addition, many system programs make similar "
+"assumptions. For example, the UUID library depends on time not going "
+"backwards in order for it to be able to make its guarantees about issuing "
+"universally unique ID's. Systems with broken system clocks, are well, "
+"broken. However, broken system clocks, particularly in embedded systems, do "
+"exist. E2fsck will attempt to use heuristics to determine if the time can "
+"not be trusted; and to skip time-based checks if this is true. If this "
+"boolean is set to true, then e2fsck will always assume that the system clock "
+"can not be trusted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:125
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clear_test_fs_flag>"
+msgstr "I<clear_test_fs_flag>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:132
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation controls whether or not B<e2fsck>(8) will offer to "
+"clear the test_fs flag if the ext4 filesystem is available on the system. "
+"It defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:132
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<defer_check_on_battery>"
+msgstr "I<defer_check_on_battery>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:138
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation controls whether or not the interval between "
+"filesystem checks (either based on time or number of mounts) should be "
+"doubled if the system is running on battery. This setting defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションにより、システムがバッテリーで動作している時に、 "
+"(時間またはマウント回数に基づいた) ファイルシステムの検査の周期を 2 倍にする"
+"か否かを設定できる。 デフォルトは true である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:138
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<indexed_dir_slack_percentage>"
+msgstr "I<indexed_dir_slack_percentage>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:148
+msgid ""
+"When B<e2fsck>(8) repacks a indexed directory, reserve the specified "
+"percentage of empty space in each leaf nodes so that a few new entries can "
+"be added to the directory without splitting leaf nodes, so that the average "
+"fill ratio of directories can be maintained at a higher, more efficient "
+"level. This relation defaults to 20 percent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [problems] STANZA"
+msgstr "[problems] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:156
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[problems]> stanza names a problem code specified with a "
+"leading \"0x\" followed by six hex digits. The value of the tag is a "
+"subsection where the relations in that subsection override the default "
+"treatment of that particular problem code."
+msgstr ""
+"I<[problems]> 節の各タグには、先頭に \"0x\" を付けた 6 個の 16 進数で、問題"
+"コードを指定する。 タグの値はサブセクションである。 そのサブセクションにおけ"
+"るリレーションは、 指定した問題コードのデフォルトの処理を上書きする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:161
+msgid ""
+"Note that inappropriate settings in this stanza may cause B<e2fsck> to "
+"behave incorrectly, or even crash. Most system administrators should not be "
+"making changes to this section without referring to source code."
+msgstr ""
+"この節の設定が不適切であると、 B<e2fsck> の動作が不正になったり、クラッシュす"
+"ることもある。 大部分の管理者は、ソースコードを参照せずに、この節を変更すべき"
+"ではない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:163
+msgid "Within each problem code's subsection, the following tags may be used:"
+msgstr "問題コードのサブセクションでは、以下のタグが使用される:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:163
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<description>"
+msgstr "I<description>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:167
+msgid ""
+"This relation allows the message which is printed when this filesystem "
+"inconsistency is detected to be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+"このリレーションは、ファイルシステムの不整合が 検出された時に表示されるメッ"
+"セージを上書きする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:167
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<preen_ok>"
+msgstr "I<preen_ok>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:173
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether "
+"this filesystem problem should be automatically fixed when B<e2fsck> is "
+"running in preen mode."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションは、 B<e2fsck> を修復 (preen) モードで動作させてい"
+"るときに、 ファイルシステムの問題を自動的に修復するかについての デフォルトの"
+"動作を上書きする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_ok>"
+msgstr "I<no_ok>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:178
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior determining whether or "
+"not the filesystem will be marked as inconsistent if the user declines to "
+"fix the reported problem."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションは、 報告された問題の修正をユーザーが拒否した場合"
+"に、 ファイルシステムに不整合のマークを付けるかについての デフォルトの動作を"
+"上書きする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_default>"
+msgstr "I<no_default>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:182
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides whether the default answer for this problem "
+"(or question) should be \"no\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションは、 問題 (または質問) のデフォルトの答えを \"no\" "
+"に上書きする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<preen_nomessage>"
+msgstr "I<preen_nomessage>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:189
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether or "
+"not the description for this filesystem problem should be suppressed when "
+"B<e2fsck> is running in preen mode."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションは、 B<e2fsck> を修復 (preen) モードで動作させてい"
+"るときに、 ファイルシステムの問題の説明を非表示にするかについての デフォルト"
+"の動作を上書きする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<no_nomsg>"
+msgstr "I<no_nomsg>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:200
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation overrides the default behavior controlling whether or "
+"not the description for this filesystem problem should be suppressed when a "
+"problem forced not to be fixed, either because B<e2fsck> is run with the B<-"
+"n> option or because the I<force_no> flag has been set for the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"このブール値のリレーションは、問題の修正を行わないようになっている場合に、 "
+"ファイルシステムの問題の説明を非表示にするかのデフォルトの動作を上書きする。 "
+"問題の修正を行わないようになるのは、 B<e2fsck> が B<-n> オプション付きで実行"
+"された場合か、 I<force_no> フラグがセットされている場合のいずれかである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:200
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<force_no>"
+msgstr "I<force_no>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:209
+msgid ""
+"This boolean option, if set to true, forces a problem to never be fixed. "
+"That is, it will be as if the user problem responds 'no' to the question of "
+"'should this problem be fixed?'. The I<force_no> option even overrides the "
+"B<-y> option given on the command-line (just for the specific problem, of "
+"course)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:209
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [scratch_files] STANZA"
+msgstr "[scratch_files] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:213
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[scratch_files]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:213
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<directory>"
+msgstr "I<directory>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:218
+msgid ""
+"If the directory named by this relation exists and is writeable, then e2fsck "
+"will attempt to use this directory to store scratch files instead of using "
+"in-memory data structures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:218
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<numdirs_threshold>"
+msgstr "I<numdirs_threshold>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:222
+msgid ""
+"If this relation is set, then in-memory data structures be used if the "
+"number of directories in the filesystem are fewer than amount specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:222
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dirinfo>"
+msgstr "I<dirinfo>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:227
+msgid ""
+"This relation controls whether or not the scratch file directory is used "
+"instead of an in-memory data structure for directory information. It "
+"defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:227
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<icount>"
+msgstr "I<icount>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:232
+msgid ""
+"This relation controls whether or not the scratch file directory is used "
+"instead of an in-memory data structure when tracking inode counts. It "
+"defaults to true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:232
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "例"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:239
+msgid ""
+"The following recipe will prevent e2fsck from aborting during the boot "
+"process when a filesystem contains orphaned files. (Of course, this is not "
+"always a good idea, since critical files that are needed for the security of "
+"the system could potentially end up in lost+found, and starting the system "
+"without first having a system administrator check things out may be "
+"dangerous.)"
+msgstr ""
+"以下の例では、ファイルシステムに孤立したファイルがある場合に、 ブートプロセス"
+"で e2fsck がアボートしないようにする。 (もちろん、これが常に良い考えという訳"
+"ではない。 システムのセキュリティに必要で非常に重要なファイルが、 lost+found "
+"に置かれているような場合に、 システム管理者が初めにチェックせずにシステムを開"
+"始してしまうのは、 危険だろう。)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:242
+msgid " [problems]"
+msgstr " [problems]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:244
+msgid " 0x040002 = {"
+msgstr " 0x040002 = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:246
+msgid " preen_ok = true"
+msgstr " preen_ok = true"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:248
+msgid " description = \"@u @i %i. \""
+msgstr " description = \"@u @i %i. \""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:251
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/e2fsck.conf>"
+msgstr "I</etc/e2fsck.conf>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:255
+msgid "The configuration file for B<e2fsck>(8)."
+msgstr "B<e2fsck>(8) の設定ファイル。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/e2fsck.conf.5:256
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8)"
+msgstr "B<e2fsck>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "mke2fs.conf"
+msgstr "mke2fs.conf"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:8
+msgid "mke2fs.conf - Configuration file for mke2fs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:15
+msgid ""
+"I<mke2fs.conf> is the configuration file for B<mke2fs>(8). It controls the "
+"default parameters used by B<mke2fs>(8) when it is creating ext2 or ext3 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tags can be assigned multiple values
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:25
+msgid ""
+"The I<mke2fs.conf> file uses an INI-style format. Stanzas, or top-level "
+"sections, are delimited by square braces: [ ]. Within each section, each "
+"line defines a relation, which assigns tags to values, or to a subsection, "
+"which contains further relations or subsections. An example of the INI-"
+"style format used by this configuration file follows below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:66
+msgid ""
+"Some relations expect a boolean value. The parser is quite liberal on "
+"recognizing ``yes'', '`y'', ``true'', ``t'', ``1'', ``on'', etc. as a "
+"boolean true value, and ``no'', ``n'', ``false'', ``nil'', ``0'', ``off'' as "
+"a boolean false value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:71
+msgid ""
+"The following stanzas are used in the I<mke2fs.conf> file. They will be "
+"described in more detail in future sections of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:71
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[defaults]>"
+msgstr "I<[defaults]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:79
+msgid ""
+"Contains relations which define the default parameters used by B<mke2fs>"
+"(8). In general, these defaults may be overridden by a definition in the "
+"B<fs_types> stanza, or by an command-line option provided by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<[fs_types]>"
+msgstr "I<[fs_types]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:87
+msgid ""
+"Contains relations which define defaults that should be used for specific "
+"filesystem types. The filesystem type can be specified explicitly using the "
+"B<-T> option to B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [defaults] STANZA"
+msgstr "[defaults] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:91
+msgid "The following relations are defined in the I<[defaults]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:91 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:294
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<base_features>"
+msgstr "I<base_features>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:100
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the filesystems features which are enabled in newly "
+"created filesystems. It may be overridden by the I<base_features> relation "
+"found in the filesystem or usage type subsection of the I<[fs_types]> stanza."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:100 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:317
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<default_features>"
+msgstr "I<default_features>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:114
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies a set of features that should be added or removed to "
+"the features listed in the I<base_features> relation. It may be overridden "
+"by the filesystem-specific I<default_features> in the filesystem or usage "
+"type subsection of I<[fs_types]>, and by the B<-O> command-line option to "
+"B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<enable_periodic_fsck>"
+msgstr "I<enable_periodic_fsck>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:125
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether periodic filesystem checks should be "
+"enforced at boot time. If set to true, checks will be forced every 180 "
+"days, or after a random number of mounts. These values may be changed later "
+"via the B<-i> and B<-c> command-line options to B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:125
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<force_undo>"
+msgstr "I<force_undo>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:132
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation, if set to a value of true, forces B<mke2fs> to always "
+"try to create an undo file, even if the undo file might be huge and it might "
+"extend the time to create the filesystem image because the inode table isn't "
+"being initialized lazily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:132 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:414
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<fs_type>"
+msgstr "I<fs_type>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:149
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default filesystem type if the user does not "
+"specify it via the B<-t> option, or if B<mke2fs> is not started using a "
+"program name of the form B<mkfs.>I<fs-type>. If both the user and the "
+"B<mke2fs.conf> file does not specify a default filesystem type, mke2fs will "
+"use a default filesystem type of I<ext3> if a journal was requested via a "
+"command-line option, or I<ext2> if not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:149 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:343
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<blocksize>"
+msgstr "I<blocksize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:154
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default blocksize if the user does not specify a "
+"blocksize on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of "
+"the configuration file does not specify a blocksize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:154 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:372
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<hash_alg>"
+msgstr "I<hash_alg>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:163 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:381
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default hash algorithm used for the new "
+"filesystems with hashed b-tree directories. Valid algorithms accepted are: "
+"I<legacy>, I<half_md4>, and I<tea>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:163 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:359
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<inode_ratio>"
+msgstr "I<inode_ratio>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:169
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode ratio if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of the "
+"configuration file does not specify a default inode ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:169 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:363
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<inode_size>"
+msgstr "I<inode_size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:175
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode size if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line, and the filesystem-type specific section of the "
+"configuration file does not specify a default inode size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:175 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:367
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<reserved_ratio>"
+msgstr "I<reserved_ratio>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:182
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default percentage of filesystem blocks reserved "
+"for the super-user, if the user does not specify one on the command line, "
+"and the filesystem-type specific section of the configuration file does not "
+"specify a default reserved ratio. This value can be a floating point number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<undo_dir>"
+msgstr "I<undo_dir>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:191
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the directory where the undo file should be stored. "
+"It can be overridden via the B<E2FSPROGS_UNDO_DIR> environment variable. If "
+"the directory location is set to the value I<none>, B<mke2fs> will not "
+"create an undo file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:191
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [fs_types] STANZA"
+msgstr "[fs_types] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:201
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[fs_types]> stanza names a filesystem type or usage type "
+"which can be specified via the B<-t> or B<-T> options to B<mke2fs>(8), "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:216
+msgid ""
+"The B<mke2fs> program constructs a list of fs_types by concatenating the "
+"filesystem type (i.e., ext2, ext3, etc.) with the usage type list. For most "
+"configuration options, B<mke2fs> will look for a subsection in the I<"
+"[fs_types]> stanza corresponding with each entry in the constructed list, "
+"with later entries overriding earlier filesystem or usage types. For "
+"example, consider the following B<mke2fs.conf> fragment:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:218
+msgid "[defaults]"
+msgstr "[defaults]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:220
+msgid " base_features = sparse_super,filetype,resize_inode,dir_index"
+msgstr " base_features = sparse_super,filetype,resize_inode,dir_index"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:222
+msgid " blocksize = 4096"
+msgstr " blocksize = 4096"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:224 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:242
+msgid " inode_size = 256"
+msgstr " inode_size = 256"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:226
+msgid " inode_ratio = 16384"
+msgstr " inode_ratio = 16384"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:230
+msgid "[fs_types]"
+msgstr "[fs_types]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:232
+msgid " ext3 = {"
+msgstr " ext3 = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:234
+msgid " features = has_journal"
+msgstr " features = has_journal"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:238
+msgid " ext4 = {"
+msgstr " ext4 = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:240
+msgid " features = extents,flex_bg"
+msgstr " features = extents,flex_bg"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:246
+msgid " small = {"
+msgstr " small = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:248 original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:258
+msgid " blocksize = 1024"
+msgstr " blocksize = 1024"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:250
+msgid " inode_ratio = 4096"
+msgstr " inode_ratio = 4096"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:254
+msgid " floppy = {"
+msgstr " floppy = {"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:256
+msgid " features = ^resize_inode"
+msgstr " features = ^resize_inode"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:260
+msgid " inode_size = 128"
+msgstr " inode_size = 128"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:277
+msgid ""
+"If mke2fs started with a program name of B<mke2fs.ext4>, then the filesystem "
+"type of ext4 will be used. If the filesystem is smaller than 3 megabytes, "
+"and no usage type is specified, then B<mke2fs> will use a default usage type "
+"of I<floppy>. This results in an fs_types list of \"ext4, floppy\". Both "
+"the ext4 subsection and the floppy subsection define an I<inode_size> "
+"relation, but since the later entries in the fs_types list supersede earlier "
+"ones, the configuration parameter for fs_types.floppy.inode_size will be "
+"used, so the filesystem will have an inode size of 128."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:291
+msgid ""
+"The exception to this resolution is the I<features> tag, which is specifies "
+"a set of changes to the features used by the filesystem, and which is "
+"cumulative. So in the above example, first the configuration relation "
+"defaults.base_features would enable an initial feature set with the "
+"sparse_super, filetype, resize_inode, and dir_index features enabled. Then "
+"configuration relation fs_types.ext4.features would enable the extents and "
+"flex_bg features, and finally the configuration relation fs_types.floppy."
+"features would remove the resize_inode feature, resulting in a filesystem "
+"feature set consisting of the sparse_super, filetype, resize_inode, "
+"dir_index, extents_and flex_bg features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:294
+msgid ""
+"For each filesystem type, the following tags may be used in that fs_type's "
+"subsection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:304
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the features which are initially enabled for this "
+"filesystem type. Only one I<base_features> will be used, so if there are "
+"multiple entries in the fs_types list whose subsections define the "
+"I<base_features> relation, only the last will be used by B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:304
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<features>"
+msgstr "I<features>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:317
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies a comma-separated list of features edit requests "
+"which modify the feature set used by the newly constructed filesystem. The "
+"syntax is the same as the B<-O> command-line option to B<mke2fs>(8); that "
+"is, a feature can be prefixed by a caret ('^') symbol to disable a named "
+"feature. Each I<feature> relation specified in the fs_types list will be "
+"applied in the order found in the fs_types list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:328
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies set of features which should be enabled or disabled "
+"after applying the features listed in the I<base_features> and I<features> "
+"relations. It may be overridden by the B<-O> command-line option to "
+"B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:328
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<auto_64-bit_support>"
+msgstr "I<auto_64-bit_support>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:336
+msgid ""
+"This relation is a boolean which specifies whether B<mke2fs>(8) should "
+"automatically add the 64bit feature if the number of blocks for the file "
+"system requires this feature to be enabled. The resize_inode feature is "
+"also automatically disabled since it doesn't support 64-bit block numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:336
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<default_mntopts>"
+msgstr "I<default_mntopts>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:343
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the set of mount options which should be enabled by "
+"default. These may be changed at a later time with the B<-o> command-line "
+"option to B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:347
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default blocksize if the user does not specify a "
+"blocksize on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:347
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<lazy_itable_init>"
+msgstr "I<lazy_itable_init>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:359
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether the inode table should be lazily "
+"initialized. It only has meaning if the uninit_bg feature is enabled. If "
+"lazy_itable_init is true and the uninit_bg feature is enabled, the inode "
+"table will not fully initialized by B<mke2fs>(8). This speeds up filesystem "
+"initialization noticeably, but it requires the kernel to finish initializing "
+"the filesystem in the background when the filesystem is first mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:363
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode ratio if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:367
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default inode size if the user does not specify "
+"one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:372
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default percentage of filesystem blocks reserved "
+"for the super-user, if the user does not specify one on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:381
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<flex_bg_size>"
+msgstr "I<flex_bg_size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:398
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the number of block groups that will be packed "
+"together to create one large virtual block group on an ext4 filesystem. "
+"This improves meta-data locality and performance on meta-data heavy "
+"workloads. The number of groups must be a power of 2 and may only be "
+"specified if the flex_bg filesystem feature is enabled. I<options> This "
+"relation specifies additional extended options which should be treated by "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) as if they were prepended to the argument of the B<-E> "
+"option. This can be used to configure the default extended options used by "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) on a per-filesystem type basis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:398
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<discard>"
+msgstr "I<discard>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:403
+msgid ""
+"This boolean relation specifies whether the B<mke2fs>(8) should attempt to "
+"discard device prior to filesystem creation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:403
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cluster_size>"
+msgstr "I<cluster_size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:410
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default cluster size if the bigalloc file system "
+"feature is enabled. It can be overridden via the B<-C> command line option "
+"to B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "THE [devices] STANZA"
+msgstr "[devices] 節"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:414
+msgid ""
+"Each tag in the I<[devices]> stanza names device name so that per-device "
+"defaults can be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:419
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default parameter for the B<-t> option, if this "
+"option isn't specified on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:419
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<usage_types>"
+msgstr "I<usage_types>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:424
+msgid ""
+"This relation specifies the default parameter for the B<-T> option, if this "
+"option isn't specified on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:425
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I</etc/mke2fs.conf>"
+msgstr "I</etc/mke2fs.conf>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:429
+msgid "The configuration file for B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man5/mke2fs.conf.5:430
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<mke2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BADBLOCKS"
+msgstr "BADBLOCKS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:5
+msgid "badblocks - search a device for bad blocks"
+msgstr "badblocks - デバイス上の不良ブロックを探す"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:48
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> [ B<-svwnfBX> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-c> "
+"I<blocks_at_once> ] [ B<-e> I<max_bad_blocks> ] [ B<-d> "
+"I<read_delay_factor> ] [ B<-i> I<input_file> ] [ B<-o> I<output_file> ] [ B<-"
+"p> I<num_passes> ] [ B<-t> I<test_pattern> ] I<device> [ I<last-block> ] "
+"[ I<first-block> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<badblocks> [ B<-svwnfBX> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-c> "
+"I<blocks_at_once> ] [ B<-e> I<max_bad_blocks> ] [ B<-d> "
+"I<read_delay_factor> ] [ B<-i> I<input_file> ] [ B<-o> I<output_file> ] [ B<-"
+"p> I<num_passes> ] [ B<-t> I<test_pattern> ] I<device> [ I<last-block> ] "
+"[ I<first-block> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:61
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> is used to search for bad blocks on a device (usually a disk "
+"partition). I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device (e.g "
+"I</dev/hdc1>). I<last-block> is the last block to be checked; if it is not "
+"specified, the last block on the device is used as a default. I<first-"
+"block> is an optional parameter specifying the starting block number for the "
+"test, which allows the testing to start in the middle of the disk. If it is "
+"not specified the first block on the disk is used as a default."
+msgstr ""
+"B<badblocks> はデバイス (通常はディスクパーティション) 上の 不良ブロックを探"
+"すために使用される。 I<device> はデバイスに対応するスペシャルファイルである "
+"(例: I</dev/hdc1>)。 I<last-block> はチェックされる最終ブロックである。 指定"
+"されない場合、デフォルトではデバイスの最終ブロックが使われる。 I<first-"
+"block> は、テストを開始するブロックを指定するパラメータである (省略可能)。 こ"
+"れを用いると、ディスクの途中からテストを開始できる。 指定されない場合、デフォ"
+"ルトではディスクの開始ブロックが使われる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:84
+msgid ""
+"B<Important note:> If the output of B<badblocks> is going to be fed to the "
+"B<e2fsck> or B<mke2fs> programs, it is important that the block size is "
+"properly specified, since the block numbers which are generated are very "
+"dependent on the block size in use by the filesystem. For this reason, it "
+"is strongly recommended that users B<not> run B<badblocks> directly, but "
+"rather use the B<-c> option of the B<e2fsck> and B<mke2fs> programs."
+msgstr ""
+"B<重要な注意:> B<badblocks> の出力を B<e2fsck> や B<mke2fs> といったプログラ"
+"ムに与える場合には、 ブロックサイズを正しく指定することが大切である。 生成さ"
+"れたブロック番号は、ファイルシステムにおいて、 どのようなブロックサイズを用い"
+"るかに大きく依存するからである。 このため、 B<badblocks> を直接ユーザが利用す"
+"ることはできるだけ避けるほうがよい。 代わりに B<e2fsck> や B<mke2fs> の B<-"
+"c> オプションを用いるようにすることを強く勧める。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:85 original/man8/mke2fs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>I< block-size>"
+msgstr "B<-b>I< block-size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:88
+msgid "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. The default is 1024."
+msgstr "ブロックサイズをバイト単位で指定する。 デフォルトは 1024 である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< number of blocks>"
+msgstr "B<-c>I< number of blocks>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:91
+msgid "is the number of blocks which are tested at a time. The default is 64."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロックをまとめて何個ずつテストするかを指定する。 デフォルトは 64 である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-e>I< max bad block count>"
+msgstr "B<-e>I< max bad block count>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:96
+msgid ""
+"Specify a maximum number of bad blocks before aborting the test. The "
+"default is 0, meaning the test will continue until the end of the test range "
+"is reached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:96
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d>I< read delay factor>"
+msgstr "B<-d>I< read delay factor>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:104
+msgid ""
+"This parameter, if passed and non-zero, will cause bad blocks to sleep "
+"between reads if there were no errors encountered in the read operation; the "
+"delay will be calculated as a percentage of the time it took for the read "
+"operation to be performed. In other words, a value of 100 will cause each "
+"read to be delayed by the amount the previous read took, and a value of 200 "
+"by twice the amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:117
+msgid ""
+"Normally, badblocks will refuse to do a read/write or a non-destructive test "
+"on a device which is mounted, since either can cause the system to "
+"potentially crash and/or damage the filesystem even if it is mounted read-"
+"only. This can be overridden using the B<-f> flag, but should almost never "
+"be used --- if you think you're smarter than the B<badblocks> program, you "
+"almost certainly aren't. The only time when this option might be safe to "
+"use is if the /etc/mtab file is incorrect, and the device really isn't "
+"mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"通常 badblocks は、マウントされているデバイスに対しては、 読み出し／書き込み"
+"テストや非破壊テストを行わない。 このいずれもシステムをクラッシュさせたり、 "
+"(たとえリードオンリーでマウントされていても) ファイルシステムを壊す可能性が"
+"あるからである。 B<-f> フラグを使えばこの動作を強制できるが、 まず用いないよ"
+"うにする方がよい。 自分が B<badblocks> プログラムよりも賢いと考えるなら別だ"
+"が、 ほとんどそんなことは無いはずだ。 このオプションが唯一安全なのは、/etc/"
+"mtab が間違っていて、 デバイスが実際にはマウントされていない場合だけである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>I< input_file>"
+msgstr "B<-i>I< input_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:133
+msgid ""
+"Read a list of already existing known bad blocks. B<Badblocks> will skip "
+"testing these blocks since they are known to be bad. If I<input_file> is "
+"specified as \"-\", the list will be read from the standard input. Blocks "
+"listed in this list will be omitted from the list of I<new> bad blocks "
+"produced on the standard output or in the output file. The B<-b> option of "
+"B<dumpe2fs>(8) can be used to retrieve the list of blocks currently marked "
+"bad on an existing filesystem, in a format suitable for use with this option."
+msgstr ""
+"既存の不良ブロックのリストを読み込む。 不良ブロックであることが分かっているた"
+"め、 B<badblocks> はこれらのブロックのテストを飛ばす。 I<input_file> が \"-"
+"\" と指定された場合、リストを標準入力から読み込む。 ここで挙げられたリストに"
+"あるブロックは、 標準出力や出力ファイルに書き出される I<新たに見つかった>不良"
+"ブロックのリストからは除かれる。 B<dumpe2fs>(8) の B<-b> オプションを使う"
+"と、 既存のファイルシステム上で不良ブロックとして マークされているブロックの"
+"リストを、 このオプションで使用するのに適した形式で取り出すことができる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:133 original/man8/e2fsck.8:258
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:311 original/man8/mke2fs.8:442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-n>"
+msgstr "B<-n>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:139
+msgid ""
+"Use non-destructive read-write mode. By default only a non-destructive read-"
+"only test is done. This option must not be combined with the B<-w> option, "
+"as they are mutually exclusive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:139
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< output_file>"
+msgstr "B<-o>I< output_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:145
+msgid ""
+"Write the list of bad blocks to the specified file. Without this option, "
+"B<badblocks> displays the list on its standard output. The format of this "
+"file is suitable for use by the"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:151
+msgid "B<-l> option in B<e2fsck>(8) or B<mke2fs>(8)."
+msgstr "B<-l> option in B<e2fsck>(8) or B<mke2fs>(8)."
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< num_passes>"
+msgstr "B<-p>I< num_passes>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:158
+msgid ""
+"Repeat scanning the disk until there are no new blocks discovered in "
+"num_passes consecutive scans of the disk. Default is 0, meaning "
+"B<badblocks> will exit after the first pass."
+msgstr ""
+"新たな不良ブロックが見つからなくなるまで、 num_passes 回連続でディスクのス"
+"キャンを繰り返す。 デフォルトは 0 で、 B<badblocks> は最初の 1 回で終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:158 original/man8/filefrag.8:32
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:91 original/man8/logsave.8:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>"
+msgstr "B<-s>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:167
+msgid ""
+"Show the progress of the scan by writing out rough percentage completion of "
+"the current badblocks pass over the disk. Note that badblocks may do "
+"multiple test passes over the disk, in particular if the B<-p> or B<-w> "
+"option is requested by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:167
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< test_pattern>"
+msgstr "B<-t>I< test_pattern>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:185
+msgid ""
+"Specify a test pattern to be read (and written) to disk blocks. The "
+"I<test_pattern> may either be a numeric value between 0 and ULONG_MAX-1 "
+"inclusive, or the word \"random\", which specifies that the block should be "
+"filled with a random bit pattern. For read/write (B<-w>) and non-"
+"destructive (B<-n>) modes, one or more test patterns may be specified by "
+"specifying the B<-t> option for each test pattern desired. For read-only "
+"mode only a single pattern may be specified and it may not be \"random\". "
+"Read-only testing with a pattern assumes that the specified pattern has "
+"previously been written to the disk - if not, large numbers of blocks will "
+"fail verification. If multiple patterns are specified then all blocks will "
+"be tested with one pattern before proceeding to the next pattern."
+msgstr ""
+"ディスクブロックから読み出す (ディスクブロックに書き込む) テストパターンを指"
+"定する。 I<test_pattern> は 0 以上 ULONG_MAX-1 以下の数値でも文字列 \"random"
+"\" でもよい。 \"random\" はブロックをランダムなビットパターンで埋めることを表"
+"す。 読み出し／書き込み (B<-w>) モードと非破壊 (B<-n>) モードでは、 使いたい"
+"各テストパターンについて B<-t> を指定することで、複数のテストパターンを指定す"
+"ることができる。 読み出しだけのモードでは 1 つのパターンしか指定することがで"
+"きず、 \"random\" は指定できない。 1 つのパターンを指定した読み出しだけのテス"
+"トでは、 指定されたパターンが前もってディスクに書き込まれていると仮定する。 "
+"指定されたパターンが書き込まれていない場合は、 たくさんのブロックが検証に失敗"
+"する。 複数のパターンが指定された場合、 (1 つのブロックに対して) 1 つのパター"
+"ンをテストした後に 次のパターンをテストするようにして、 全てのブロックをテス"
+"トする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:189
+msgid ""
+"Verbose mode. Will write the number of read errors, write errors and data- "
+"corruptions to stderr."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-w>"
+msgstr "B<-w>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:198
+msgid ""
+"Use write-mode test. With this option, B<badblocks> scans for bad blocks by "
+"writing some patterns (0xaa, 0x55, 0xff, 0x00) on every block of the device, "
+"reading every block and comparing the contents. This option may not be "
+"combined with the B<-n> option, as they are mutually exclusive."
+msgstr ""
+"書き込みモードでテストする。このオプションを指定すると、 B<badblocks> はデバ"
+"イスの各ブロックに、あるパターン (0xaa, 0x55, 0xff, 0x00) を書き込み、 またそ"
+"れを読み出して比べることにより、不良ブロックを探索する。 このオプションを B<-"
+"n> オプションと組み合わせて使うことはできない。 この 2 つのオプションはどちら"
+"か一方しか指定できない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:198 original/man8/filefrag.8:25
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-B>"
+msgstr "B<-B>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:201
+msgid "Use buffered I/O and do not use Direct I/O, even if it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:201
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-X>"
+msgstr "B<-X>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:208
+msgid ""
+"Internal flag only to be used by B<e2fsck>(8) and B<mke2fs>(8). It "
+"bypasses the exclusive mode in-use device safety check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:208
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "WARNING"
+msgstr "警告"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:216
+msgid ""
+"Never use the B<-w> option on a device containing an existing file system. "
+"This option erases data! If you want to do write-mode testing on an existing "
+"file system, use the B<-n> option instead. It is slower, but it will "
+"preserve your data."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムが存在するデバイスに対して B<-w> オプションを使用してはならな"
+"い。 このオプションはデータを消去する。 既存のファイルシステムに書き込みモー"
+"ドテストをする場合は、 代わりに B<-n> オプションを使うこと。 B<-n> オプション"
+"でのテストは遅いが、データは保存される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:223
+msgid ""
+"The B<-e> option will cause badblocks to output a possibly incomplete list "
+"of bad blocks. Therefore it is recommended to use it only when one wants to "
+"know if there are any bad blocks at all on the device, and not when the list "
+"of bad blocks is wanted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:228
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. "
+"Current maintainer is Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>. Non-"
+"destructive read/write test implemented by David Beattie "
+"E<lt>dbeattie@softhome.netE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<badblocks> は Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> によって作成された。 "
+"現在のメンテナは Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> である。 非破壊の"
+"読み出し／書き込みテストは David Beattie E<lt>dbeattie@softhome.netE<gt> が実"
+"装した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:232
+msgid ""
+"B<badblocks> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<badblocks> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs."
+"sourceforge.net で入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/badblocks.8:234 original/man8/mklost+found.8:43
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "BLKID"
+msgstr "BLKID"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:11
+msgid "blkid - command-line utility to locate/print block device attributes"
+msgstr ""
+"blkid - ブロックデバイスの属性を見つけて表示するコマンドラインユーティリティ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:39
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> [ B<-ghlLv> ] [ [ B<-c> I<cachefile> ] B<-w> I<writecachefile> ] "
+"[ B<-o> I<format> ] [ B<-s> I<tag> ] [ B<-t> I<NAME>=I<value> ] "
+"[ I<device ...> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<blkid> [ B<-ghlLv> ] [ [ B<-c> I<cachefile> ] B<-w> I<writecachefile> ] "
+"[ B<-o> I<format> ] [ B<-s> I<tag> ] [ B<-t> I<NAME>=I<value> ] [ I<device "
+"\\&...> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:47
+msgid ""
+"The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with "
+"B<libblkid>(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g. "
+"filesystem, swap) a block device holds, and also attributes (tokens, "
+"NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g. LABEL or UUID fields)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<blkid> プログラムは B<libblkid>(3) とともに動作するコマンドラインインタフェースである。\n"
+"このプログラムは、ブロックデバイスが保持するコンテンツ種別 (ファイルシステムやスワップなど)\n"
+"を判定する。また、コンテンツメタデータ (LABEL や UUID フィールドなど) から\n"
+"属性 (トークン、NAME=value ペア) を判定する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:52
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with "
+"a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more "
+"devices."
+msgstr ""
+"B<blkid> には主に 2 種類の操作形式がある。\n"
+"一つは指定された NAME=value ペアを持つデバイスの検索であり、\n"
+"もう一つは複数のデバイスの NAME=value ペアの表示である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< cachefile>"
+msgstr "B<-c>I< cachefile>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:62
+msgid ""
+"Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file I</etc/"
+"blkid.tab>. If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e. don't report "
+"devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), "
+"specify I</dev/null>."
+msgstr ""
+"デフォルトのキャッシュファイル I</etc/blkid.tab> ではなく I<cachefile> を読み"
+"込む。 何もキャッシュしていない状態で開始したい場合 (すなわち、以前はスキャン"
+"を行ったが 今回は利用する必要のないデバイスを表示しない場合) は、 I</dev/"
+"null> を指定すること。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:62
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>"
+msgstr "B<-g>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:66
+msgid ""
+"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
+"no longer exist."
+msgstr ""
+"ガベージコレクションを行い、\n"
+"blkid キャッシュからもはや存在しないデバイスを削除する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:66 original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:52
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:39
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-h>"
+msgstr "B<-h>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:69
+msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
+msgstr "使用法のメッセージを表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:69 original/man8/tune2fs.8:375
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-l>"
+msgstr "B<-l>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:81
+msgid ""
+"Look up one device that matches the search parameter specified using the B<-"
+"t> option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search "
+"parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the "
+"first device found at a given priority. Device types in order of decreasing "
+"priority are Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block "
+"devices. If this option is not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the "
+"devices that match the search parameter."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-t> オプションを使って指定された検索パラメータにマッチするデバイスを検索する。\n"
+"検索パラメータにマッチするデバイスが複数ある場合は、優先度が最も高いデバイス、\n"
+"もしくは指定された優先度で最初に見つかったデバイスを返す。\n"
+"デバイス種別は、優先度の高い順に、デバイスマッパー、EVMS、LVM、MD、\n"
+"通常のブロックデバイスである。このオプションが指定されていない場合、\n"
+"B<blkid> は検索パラメータにマッチする全てのデバイスを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:81
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< format>"
+msgstr "B<-o>I< format>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:97
+msgid ""
+"Display B<blkid>'s output using the specified format. The I<format> "
+"parameter may be I<full> (the default), I<value> (only print the value of "
+"the tags), I<list> (print the devices in a user-friendly format), or "
+"I<device> (only print the device name)."
+msgstr ""
+"指定された書式で B<blkid> の出力を表示する。 I<format> 引き数には、 I<full> "
+"(デフォルト)・ I<value> (任意のタグの値のみを表示する)・ I<list> (ユーザに親"
+"切な形式でデバイスを表示する)・ I<device> (デバイス名のみを表示する) が指定"
+"できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:97
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>"
+msgstr "B<-L>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:101
+msgid ""
+"Print the devices in a user-friendly list format. This is the equivalent of "
+"using the option B<-o list>."
+msgstr ""
+"ユーザが読みやすいリスト形式でデバイスを表示する。\n"
+"オプション B<-o list> を使った場合と等価である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:101
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>I< tag>"
+msgstr "B<-s>I< tag>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:112
+msgid ""
+"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>. It is "
+"possible to specify multiple B<-s> options. If no tag is specified, then "
+"all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh "
+"the cache without showing any tokens, use B<-s none> with no other options."
+msgstr ""
+"(指定された) それぞれのデバイスについて I<tag> にマッチするタグのみを表示す"
+"る。 複数の I<tag> を指定することもできる。 タグが指定されない場合、全ての "
+"(指定された) デバイスの 全てのトークンが表示される。 トークンを表示せずキャッ"
+"シュを更新したいだけの場合は、 その他のオプションを付けずに B<-s none> を使用"
+"すること。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< NAME>B<=>I<value>"
+msgstr "B<-t>I< NAME>B<=>I<value>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:128
+msgid ""
+"Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
+"I<value>, and display any devices which are found. Common values for "
+"I<NAME> include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>. If there are no devices "
+"specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise "
+"only the specified devices are searched."
+msgstr ""
+"値が I<value> の I<NAME> という名前のトークンを持つブロックデバイスを検索"
+"し、 見つかった全てのデバイスを表示する。 I<NAME> の一般的な値としては、 "
+"B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, B<UUID> がある。 コマンドラインでデバイスが何も指定されて"
+"いない場合は、全てのブロックデバイスを検索する。 デバイスが指定された場合は、"
+"指定されたデバイスのみを検索する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:131
+msgid "Display version number and exit."
+msgstr "バージョン番号を表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:131
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-w>I< writecachefile>"
+msgstr "B<-w>I< writecachefile>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:142
+msgid ""
+"Write the device cache to I<writecachefile> instead of writing it to the "
+"default cache file I</etc/blkid.tab>. If you don't want to save the cache "
+"to the default file, specify I</dev/null.> If not specified it will be the "
+"same file as that given by the B<-c> option."
+msgstr ""
+"デバイスキャッシュをデフォルトのキャッシュファイル I</etc/blkid.tab> ではな"
+"く I<writecachefile> に書き込む。 キャッシュをデフォルトのファイルに保存した"
+"くない場合は、 I</dev/null> を指定すること。 このオプションが指定されない場合"
+"は、 B<-c> オプションで指定されたファイルと同じファイルに書き出す。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<device>"
+msgstr "I<device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:151
+msgid ""
+"Display tokens from only the specified device. It is possible to give "
+"multiple I<device> options on the command line. If none is given, all "
+"devices which appear in I</proc/partitions> are shown, if they are "
+"recognized."
+msgstr ""
+"指定されたデバイスのみのトークンを表示する。 コマンドラインで複数の "
+"I<device> を指定することもできる。 何も指定されていない場合、認識できるなら"
+"ば I</proc/partitions> にある全てのデバイスについて表示される。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RETURN CODE"
+msgstr "リターンコード"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:156
+msgid ""
+"If the specified token was found, or if any tags were shown from "
+"(specified) devices, 0 is returned. If the specified token was not found, "
+"or no (specified) devices could be identified, an exit code of 2 is "
+"returned. For usage or other errors, an exit code of 4 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+"指定されたトークンが見つかった場合、 または (指定された) デバイスでタグが表示"
+"された場合は、0 が返される。 指定されたトークンが見つからなかった場合、 また"
+"は (指定された) デバイスが識別できなかった場合は、終了コード 2 が返される。 "
+"使用法のメッセージを表示した場合、 または他のエラーの場合は、終了コード 4 が"
+"返される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:159
+msgid "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid."
+msgstr "B<blkid> は libblkid のために Andreas Dilger が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:163
+msgid ""
+"B<blkid> is part the e2fsprogs package since version 1.26 and is available "
+"from http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<blkid> はバージョン 1.26 から e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/blkid.8:164
+msgid "B<libblkid>(3)"
+msgstr "B<libblkid>(3)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DEBUGFS"
+msgstr "DEBUGFS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:8
+msgid "debugfs - ext2/ext3/ext4 file system debugger"
+msgstr "debugfs - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムデバッガ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:36
+msgid ""
+"B<debugfs> [ B<-DVwci> ] [ B<-b> blocksize ] [ B<-s> superblock ] [ B<-f> "
+"cmd_file ] [ B<-R> request ] [ B<-d> data_source_device ] [ device ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> [ B<-DVwci> ] [ B<-b> blocksize ] [ B<-s> superblock ] [ B<-f> "
+"cmd_file ] [ B<-R> request ] [ B<-d> data_source_device ] [ device ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:41
+msgid ""
+"The B<debugfs> program is an interactive file system debugger. It can be "
+"used to examine and change the state of an ext2, ext3, or ext4 file system."
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> は対話的なファイルシステムのデバッガである。 ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイ"
+"ルシステムの状態の調査・変更に利用できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:45
+msgid ""
+"I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device containing the "
+"file system (e.g /dev/hdXX)."
+msgstr ""
+"I<device> は、ファイルシステムを含むデバイスに対応する スペシャルファイルであ"
+"る。(例: /dev/hdXX)"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:46
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-w>"
+msgstr "I<-w>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:50
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that the file system should be opened in read-write mode. Without "
+"this option, the file system is opened in read-only mode."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを read/write モードでオープンする。 このオプションを指定しな"
+"い場合は、 ファイルシステムは read-only モードでオープンされる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-c>"
+msgstr "I<-c>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:56
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that the file system should be opened in catastrophic mode, in "
+"which the inode and group bitmaps are not read initially. This can be "
+"useful for filesystems with significant corruption, but because of this, "
+"catastrophic mode forces the filesystem to be opened read-only."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを catastrophic (甚大な破損が起こった場合の) モードでオープン"
+"する。 このモードでは inode とグループビットを最初に読み込まない。 これは重度"
+"に破損したファイルシステムに対しては有効なことがあるが、 一方このため "
+"catastrophic モードではファイルシステムを read-only でしかオープンできない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-i>"
+msgstr "I<-i>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:79
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that I<device> represents an ext2 image file created by the "
+"B<e2image> program. Since the ext2 image file only contains the superblock, "
+"block group descriptor, block and inode allocation bitmaps, and the inode "
+"table, many B<debugfs> commands will not function properly. B<Warning:> no "
+"safety checks are in place, and B<debugfs> may fail in interesting ways if "
+"commands such as I<ls>, I<dump>, etc. are tried without specifying the "
+"I<data_source_device> using the I<-d> option. B<debugfs> is a debugging "
+"tool. It has rough edges!"
+msgstr ""
+"I<device> が B<e2image> プログラムによって作成された ext2 イメージファイルで"
+"あることを指定する。 ext2 イメージファイルは、スーパーブロック・ ブロックグ"
+"ループディスクリプタ・ブロックアロケーションビットマップ・ inode アローケショ"
+"ンビットマップ・inode テーブルしか持たないので、 B<debugfs> の多くのコマンド"
+"が正しく機能しない。 B<警告:> 安全性のチェックは行わない。 また、 I<-d> オプ"
+"ションによって I<data_source_device> を指定せずに、 I<ls>, I<dump> などのコマ"
+"ンドを実行した場合には B<debugfs> は変な風に失敗するかもしれない。 "
+"B<debugfs> はデバッグ用のツールなので、洗練された部分のみであるとは限らない!"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-d data_source_device>"
+msgstr "I<-d data_source_device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:87
+msgid ""
+"Used with the I<-i> option, specifies that I<data_source_device> should be "
+"used when reading blocks not found in the ext2 image file. This includes "
+"data, directory, and indirect blocks."
+msgstr ""
+"I<-i> オプションと共に使用され、 読み込みブロックが ext2 イメージファイルに見"
+"つからない場合には、 指定された I<data_source_device> が使用される。 このデバ"
+"イスにはデータ・ディレクトリ・間接 (indirect) ブロックが含まれる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:87
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-b blocksize>"
+msgstr "I<-b blocksize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:91
+msgid ""
+"Forces the use of the given block size for the file system, rather than "
+"detecting the correct block size as normal."
+msgstr ""
+"通常のように正しいブロックサイズを検出する動作を行わず、 指定したブロックサイ"
+"ズをそのファイルシステムに用いる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-s superblock>"
+msgstr "I<-s superblock>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:100
+msgid ""
+"Causes the file system superblock to be read from the given block number, "
+"instead of using the primary superblock (located at an offset of 1024 bytes "
+"from the beginning of the filesystem). If you specify the I<-s> option, you "
+"must also provide the blocksize of the filesystem via the I<-b> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:100
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-f cmd_file>"
+msgstr "I<-f cmd_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:109
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<debugfs> to read in commands from I<cmd_file>, and execute them. "
+"When B<debugfs> is finished executing those commands, it will exit."
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> に、 I<cmd_file> からコマンドを読み込ませ、実行させる。 コマンドの"
+"実行を終了すると、 B<debugfs> は終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:109
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-D>"
+msgstr "I<-D>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:116
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<debugfs> to open the device using Direct I/O, bypassing the buffer "
+"cache. Note that some Linux devices, notably device mapper as of this "
+"writing, do not support Direct I/O."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:116
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-R request>"
+msgstr "I<-R request>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:123
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<debugfs> to execute the single command I<request>, and then exit."
+msgstr "I<request> というひとつのコマンドを実行し、終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:123
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<-V>"
+msgstr "I<-V>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:128
+msgid "print the version number of B<debugfs> and exit."
+msgstr "B<debugfs> のバージョンを表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:128
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SPECIFYING FILES"
+msgstr "ファイル指定"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:155
+msgid ""
+"Many B<debugfs> commands take a I<filespec> as an argument to specify an "
+"inode (as opposed to a pathname) in the filesystem which is currently "
+"opened by B<debugfs>. The I<filespec> argument may be specified in two "
+"forms. The first form is an inode number surrounded by angle brackets, e."
+"g., I<E<lt>2E<gt>>. The second form is a pathname; if the pathname is "
+"prefixed by a forward slash ('/'), then it is interpreted relative to the "
+"root of the filesystem which is currently opened by B<debugfs>. If not, the "
+"pathname is interpreted relative to the current working directory as "
+"maintained by B<debugfs>. This may be modified by using the B<debugfs> "
+"command I<cd>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> のコマンドの多くは、 debugfs が現在オープンしているファイルシステ"
+"ムにおける inode (パス名ではない) を示す I<filespec> という引数を取る。 "
+"I<filespec> には 2 種類の表記法がある。ひとつは、inode 番号を E<lt>E<gt> で囲"
+"む方法である (例: I<E<lt>2E<gt>>)。 もうひとつはパス名で指定する方法である。 "
+"パス名が「/ (スラッシュ)」ではじまる場合、 B<debugfs> が現在オープンしている"
+"ファイルシステムのルートからの相対パスを表す。 「/」で始まらない場合、カレン"
+"トワーキングディレクトリからの相対パスを表す。 カレントワーキングディレクトリ"
+"は B<debugfs> の I<cd> コマンドによって変更できる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:155
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COMMANDS"
+msgstr "コマンド"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:159
+msgid "This is a list of the commands which B<debugfs> supports."
+msgstr "B<debugfs> がサポートするコマンドの一覧を以下に示す。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:159
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<blocks filespace>"
+msgstr "I<blocks filespace>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:164
+msgid "Print the blocks used by the inode I<filespec> to stdout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<bmap filespec logical_block>"
+msgstr "I<bmap filespec logical_block>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:170
+msgid ""
+"Print the physical block number corresponding to the logical block number "
+"I<logical_block> in the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定した inode における論理ブロック番号 I<logical_block> に対応"
+"する物理ブロック番号を表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:170
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cat filespec>"
+msgstr "I<cat filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:175
+msgid "Dump the contents of the inode I<filespec> to stdout."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定した inode の内容を標準出力へダンプする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:175
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<cd filespec>"
+msgstr "I<cd filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:179
+msgid "Change the current working directory to I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+"カレントワーキングディレクトリを I<filespec> で指定したディレクトリに変更す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<chroot filespec>"
+msgstr "I<chroot filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:183
+msgid "Change the root directory to be the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr "ルートディレクトリを I<filespec> で指定したディレクトリに変更する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:183
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<close [-a]>"
+msgstr "I<close [-a]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:190
+msgid ""
+"Close the currently open file system. If the I<-a> option is specified, "
+"write out any changes to the superblock and block group descriptors to all "
+"of the backup superblocks, not just to the master superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:190
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clri file>"
+msgstr "I<clri file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:194
+msgid "Clear the contents of the inode I<file>."
+msgstr "I<file> で指定した inode の内容をクリアする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:194
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dirsearch filespec filename>"
+msgstr "I<dirsearch filespec filename>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:200
+msgid "Search the directory I<filespec> for I<filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:200
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump [-p] filespec out_file>"
+msgstr "I<dump [-p] filespec out_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:212
+msgid ""
+"Dump the contents of the inode I<filespec> to the output file I<out_file>. "
+"If the I<-p> option is given set the owner, group and permissions "
+"information on I<out_file> to match I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定した inode の内容を I<out_file> で指定したファイルにダンプ"
+"する。 I<-p> オプションを与えると、 I<out_file> の所有者 (owner)、所有グルー"
+"プ (group)、パーミッション (permission) を I<filespec> と同じにする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:212
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump_mmp>"
+msgstr "I<dump_mmp>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:215
+msgid "Display the multiple-mount protection (mmp) field values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:215
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dx_hash [-h hash_alg] [-s hash_seed] filename>"
+msgstr "I<dx_hash [-h hash_alg] [-s hash_seed] filename>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:225
+msgid ""
+"Calculate the directory hash of I<filename>. The hash algorithm specified "
+"with I<-h> may be \"legacy\" \"half_md4\" or \"tea\". The hash seed "
+"specified with I<-s> must be in UUID format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:225
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<dump_extents [-n] [-l] filespec>"
+msgstr "I<dump_extents [-n] [-l] filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:238
+msgid ""
+"Dump the the extent tree of the inode I<filespec>. The I<-n> flag will "
+"cause I<dump_extents> to only display the interior nodes in the extent "
+"tree. The I<-l> flag cause I<dump_extents> to only display the leaf nodes "
+"in the extent tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:244
+msgid ""
+"(Please note that the length and range of blocks for the last extent in an "
+"interior node is an estimate by the extents library functions, and is not "
+"stored in filesystem data structures. Hence, the values displayed may not "
+"necessarily by accurate and does not indicate a problem or corruption in the "
+"file system.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:244
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<expand_dir filespec>"
+msgstr "I<expand_dir filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:248
+msgid "Expand the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定したディレクトリを展開する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:248
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<feature [fs_feature] [-fs_feature] ...>"
+msgstr "I<feature [fs_feature] [-fs_feature] ...>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:253
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear various filesystem features in the superblock. After setting "
+"or clearing any filesystem features that were requested, print the current "
+"state of the filesystem feature set."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックの様々なファイルシステム属性をセット/クリアする。 要求のあっ"
+"た属性をセット/クリアした後は、 ファイルシステム属性の現在状態の一覧を表示す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:253
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<filefrag [-dvr] filespec>"
+msgstr "I<filefrag [-dvr] filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:274
+msgid ""
+"Print the number of contiguous extents in I<filespec>. If I<filespec> is a "
+"directory and the I<-d> option is not specified, I<filefrag> will print the "
+"number of contiguous extents for each file in the directory. The I<-v> "
+"option will cause I<filefrag> print a tabular listing of the contiguous "
+"extents in the file. The I<-r> option will cause I<filefrag> to do a "
+"recursive listing of the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:274
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<find_free_block [count [goal]]>"
+msgstr "I<find_free_block [count [goal]]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:281
+msgid ""
+"Find the first I<count> free blocks, starting from I<goal> and allocate it."
+msgstr ""
+"I<goal> から始まる最初の I<count> 分の空きブロックを探し、その空きブロックを"
+"アロケート (allocate) する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:281
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<find_free_inode [dir [mode]]>"
+msgstr "I<find_free_inode [dir [mode]]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:291
+msgid ""
+"Find a free inode and allocate it. If present, I<dir> specifies the inode "
+"number of the directory which the inode is to be located. The second "
+"optional argument I<mode> specifies the permissions of the new inode. (If "
+"the directory bit is set on the mode, the allocation routine will function "
+"differently.)"
+msgstr ""
+"空き inode を探し、その inode をアロケートする。 I<dir> を指定すると、 これは"
+"その inode を置くべきディレクトリの inode と解釈される。 さらに I<mode> を指"
+"定すると、 これは新しい inode のパーミッションと解釈される。 (I<mode> にディ"
+"レクトリであることを指定するビットが立っている場合、 アロケートルーチンの挙動"
+"は異なるものになる。)"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freeb block [count]>"
+msgstr "I<freeb block [count]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:303
+msgid ""
+"Mark the block number I<block> as not allocated. If the optional argument "
+"I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks starting at block number I<block> "
+"will be marked as not allocated."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロック番号 I<block> をアロケートされていないものとしてマークする。 省略可能"
+"な引数 I<count> を指定すると、ブロック番号 I<block> から始まる I<count> 分の"
+"ブロックをアロケートされていないものとしてマークする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:303
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freefrag [-c chunk_kb ]>"
+msgstr "I<freefrag [-c chunk_kb ]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:313
+msgid ""
+"Report free space fragmentation on the currently open file system. If the "
+"I<-c> option is specified then the filefrag command will print how many free "
+"chunks of size I<chunk_kb> can be found in the file system. The chunk size "
+"must be a power of two and be larger than the file system block size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:313
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<freei filespec>"
+msgstr "I<freei filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:317
+msgid "Free the inode specified by I<filespec>."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定した inode を解放する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:317
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<help>"
+msgstr "I<help>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:321
+msgid "Print a list of commands understood by B<debugfs>."
+msgstr "B<debugfs> で利用できるコマンドのリストを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:321
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<htree_dump filespec>"
+msgstr "I<htree_dump filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:326
+msgid ""
+"Dump the hash-indexed directory I<filespec>, showing its tree structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:326
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<icheck block ...>"
+msgstr "I<icheck block ...>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:330
+msgid ""
+"Print a listing of the inodes which use the one or more blocks specified on "
+"the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"コマンドラインに与えたブロック (複数指定可) を利用している inode のリストを"
+"表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:330
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<imap filespec>"
+msgstr "I<imap filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:335
+msgid ""
+"Print the location of the inode data structure (in the inode table) of the "
+"inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定された inode の (inode テーブルにおける) inode データ構造"
+"の場所を表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:335
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<init_filesys device blocksize>"
+msgstr "I<init_filesys device blocksize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:346
+msgid ""
+"Create an ext2 file system on I<device> with device size I<blocksize>. Note "
+"that this does not fully initialize all of the data structures; to do this, "
+"use the B<mke2fs>(8) program. This is just a call to the low-level "
+"library, which sets up the superblock and block descriptors."
+msgstr ""
+"I<device> 上に、デバイスサイズ I<blocksize> の ext2 ファイルシステムを作成す"
+"る。 このコマンドは、すべてのデータ構造を完全に初期化するわけではない。 これ"
+"をしたい場合は B<mke2fs>(8) プログラムを用いること。 このコマンドは、単に"
+"スーパーブロックとブロックディスクリプタを設定する 低レベルライブラリを呼び出"
+"すだけである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:346
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<kill_file filespec>"
+msgstr "I<kill_file filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:354
+msgid ""
+"Deallocate the inode I<filespec> and its blocks. Note that this does not "
+"remove any directory entries (if any) to this inode. See the B<rm>(1) "
+"command if you wish to unlink a file."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定した inode と、 その inode が使用しているブロックをアロケー"
+"トから外す (deallocate)。 なお、その inode に対応するディレクトリエントリは削"
+"除しないことに注意。 ファイルを unlink したい場合は I<rm> コマンドを参照のこ"
+"と。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:354
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<lcd directory>"
+msgstr "I<lcd directory>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:361
+msgid ""
+"Change the current working directory of the B<debugfs> process to "
+"I<directory> on the native filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> プロセスのカレントワーキングディレクトリを ネイティブファイルシス"
+"テム (訳註: 作業対象のものではなく、 debugfs が呼び出され、稼働しているファイ"
+"ルシステム) 上の I<directory> に変更する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:361
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ln filespec dest_file>"
+msgstr "I<ln filespec dest_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:368
+msgid ""
+"Create a link named I<dest_file> which is a link to I<filespec>. Note this "
+"does not adjust the inode reference counts."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> を指すリンク I<dest_file> を作成する。 この際 inode の参照数 "
+"(reference counts) は変更しないことに注意。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:368
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<logdump [-acs] [-bE<lt>blockE<gt>] [-iE<lt>filespecE<gt>] [-fE<lt>journal_fileE<gt>] [output_file]>"
+msgstr "I<logdump [-acs] [-bE<lt>blockE<gt>] [-iE<lt>filespecE<gt>] [-fE<lt>journal_fileE<gt>] [output_file]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:380
+msgid ""
+"Dump the contents of the ext3 journal. By default, the journal inode as "
+"specified in the superblock. However, this can be overridden with the I<-i> "
+"option, which uses an inode specifier to specify the journal to be used. A "
+"file containing journal data can be specified using the I<-f> option. "
+"Finally, the I<-s> option utilizes the backup information in the superblock "
+"to locate the journal."
+msgstr ""
+"ext3 ジャーナルの内容をダンプする。 デフォルトではジャーナル inode はスーパー"
+"ブロックで指定される。 しかし I<-i> オプションで上書きすることも可能である。 "
+"I<-i> オプションは使用されるジャーナルを指定する inode 指定子を使う。 ジャー"
+"ナルデータが書かれたファイルは、 I<-f> オプションを使って指定することができ"
+"る。 そして I<-s> オプションはスーパーブロックにあるバックアップ情報を使っ"
+"て、 ジャーナルをアロケートする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:399
+msgid ""
+"The I<-a> option causes the I<logdump> program to print the contents of all "
+"of the descriptor blocks. The I<-b> option causes I<logdump> to print all "
+"journal records that are refer to the specified block. The I<-c> option "
+"will print out the contents of all of the data blocks selected by the I<-a> "
+"and I<-b> options."
+msgstr ""
+"I<-a> オプションを指定すると、 I<logdump> プログラムは全てのディスクリプタブ"
+"ロックの内容を表示する。 I<-b> オプションを指定すると、 I<logdump> プログラム"
+"は指定されたブロックを参照する全てのジャーナルレコードを表示する。 I<-c> オプ"
+"ションを指定すると、 I<-a> と I<-b> オプションで選択された全てのデータブロッ"
+"クの内容を表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:399
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ls [-l] [-d] [-p] filespec>"
+msgstr "I<ls [-l] [-d] [-p] filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:414
+msgid ""
+"Print a listing of the files in the directory I<filespec>. The I<-l> flag "
+"will list files using a more verbose format. The I<-d> flag will list "
+"deleted entries in the directory. The I<-p> flag will list the files in a "
+"format which is more easily parsable by scripts, as well as making it more "
+"clear when there are spaces or other non-printing characters at the end of "
+"filenames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:414
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<modify_inode filespec>"
+msgstr "I<modify_inode filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:418
+msgid "Modify the contents of the inode structure in the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定した inode にある inode 構造体の内容を変更する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:418
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<mkdir filespec>"
+msgstr "I<mkdir filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:421
+msgid "Make a directory."
+msgstr "ディレクトリを作成する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:421
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<mknod filespec [p|[[c|b] major minor]]>"
+msgstr "I<mknod filespec [p|[[c|b] major minor]]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:429
+msgid ""
+"Create a special device file (a named pipe, character or block device). If "
+"a character or block device is to be made, the I<major> and I<minor> device "
+"numbers must be specified."
+msgstr ""
+"スペシャルデバイスファイル (名前付きパイプ、キャラクタデバイス、ブロックデバ"
+"イス) を作成する。 キャラクタデバイスおよびブロックデバイスを作成する場合"
+"は、 デバイス番号として I<major> および I<minor> を指定しなければならない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:429
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<ncheck [-c] inode_num ...>"
+msgstr "I<ncheck [-c] inode_num ...>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:436
+msgid ""
+"Take the requested list of inode numbers, and print a listing of pathnames "
+"to those inodes. The I<-c> flag will enable checking the file type "
+"information in the directory entry to make sure it matches the inode's type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:436
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<open [-w] [-e] [-f] [-i] [-c] [-D] [-b blocksize] [-s superblock] device>"
+msgstr "I<open [-w] [-e] [-f] [-i] [-c] [-D] [-b blocksize] [-s superblock] device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:448
+msgid ""
+"Open a filesystem for editing. The I<-f> flag forces the filesystem to be "
+"opened even if there are some unknown or incompatible filesystem features "
+"which would normally prevent the filesystem from being opened. The I<-e> "
+"flag causes the filesystem to be opened in exclusive mode. The I<-b>, I<-"
+"c>, I<-i>, I<-s>, I<-w>, and I<-D> options behave the same as the command-"
+"line options to B<debugfs>."
+msgstr ""
+"編集の対象とするファイルシステムをオープンする。 I<-f> フラグをつけると、通 "
+"常ではオープンできないような、 不明なファイルシステムや非互換なファイルシス "
+"テムでも 強制的にオープンする。 I<-e> フラグをつけるとファイルシステムを排他 "
+"モードでオープンする。 I<-b>, I<-c>, I<-i>, I<-s>, I<-w>, I<-D> オプションを "
+"指定した場合の動作は、 B<debugfs> に同名のコマンドラインオプションを指定した "
+"場合と同じである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:448
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<punch filespec start_blk [end_blk]>"
+msgstr "I<punch filespec start_blk [end_blk]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:460
+msgid ""
+"Delete the blocks in the inode ranging from I<start_blk> to I<end_blk>. If "
+"I<end_blk> is omitted then this command will function as a truncate command; "
+"that is, all of the blocks starting at I<start_blk> through to the end of "
+"the file will be deallocated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:460
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<pwd>"
+msgstr "I<pwd>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:463
+msgid "Print the current working directory."
+msgstr "カレントワーキングディレクトリを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:463
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<quit>"
+msgstr "I<quit>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:467
+msgid "Quit B<debugfs>"
+msgstr "B<debugfs> を終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:467
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rdump directory destination>"
+msgstr "I<rdump directory destination>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:475
+msgid ""
+"Recursively dump I<directory> and all its contents (including regular files, "
+"symbolic links, and other directories) into the named I<destination> which "
+"should be an existing directory on the native filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"I<directory> と (通常のファイル・シンボリックリンク・ その他のディレクトリを"
+"含む) そのディレクトリの全ての内容を、 I<destination> という名前のディレクト"
+"リに再帰的にダンプする。 I<destination> はネイティブファイルシステム上に存在"
+"するディレクトリでなければならない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:475
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rm pathname>"
+msgstr "I<rm pathname>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:484
+msgid ""
+"Unlink I<pathname>. If this causes the inode pointed to by I<pathname> to "
+"have no other references, deallocate the file. This command functions as "
+"the unlink() system call."
+msgstr ""
+"I<pathname> で指定したパス名を unlink する。 I<pathname> の示す inode が何も"
+"参照しなくなった場合には、 ファイルのアロケートを外す。 このコマンドは unlink"
+"() システムコールのように動作する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:484
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<rmdir filespec>"
+msgstr "I<rmdir filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:488
+msgid "Remove the directory I<filespec>."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定したディレクトリを消去する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:488
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<setb block [count]>"
+msgstr "I<setb block [count]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:500
+msgid ""
+"Mark the block number I<block> as allocated. If the optional argument "
+"I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks starting at block number I<block> "
+"will be marked as allocated."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロック番号 I<block> をアロケートされているものとしてマークする。 省略可能な"
+"引数 I<count> を指定すると、ブロック番号 I<block> から始まる I<count> 分のブ"
+"ロックをアロケートされているものとしてマークする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:500
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_block_group bgnum field value>"
+msgstr "I<set_block_group bgnum field value>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:508
+msgid ""
+"Modify the block group descriptor specified by I<bgnum> so that the block "
+"group descriptor field I<field> has value I<value.>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:508
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<seti filespec>"
+msgstr "I<seti filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:513
+msgid "Mark inode I<filespec> as in use in the inode bitmap."
+msgstr ""
+"inode ビットマップに、 I<filespec> で指定した inode が使用中であるとマークす"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:513
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_inode_field filespec field value>"
+msgstr "I<set_inode_field filespec field value>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:524
+msgid ""
+"Modify the inode specified by I<filespec> so that the inode field I<field> "
+"has value I<value.> The list of valid inode fields which can be set via this "
+"command can be displayed by using the command: B<set_inode_field -l>"
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定された inode を変更し、inode フィールド I<field> が値 "
+"I<value> を持つようにする。 このコマンドで設定が可能な、正しい inode フィール"
+"ドのリストは、 B<set_inode_field -l> コマンドによって表示できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:524
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_mmp_value field value>"
+msgstr "I<set_mmp_value field value>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:534
+msgid ""
+"Modify the multiple-mount protection (mmp) data so that the mmp field "
+"I<field> has value I<value.> The list of valid mmp fields which can be set "
+"via this command can be displayed by using the command: B<set_mmp_value -l>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:534
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<set_super_value field value>"
+msgstr "I<set_super_value field value>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:543
+msgid ""
+"Set the superblock field I<field> to I<value.> The list of valid superblock "
+"fields which can be set via this command can be displayed by using the "
+"command: B<set_super_value -l>"
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックフィールド I<field> を I<value> にする。このコマンドで設定が"
+"可能な、 正しいスーパーブロックフィールドのリストは、 B<set_super_value -l> "
+"コマンドによって表示できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:543
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<show_super_stats [-h]>"
+msgstr "I<show_super_stats [-h]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:548
+msgid ""
+"List the contents of the super block and the block group descriptors. If "
+"the I<-h> flag is given, only print out the superblock contents."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックとブロックグループディスクリプタの内容を表示する。 I<-h> フラ"
+"グが与えられると、 スーパーブロックの内容だけを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:548
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<stat filespec>"
+msgstr "I<stat filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:552
+msgid "Display the contents of the inode structure of the inode I<filespec>."
+msgstr "I<filespec> で指定した inode の inode 構造体の内容を表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<testb block [count]>"
+msgstr "I<testb block [count]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:564
+msgid ""
+"Test if the block number I<block> is marked as allocated in the block "
+"bitmap. If the optional argument I<count> is present, then I<count> blocks "
+"starting at block number I<block> will be tested."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロック番号 I<block> がブロックビットマップにおいてアロケートになっているか"
+"どうか調べる。 省略可能な引数 I<count> を指定すると、ブロック番号 I<block> か"
+"ら始まる I<count> 分のブロックを検査する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:564
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<testi filespec>"
+msgstr "I<testi filespec>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:569
+msgid ""
+"Test if the inode I<filespec> is marked as allocated in the inode bitmap."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filespec> で指定した inode が inode ビットマップにおいてアロケートになって"
+"いるかどうか調べる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:569
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<undel E<lt>inode numE<gt> [pathname]>"
+msgstr "I<undel E<lt>inode numE<gt> [pathname]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:578
+msgid ""
+"Undelete the specified inode number (which must be surrounded by angle "
+"brackets) so that it and its blocks are marked in use, and optionally link "
+"the recovered inode to the specified pathname. The B<e2fsck> command should "
+"always be run after using the B<undel> command to recover deleted files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:590
+msgid ""
+"Note that if you are recovering a large number of deleted files, linking the "
+"inode to a directory may require the directory to be expanded, which could "
+"allocate a block that had been used by one of the yet-to-be-undeleted "
+"files. So it is safer to undelete all of the inodes without specifying a "
+"destination pathname, and then in a separate pass, use the debugfs B<link> "
+"command to link the inode to the destination pathname, or use B<e2fsck> to "
+"check the filesystem and link all of the recovered inodes to the lost+found "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<unlink pathname>"
+msgstr "I<unlink pathname>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:595
+msgid ""
+"Remove the link specified by I<pathname> to an inode. Note this does not "
+"adjust the inode reference counts."
+msgstr ""
+"I<pathname> で指定した、ある inode を指すリンクを削除する。 なおこの際、"
+"inode 参照数は変更しないことに注意。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:595
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<write source_file out_file>"
+msgstr "I<write source_file out_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:602
+msgid ""
+"Create a file in the filesystem named I<out_file>, and copy the contents of "
+"I<source_file> into the destination file."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム内に I<out_file> で指定したファイルを作成し、 I<source_file> "
+"の内容をそのファイルにコピーする。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:602 original/man8/fsck.8:351
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
+msgstr "環境変数"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:603
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<DEBUGFS_PAGER, PAGER>"
+msgstr "B<DEBUGFS_PAGER, PAGER>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:620
+msgid ""
+"The B<debugfs> program always pipes the output of the some commands through "
+"a pager program. These commands include: I<show_super_stats>, "
+"I<list_directory>, I<show_inode_info>, I<list_deleted_inodes>, and "
+"I<htree_dump>. The specific pager can explicitly specified by the "
+"B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> environment variable, and if it is not set, by the B<PAGER> "
+"environment variable."
+msgstr ""
+"B<debugfs> はいくつかのコマンドの出力を常にページャプログラムにパイプする。 "
+"そのようなコマンドとしては、 I<show_super_stats>, I<list_directory>, "
+"I<show_inode_info>, I<list_deleted_inodes>, I<htree_dump> がある。 特定のペー"
+"ジャを環境変数 B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> で明示的に指定することができる。 この環境変数"
+"が設定されていない場合は、環境変数 B<PAGER> で指定される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:632
+msgid ""
+"Note that since a pager is always used, the B<less>(1) pager is not "
+"particularly appropriate, since it clears the screen before displaying the "
+"output of the command and clears the output the screen when the pager is "
+"exited. Many users prefer to use the B<less>(1) pager for most purposes, "
+"which is why the B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> environment variable is available to "
+"override the more general B<PAGER> environment variable."
+msgstr ""
+"1 つのページャが常に使われるので、 B<less>(1) ページャは特に適さない点に注意"
+"すること。 B<less>(1) はコマンドの表示を表示する前にスクリーンをクリアした"
+"り、 ページャが終了するときにスクリーンへの出力をクリアしてしまうからであ"
+"る。 多くのユーザは B<less>(1) ページャをいろいろな目的に使うのを好んでい"
+"る。 これが環境変数 B<DEBUGFS_PAGER> で、より一般的な環境変数 B<PAGER> を上書"
+"きできる理由である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:635
+msgid "B<debugfs> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr "B<debugfs> は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/debugfs.8:639
+msgid "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "DUMPE2FS"
+msgstr "DUMPE2FS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:8
+msgid "dumpe2fs - dump ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem information"
+msgstr "dumpe2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムの情報をダンプ (dump) する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:20
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> [ B<-bfhixV> ] [ B<-o superblock=>I<superblock> ] [ B<-o "
+"blocksize=>I<blocksize> ] I<device>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> [ B<-bfhixV> ] [ B<-o superblock=>I<superblock> ] [ B<-o "
+"blocksize=>I<blocksize> ] I<device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> prints the super block and blocks group information for the "
+"filesystem present on I<device.>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> は、 I<device> によって指定されるデバイス上にあるファイルシステム"
+"の スーパーブロックに関する情報と ブロックグループに関する情報を表示する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:29
+msgid ""
+"B<Note:> When used with a mounted filesystem, the printed information may be "
+"old or inconsistent."
+msgstr ""
+"B<注意:> マウントされたファイルシステムで使った場合には、\n"
+"表示される情報が古かったり整合性のないものになる可能性がある。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:30 original/man8/filefrag.8:29
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>"
+msgstr "B<-b>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:33
+msgid "print the blocks which are reserved as bad in the filesystem."
+msgstr "ファイルシステム上で不良ブロックとして扱われているブロックを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:33
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o superblock=>I<superblock>"
+msgstr "B<-o superblock=>I<superblock>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:40
+msgid ""
+"use the block I<superblock> when examining the filesystem. This option is "
+"not usually needed except by a filesystem wizard who is examining the "
+"remains of a very badly corrupted filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを調べるときに、 I<superblock> ブロックを用いる。このオプショ"
+"ンは通常は必要ない。 ファイルシステムを熟知したユーザが、ひどい状態に壊れてし"
+"まった ファイルシステムから、残りを調べるときに用いられる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:40
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o blocksize=>I<blocksize>"
+msgstr "B<-o blocksize=>I<blocksize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:47
+msgid ""
+"use blocks of I<blocksize> bytes when examining the filesystem. This option "
+"is not usually needed except by a filesystem wizard who is examining the "
+"remains of a very badly corrupted filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを調べるときに、 I<blocksize> バイトのブロックを用いる。この"
+"オプションは通常は必要ない。 ファイルシステムを熟知したユーザが、ひどい状態に"
+"壊れてしまった ファイルシステムから、残りを調べるときに用いられる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:52
+msgid ""
+"force dumpe2fs to display a filesystem even though it may have some "
+"filesystem feature flags which dumpe2fs may not understand (and which can "
+"cause some of dumpe2fs's display to be suspect)."
+msgstr ""
+"dumpe2fs の理解しないファイルシステム属性フラグを持つような ファイルシステム"
+"でも、強制的に表示する (そして dumpe2fs の表示がおかしくなるかもしれない)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:56
+msgid ""
+"only display the superblock information and not any of the block group "
+"descriptor detail information."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックの情報だけを表示し、 ブロックグループデスクリプターの詳細情報"
+"は表示しない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>"
+msgstr "B<-i>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:63
+msgid ""
+"display the filesystem data from an image file created by B<e2image>, using "
+"I<device> as the pathname to the image file."
+msgstr ""
+"I<device> をイメージファイルへのパス名として、 B<e2image> で作成されたイメー"
+"ジファイルのファイルシステムデータを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:63 original/man8/filefrag.8:38
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-x>"
+msgstr "B<-x>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:66
+msgid ""
+"print the detailed group information block numbers in hexadecimal format"
+msgstr "詳細なグループ情報のブロック数を 16 進数で表示する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:71
+msgid "print the version number of B<dumpe2fs> and exit."
+msgstr "B<dumpe2fs> のバージョンを表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:74
+msgid ""
+"You need to know the physical filesystem structure to understand the output."
+msgstr ""
+"出力を理解するためには、 ファイルシステムの物理的な構造を知っていなければなら"
+"ない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:78
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> は Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> が作成した。\n"
+"現在は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> によりメンテナンスされてい"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:82
+msgid ""
+"B<dumpe2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<dump2fs> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs."
+"sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/dumpe2fs.8:86
+msgid "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FREEFRAG"
+msgstr "E2FREEFRAG"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:5
+msgid "e2freefrag - report free space fragmentation information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:14
+msgid "B<e2freefrag> [ B<-c chunk_kb> ] [ B<-h> ] B<filesys>"
+msgstr "B<e2freefrag> [ B<-c chunk_kb> ] [ B<-h> ] B<filesys>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:30
+msgid ""
+"B<e2freefrag> is used to report free space fragmentation on ext2/3/4 file "
+"systems. I<filesys> is the filesystem device name (e.g. I</dev/hdc1>, I</"
+"dev/md0>). The B<e2freefrag> program will scan the block bitmap information "
+"to check how many free blocks are present as contiguous and aligned free "
+"space. The percentage of contiguous free blocks of size and of alignment "
+"I<chunk_kb> is reported. It also displays the minimum/maximum/average free "
+"chunk size in the filesystem, along with a histogram of all free chunks. "
+"This information can be used to gauge the level of free space fragmentation "
+"in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:31
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< chunk_kb>"
+msgstr "B<-c>I< chunk_kb>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:39
+msgid ""
+"If a chunk size is specified, then B<e2freefrag> will print how many free "
+"chunks of size I<chunk_kb> are available in units of kilobytes (Kb). The "
+"chunk size must be a power of two and be larger than filesystem block size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:42
+msgid "Print the usage of the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXAMPLE"
+msgstr "例"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:44
+msgid "# e2freefrag /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+msgstr "# e2freefrag /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:46
+msgid "Device: /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+msgstr "Device: /dev/vgroot/lvhome"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:48
+msgid "Blocksize: 4096 bytes"
+msgstr "Blocksize: 4096 bytes"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:50
+msgid "Total blocks: 1504085"
+msgstr "Total blocks: 1504085"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:52
+msgid "Free blocks: 292995 (19.5%)"
+msgstr "Free blocks: 292995 (19.5%)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:55
+msgid "Min. free extent: 4 KB"
+msgstr "Min. free extent: 4 KB"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:57
+msgid "Max. free extent: 24008 KB"
+msgstr "Max. free extent: 24008 KB"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:59
+msgid "Avg. free extent: 252 KB"
+msgstr "Avg. free extent: 252 KB"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:62
+msgid "HISTOGRAM OF FREE EXTENT SIZES:"
+msgstr "HISTOGRAM OF FREE EXTENT SIZES:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:64
+msgid "Extent Size Range : Free extents Free Blocks Percent"
+msgstr "Extent Size Range : Free extents Free Blocks Percent"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:66
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 4K... 8K- : 704 704 0.2%\n"
+msgstr " 4K... 8K- : 704 704 0.2%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:68
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 8K... 16K- : 810 1979 0.7%\n"
+msgstr " 8K... 16K- : 810 1979 0.7%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:70
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 16K... 32K- : 843 4467 1.5%\n"
+msgstr " 16K... 32K- : 843 4467 1.5%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:72
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 32K... 64K- : 579 6263 2.1%\n"
+msgstr " 32K... 64K- : 579 6263 2.1%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:74
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 64K... 128K- : 493 11067 3.8%\n"
+msgstr " 64K... 128K- : 493 11067 3.8%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:76
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 128K... 256K- : 394 18097 6.2%\n"
+msgstr " 128K... 256K- : 394 18097 6.2%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 256K... 512K- : 281 25477 8.7%\n"
+msgstr " 256K... 512K- : 281 25477 8.7%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:80
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 512K... 1024K- : 253 44914 15.3%\n"
+msgstr " 512K... 1024K- : 253 44914 15.3%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 1M... 2M- : 143 51897 17.7%\n"
+msgstr " 1M... 2M- : 143 51897 17.7%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:84
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 2M... 4M- : 73 50683 17.3%\n"
+msgstr " 2M... 4M- : 73 50683 17.3%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:86
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 4M... 8M- : 37 52417 17.9%\n"
+msgstr " 4M... 8M- : 37 52417 17.9%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:88
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 8M... 16M- : 7 19028 6.5%\n"
+msgstr " 8M... 16M- : 7 19028 6.5%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:90
+#, no-wrap
+msgid " 16M... 32M- : 1 6002 2.0%\n"
+msgstr " 16M... 32M- : 1 6002 2.0%\n"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:93
+msgid ""
+"This version of e2freefrag was written by Rupesh Thakare, and modified by "
+"Andreas Dilger E<lt>adilger@sun.comE<gt>, and Kalpak Shah."
+msgstr ""
+"このバージョンの e2freefrag は Rupesh Thakare が作成し、\n"
+"Andreas Dilger E<lt>adilger@sun.comE<gt> と Kalpak Shah が変更した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2freefrag.8:96
+msgid "I<debugfs>(8), I<dumpe2fs>(8), I<e2fsck>(8)"
+msgstr "I<debugfs>(8), I<dumpe2fs>(8), I<e2fsck>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2FSCK"
+msgstr "E2FSCK"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:8
+msgid "e2fsck - check a Linux ext2/ext3/ext4 file system"
+msgstr "e2fsck - Linux ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムをチェックする"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:38
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck> [ B<-pacnyrdfkvtDFV> ] [ B<-b> I<superblock> ] [ B<-B> "
+"I<blocksize> ] [ B<-l>|B<-L> I<bad_blocks_file> ] [ B<-C> I<fd> ] [ B<-j> "
+"I<external-journal> ] [ B<-E> I<extended_options> ] I<device>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2fsck> [ B<-pacnyrdfkvtDFV> ] [ B<-b> I<superblock> ] [ B<-B> "
+"I<blocksize> ] [ B<-l|-L> I<bad_blocks_file> ] [ B<-C> I<fd> ] [ B<-j> "
+"I<external-journal> ] [ B<-E> I<extended_options> ] I<device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:48
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck> is used to check the ext2/ext3/ext4 family of file systems. For "
+"ext3 and ext4 filesystems that use a journal, if the system has been shut "
+"down uncleanly without any errors, normally, after replaying the committed "
+"transactions in the journal, the file system should be marked as clean. "
+"Hence, for filesystems that use journalling, B<e2fsck> will normally replay "
+"the journal and exit, unless its superblock indicates that further checking "
+"is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:52
+msgid ""
+"I<device> is the device file where the filesystem is stored (e.g. I</dev/"
+"hdc1>)."
+msgstr ""
+"I<device> はファイルシステムが保存されているデバイスファイルである (例: "
+"I<dev/hdc1>)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:71
+msgid ""
+"Note that in general it is not safe to run B<e2fsck> on mounted "
+"filesystems. The only exception is if the B<-n> option is specified, and B<-"
+"c>, B<-l>, or B<-L> options are I<not> specified. However, even if it is "
+"safe to do so, the results printed by B<e2fsck> are not valid if the "
+"filesystem is mounted. If B<e2fsck> asks whether or not you should check a "
+"filesystem which is mounted, the only correct answer is ``no''. Only "
+"experts who really know what they are doing should consider answering this "
+"question in any other way."
+msgstr ""
+"マウントされているファイルシステムに対して B<e2fsck> を実行するのは、一般的に"
+"言って、安全でないという点に注意すること。 唯一の例外は、 B<-n> が指定されて"
+"いて、かつ B<-c>, B<-l>, B<-L> オプションが指定されてI<いない>場合である。 し"
+"かし安全に実行できたとしても、 ファイルシステムがマウントされているときに "
+"B<e2fsck> で表示される結果は有効ではない。 マウントされているファイルシステム"
+"をチェックすべきか否かを B<e2fsck> が質問してきた場合、唯一の正しい答えは "
+"``no'' である。 何をしているかを本当に分かっているエキスパートのみが、 この質"
+"問に対して別の答えを出すかを考えるべきである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:80
+msgid ""
+"This option does the same thing as the B<-p> option. It is provided for "
+"backwards compatibility only; it is suggested that people use B<-p> option "
+"whenever possible."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションは B<-p> オプションと同様のものとみなされる。 下位互換性のため"
+"にのみ準備されているオプションであるため、 できる限り B<-p> オプションを使う"
+"ことが推奨される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:80
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-b>I< superblock>"
+msgstr "B<-b>I< superblock>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:90
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the normal superblock, use an alternative superblock "
+"specified by I<superblock>. This option is normally used when the primary "
+"superblock has been corrupted. The location of the backup superblock is "
+"dependent on the filesystem's blocksize. For filesystems with 1k "
+"blocksizes, a backup superblock can be found at block 8193; for filesystems "
+"with 2k blocksizes, at block 16384; and for 4k blocksizes, at block 32768."
+msgstr ""
+"通常のスーパーブロックのかわりに、 I<superblock> をスーパーブロックとして利用"
+"する。 このオプションが用いられるのは、 プライマリなスーパーブロックが壊れた"
+"場合である。 バックアップスーパーブロックの場所は、 ファイルシステムのブロッ"
+"クサイズによって異なる。 ファイルシステムのブロックサイズが 1k の場合、 バッ"
+"クアップスーパーブロックは 8193 にある。 また、ブロックサイズが 2k の場合は "
+"16384 に、 4k の場合は 32768 にある。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:101
+msgid ""
+"Additional backup superblocks can be determined by using the B<mke2fs> "
+"program using the B<-n> option to print out where the superblocks were "
+"created. The B<-b> option to B<mke2fs>, which specifies blocksize of the "
+"filesystem must be specified in order for the superblock locations that are "
+"printed out to be accurate."
+msgstr ""
+"バックアップ用の追加スーパーブロックの位置を決めるには、 B<mke2fs> プログラム"
+"を B<-n> オプション付きで実行して、 スーパーブロックが生成された場所を表示さ"
+"せればよい。 スーパーブロックの正確な場所を表示させたければ、 B<-b> オプショ"
+"ンでファイルシステムのブロックサイズを指定して B<mke2fs> を実行しなければなら"
+"ない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:106
+msgid ""
+"If an alternative superblock is specified and the filesystem is not opened "
+"read-only, e2fsck will make sure that the primary superblock is updated "
+"appropriately upon completion of the filesystem check."
+msgstr ""
+"代替スーパーブロックが指定され、 ファイルシステムが read-only 以外で open さ"
+"れている場合、 e2fsck はファイルシステムのチェックが終わったときに プライマリ"
+"のスーパーブロックを適切な値に更新するかどうかの 確認を求める。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-B>I< blocksize>"
+msgstr "B<-B>I< blocksize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:118
+msgid ""
+"Normally, B<e2fsck> will search for the superblock at various different "
+"block sizes in an attempt to find the appropriate block size. This search "
+"can be fooled in some cases. This option forces B<e2fsck> to only try "
+"locating the superblock at a particular blocksize. If the superblock is not "
+"found, B<e2fsck> will terminate with a fatal error."
+msgstr ""
+"通常 B<e2fsck> は、 適切なブロックサイズを探すために スーパーブロックを様々な"
+"ブロックサイズでサーチする。 この作業は無駄な場合がある。このオプションは、 "
+"ブロックサイズを指定してスーパーブロックをサーチするよう指定する。 スーパーブ"
+"ロックが見つからない場合、 B<e2fsck> は致命的なエラー (fatal error) で終了す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:118 original/man8/e4defrag.8:36
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:181
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>"
+msgstr "B<-c>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:129
+msgid ""
+"This option causes B<e2fsck> to use B<badblocks>(8) program to do a read-"
+"only scan of the device in order to find any bad blocks. If any bad blocks "
+"are found, they are added to the bad block inode to prevent them from being "
+"allocated to a file or directory. If this option is specified twice, then "
+"the bad block scan will be done using a non-destructive read-write test."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションを指定すると、 B<e2fsck> は B<badblocks>(8) を使ってデバイス"
+"の read-only スキャンを行い、不良ブロックを探す。 不良ブロックが見つかると、"
+"それを不良ブロック inode に加え、 ファイルやディレクトリとして確保 "
+"(allocate) されないようにする。 このオプションが 2 つ指定されると、 不良ブ"
+"ロックのスキャンは非破壊的 read-write テストを用いて行われる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C>I< fd>"
+msgstr "B<-C>I< fd>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:147
+msgid ""
+"This option causes B<e2fsck> to write completion information to the "
+"specified file descriptor so that the progress of the filesystem check can "
+"be monitored. This option is typically used by programs which are running "
+"B<e2fsck>. If the file descriptor number is negative, then absolute value "
+"of the file descriptor will be used, and the progress information will be "
+"suppressed initially. It can later be enabled by sending the B<e2fsck> "
+"process a SIGUSR1 signal. If the file descriptor specified is 0, B<e2fsck> "
+"will print a completion bar as it goes about its business. This requires "
+"that e2fsck is running on a video console or terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:151
+msgid "Print debugging output (useless unless you are debugging B<e2fsck>)."
+msgstr ""
+"デバッグ情報を出力する (B<e2fsck> をデバッグするときにしか役に立たない)。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-D>"
+msgstr "B<-D>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:158
+msgid ""
+"Optimize directories in filesystem. This option causes e2fsck to try to "
+"optimize all directories, either by reindexing them if the filesystem "
+"supports directory indexing, or by sorting and compressing directories for "
+"smaller directories, or for filesystems using traditional linear directories."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム中のディレクトリを最適化する。 このオプションを指定すると、 "
+"e2fsck はすべてのディレクトリを最適化しようとする。 ファイルシステムがディレ"
+"クトリインデクシングをサポートしていれば、 インデックスを再生成する。 また従"
+"来の線形的なディレクトリ構造を使うファイルシステムでは、 小さなディレクトリか"
+"ら順にソートして圧縮する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:171
+msgid ""
+"Even without the B<-D> option, B<e2fsck> may sometimes optimize a few "
+"directories --- for example, if directory indexing is enabled and a "
+"directory is not indexed and would benefit from being indexed, or if the "
+"index structures are corrupted and need to be rebuilt. The B<-D> option "
+"forces all directories in the filesystem to be optimized. This can "
+"sometimes make them a little smaller and slightly faster to search, but in "
+"practice, you should rarely need to use this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:176
+msgid ""
+"The B<-D> option will detect directory entries with duplicate names in a "
+"single directory, which e2fsck normally does not enforce for performance "
+"reasons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:176
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-E>I< extended_options>"
+msgstr "B<-E>I< extended_options>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:181
+msgid ""
+"Set e2fsck extended options. Extended options are comma separated, and may "
+"take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The following options are "
+"supported:"
+msgstr ""
+"e2fsck に拡張オプションを設定する。 拡張オプション間はコンマで区切り、 等号 "
+"('=') に続ける形で引数を取ることもできる。 次のオプションがサポートされてい"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<ea_ver=>I<extended_attribute_version>"
+msgstr "B<ea_ver=>I<extended_attribute_version>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:188
+msgid ""
+"Set the version of the extended attribute blocks which B<e2fsck> will "
+"require while checking the filesystem. The version number may be 1 or 2. "
+"The default extended attribute version format is 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:188
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_only>"
+msgstr "B<journal_only>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:192
+msgid ""
+"Only replay the journal if required, but do not perform any further checks "
+"or repairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<fragcheck>"
+msgstr "B<fragcheck>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:196
+msgid ""
+"During pass 1, print a detailed report of any discontiguous blocks for files "
+"in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:196 original/man8/mke2fs.8:258
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:483
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<discard>"
+msgstr "B<discard>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:206
+msgid ""
+"Attempt to discard free blocks and unused inode blocks after the full "
+"filesystem check (discarding blocks is useful on solid state devices and "
+"sparse / thin-provisioned storage). Note that discard is done in pass 5 "
+"AFTER the filesystem has been fully checked and only if it does not contain "
+"recognizable errors. However there might be cases where B<e2fsck> does not "
+"fully recognise a problem and hence in this case this option may prevent you "
+"from further manual data recovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:206 original/man8/mke2fs.8:266
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nodiscard>"
+msgstr "B<nodiscard>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:210
+msgid ""
+"Do not attempt to discard free blocks and unused inode blocks. This option "
+"is exactly the opposite of discard option. This is set as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:214
+msgid "Force checking even if the file system seems clean."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムが clean な場合でも、強制的にチェックする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:214 original/man8/mke2fs.8:280
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:106
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-F>"
+msgstr "B<-F>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:220
+msgid ""
+"Flush the filesystem device's buffer caches before beginning. Only really "
+"useful for doing B<e2fsck> time trials."
+msgstr ""
+"チェックを始める前に、ファイルシステムデバイスのキャッシュバッファを フラッ"
+"シュする。 B<e2fsck> を用いたタイムトライアルにのみ有用。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:220
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-j>I< external-journal>"
+msgstr "B<-j>I< external-journal>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:224
+msgid ""
+"Set the pathname where the external-journal for this filesystem can be found."
+msgstr "このファイルシステムの外部ジャーナルがあるパス名を設定する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:224 original/man8/uuidd.8:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-k>"
+msgstr "B<-k>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:232
+msgid ""
+"When combined with the B<-c> option, any existing bad blocks in the bad "
+"blocks list are preserved, and any new bad blocks found by running "
+"B<badblocks>(8) will be added to the existing bad blocks list."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-c> オプションと組み合わせると、 不良ブロックリストにある既存の不良ブロック"
+"は保存され、 B<badblocks>(8) を実行して見つかった新たな不良ブロックが 既存の"
+"不良ブロックリストに追加される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:232 original/man8/mke2fs.8:405
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-l>I< filename>"
+msgstr "B<-l>I< filename>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:250
+msgid ""
+"Add the block numbers listed in the file specified by I<filename> to the "
+"list of bad blocks. The format of this file is the same as the one "
+"generated by the B<badblocks>(8) program. Note that the block numbers are "
+"based on the blocksize of the filesystem. Hence, B<badblocks>(8) must be "
+"given the blocksize of the filesystem in order to obtain correct results. "
+"As a result, it is much simpler and safer to use the B<-c> option to "
+"B<e2fsck>, since it will assure that the correct parameters are passed to "
+"the B<badblocks> program."
+msgstr ""
+"I<filename> で指定したファイルにリストされているブロック番号を 不良ブロックの"
+"リストに追加する。このファイルのフォーマットは B<badblocks>(8) プログラムが"
+"出力するものと同じである。 ブロック番号はファイルシステムのブロックサイズに基"
+"づいていることに注意。 したがって正しい結果を得るためには B<badblocks>(8) に"
+"ファイルシステムのブロックサイズを与えなければならない。 よって、 B<e2fsck> "
+"に B<-c> オプションを与える方が、ずっと単純かつ安全である。 このオプションを"
+"指定すれば、正しいパラメータが B<badblocks> プログラムに渡ることになってい"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:250
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< filename>"
+msgstr "B<-L>I< filename>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:258
+msgid ""
+"Set the bad blocks list to be the list of blocks specified by I<filename>. "
+"(This option is the same as the B<-l> option, except the bad blocks list is "
+"cleared before the blocks listed in the file are added to the bad blocks "
+"list.)"
+msgstr ""
+"I<filename> で指定したファイルに書かれているブロックリストを、 不良ブロックの"
+"リストに指定する。 (このオプションは B<-l> オプションとは異なり、ファイルにリ"
+"ストされているブロックを 不良ブロックリストに加える前に、 不良ブロックリスト"
+"をいったんクリアする。)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:269
+msgid ""
+"Open the filesystem read-only, and assume an answer of `no' to all "
+"questions. Allows B<e2fsck> to be used non-interactively. This option may "
+"not be specified at the same time as the B<-p> or B<-y> options."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを read-only で open し、全ての問いに対して「no」と答える。 "
+"B<e2fsck> を非対話的に動作させることができる。 このオプションは B<-p> または "
+"B<-y> オプションと同時に指定してはならない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:269 original/man8/resize2fs.8:115
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>"
+msgstr "B<-p>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:288
+msgid ""
+"Automatically repair (\"preen\") the file system. This option will cause "
+"B<e2fsck> to automatically fix any filesystem problems that can be safely "
+"fixed without human intervention. If B<e2fsck> discovers a problem which "
+"may require the system administrator to take additional corrective action, "
+"B<e2fsck> will print a description of the problem and then exit with the "
+"value 4 logically or'ed into the exit code. (See the B<EXIT CODE> "
+"section.) This option is normally used by the system's boot scripts. It "
+"may not be specified at the same time as the B<-n> or B<-y> options."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを質問なしで自動的に修復 (preen) する。 このオプションを指定"
+"すると、 B<e2fsck> は安全に修正できるファイルシステムの問題を、 使用者と対話"
+"せずに自動的に修正する。 B<e2fsck> は、システム管理者が別に正しい行動をとる必"
+"要のある問題を見つけると、 問題の説明を表示し、値 4 と返り値の論理 OR をとっ"
+"た値で終了する。 (「B<返り値>」のセクションを参照すること。) 通常、このオプ"
+"ションはシステムのブートスクリプトで使われる。 このオプションは B<-n> または "
+"B<-y> オプションと同時に指定してはならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:292
+msgid ""
+"This option does nothing at all; it is provided only for backwards "
+"compatibility."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションは何もしない。 過去との互換性のために準備されているだけである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:298
+msgid ""
+"Print timing statistics for B<e2fsck>. If this option is used twice, "
+"additional timing statistics are printed on a pass by pass basis."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2fsck> のタイミング統計 (statistics) を表示する。 このオプションを 2 つ指"
+"定すると、より詳細なタイミング統計が 次々と得られる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:301
+msgid "Verbose mode."
+msgstr "詳細な表示をする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:304
+msgid "Print version information and exit."
+msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:304 original/man8/fsck.8:332
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-y>"
+msgstr "B<-y>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:314
+msgid ""
+"Assume an answer of `yes' to all questions; allows B<e2fsck> to be used non-"
+"interactively. This option may not be specified at the same time as the B<-"
+"n> or B<-p> options."
+msgstr ""
+"全ての問いに対して「yes」と答える。これによって B<e2fsck> を非対話的に動作さ"
+"せることができる。 このオプションは B<-n> または B<-p> オプションと同時に指定"
+"してはならない。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:314
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "EXIT CODE"
+msgstr "返り値"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:318
+msgid ""
+"The exit code returned by B<e2fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgstr "B<e2fsck> の返り値は、以下の状態を表す数の和になる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:320 original/man8/fsck.8:58
+msgid "\\\t0\\\t-\\ No errors"
+msgstr "\\\t0\\\t-\\ エラーなし"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:322 original/man8/fsck.8:60
+msgid "\\\t1\\\t-\\ File system errors corrected"
+msgstr "\\\t1\\\t-\\ ファイルシステムのエラーが修正された"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:324
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ File system errors corrected, system should"
+msgstr "\\\t2\\\t-\\ ファイルシステムのエラーが修正された。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:326
+msgid "\\\t\\\t\\ \\ be rebooted"
+msgstr "\\\t\\\t\\ \\ システムをリブートしなければならない"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:328 original/man8/fsck.8:64
+msgid "\\\t4\\\t-\\ File system errors left uncorrected"
+msgstr "\\\t4\\\t-\\ ファイルシステムのエラーが修正されないまま残っている"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:330 original/man8/fsck.8:66
+msgid "\\\t8\\\t-\\ Operational error"
+msgstr "\\\t8\\\t-\\ 操作エラー"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:332 original/man8/fsck.8:68
+msgid "\\\t16\\\t-\\ Usage or syntax error"
+msgstr "\\\t16\\\t-\\ 利用法・文法のエラー"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:334
+msgid "\\\t32\\\t-\\ E2fsck canceled by user request"
+msgstr "\\\t32\\\t-\\ e2fsck がユーザ要求によってキャンセルされた"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:336 original/man8/fsck.8:72
+msgid "\\\t128\\\t-\\ Shared library error"
+msgstr "\\\t128\\\t-\\ 共有ライブラリのエラー"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:337
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "SIGNALS"
+msgstr "シグナル"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:340
+msgid "The following signals have the following effect when sent to B<e2fsck>."
+msgstr ""
+"以下のシグナルが B<e2fsck> に送られると、記述されているような効果を及ぼす。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:340
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<SIGUSR1>"
+msgstr "B<SIGUSR1>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:348
+msgid ""
+"This signal causes B<e2fsck> to start displaying a completion bar or "
+"emitting progress information. (See discussion of the B<-C> option.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:348
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<SIGUSR2>"
+msgstr "B<SIGUSR2>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:353
+msgid ""
+"This signal causes B<e2fsck> to stop displaying a completion bar or emitting "
+"progress information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:353
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "バグ報告"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:360
+msgid ""
+"Almost any piece of software will have bugs. If you manage to find a "
+"filesystem which causes B<e2fsck> to crash, or which B<e2fsck> is unable to "
+"repair, please report it to the author."
+msgstr ""
+"どんなソフトウェアにもバグはつきものである。 もしも B<e2fsck> がクラッシュし"
+"たり、 B<e2fsck> によって修復できない事態が発生したりした場合は、 作者に連絡"
+"してほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:381
+msgid ""
+"Please include as much information as possible in your bug report. Ideally, "
+"include a complete transcript of the B<e2fsck> run, so I can see exactly "
+"what error messages are displayed. (Make sure the messages printed by "
+"B<e2fsck> are in English; if your system has been configured so that "
+"B<e2fsck>'s messages have been translated into another language, please set "
+"the the B<LC_ALL> environment variable to B<C> so that the transcript of "
+"e2fsck's output will be useful to me.) If you have a writable filesystem "
+"where the transcript can be stored, the B<script>(1) program is a handy way "
+"to save the output of B<e2fsck> to a file."
+msgstr ""
+"バグ報告にはできるだけ多くの情報を入れてほしい。 B<e2fsck> の完全な実行記録が"
+"あれば、 私はどのようなエラーが発生しているかを確認することができる。 "
+"(B<e2fsck> で表示されるメッセージが英語であることを確認してほしい。 "
+"B<e2fsck> のメッセージが他の言語に翻訳されるようにシステムが設定されている場"
+"合は、 環境変数 B<LC_ALL> を B<C> に設定して、e2fsck の出力の実行記録が私に"
+"とって役立つようにしてほしい。) 実行記録を書き込むことのできるファイルシステ"
+"ムがあるなら、 B<script>(1) プログラムを用いれば、簡単に B<e2fsck> の出力を"
+"保存できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:402
+msgid ""
+"It is also useful to send the output of B<dumpe2fs>(8). If a specific inode "
+"or inodes seems to be giving B<e2fsck> trouble, try running the B<debugfs>"
+"(8) command and send the output of the B<stat>(1u) command run on the "
+"relevant inode(s). If the inode is a directory, the B<debugfs> I<dump> "
+"command will allow you to extract the contents of the directory inode, which "
+"can sent to me after being first run through B<uuencode>(1). The most "
+"useful data you can send to help reproduce the bug is a compressed raw image "
+"dump of the filesystem, generated using B<e2image>(8). See the B<e2image>"
+"(8) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"B<dumpe2fs>(8) の出力も役に立つ。 特定の inode の不良が B<e2fsck> の動作をお"
+"かしくしているようなら、 B<debugfs>(8) コマンドを起動し、該当する inode に対"
+"して I<stat> コマンドを実行して、その出力を送ってほしい。 その inode がディレ"
+"クトリである場合は、debugfs の I<dump> コマンドを利用すれば、ディレクトリ "
+"inode の内容を取り出すことができる。 その内容を B<uuencode>(1) にかければ、"
+"そのまま私に報告することができる。 バグを再現するためにユーザが送ることのでき"
+"る最も有用なデータは、 B<e2image>(8) を使って生成されるファイルシステムの圧"
+"縮された raw イメージダンプである。 より詳細な情報は B<e2image>(8) を参照す"
+"ること。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:406
+msgid ""
+"Always include the full version string which B<e2fsck> displays when it is "
+"run, so I know which version you are running."
+msgstr ""
+"私に報告する際には、どのバージョンなのか私にわかるよう、 B<e2fsck> の実行時に"
+"表示されるバージョン文字列を必ず入れてほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:410
+msgid ""
+"This version of B<e2fsck> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit."
+"eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"このバージョンの B<e2fsck> は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> が作成し"
+"た。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2fsck.8:417
+msgid ""
+"B<e2fsck.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8), B<e2image>"
+"(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2fsck.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8), B<e2image>"
+"(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2IMAGE"
+msgstr "E2IMAGE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:8
+msgid "e2image - Save critical ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem metadata to a file"
+msgstr ""
+"e2image - 重要な ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムメタデータをファイルに保存す"
+"る"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:15
+msgid "B<e2image> [ B<-rsI> ] I<device> I<image-file>"
+msgstr "B<e2image> [ B<-rsI> ] I<device> I<image-file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:32
+msgid ""
+"The B<e2image> program will save critical ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem "
+"metadata located on I<device> to a file specified by I<image-file>. The "
+"image file may be examined by B<dumpe2fs> and B<debugfs>, by using the B<-i> "
+"option to those programs. This can assist an expert in recovering "
+"catastrophically corrupted filesystems. In the future, e2fsck will be "
+"enhanced to be able to use the image file to help recover a badly damaged "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2image> プログラムは、 I<device> 上にある重要な ext2/ext3/ext4 のファイル"
+"システムのメタデータを 指定されたファイル I<image-file> に保存する。 このイ"
+"メージファイルは B<dumpe2fs> や B<debugfs> といったプログラムで B<-i> オプ"
+"ションを使えば検査できる。 このプログラムは酷く破損したファイルシステムを エ"
+"キスパートが回復するときの手助けができる。 将来的には、被害を受けたファイルシ"
+"ステムを回復する手助けとして、 このイメージファイルを用いるように e2fsck を拡"
+"張する予定である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:48
+msgid ""
+"If I<image-file> is -, then the output of B<e2image> will be sent to "
+"standard output, so that the output can be piped to another program, such as "
+"B<gzip>(1). (Note that this is currently only supported when creating a raw "
+"image file using the B<-r> option, since the process of creating a normal "
+"image file, or QCOW2 image currently requires random access to the file, "
+"which cannot be done using a pipe. This restriction will hopefully be "
+"lifted in a future version of B<e2image>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"I<image-file> が - の場合、B<e2image> の出力は標準出力に送られる。\n"
+"これにより、出力を B<gzip>(1) のような他のプログラムにパイプすることができる。\n"
+"(今のところ、このオプションがサポートされているのは、B<-r> オプションを使って\n"
+"raw イメージを作成する場合のみであることに注意すること。\n"
+"なぜなら、今のところは通常のイメージファイルや QCOW2 イメージを作成する過程で、\n"
+"パイプを使って行うことのできないファイルへのランダムアクセスが必要なためである。\n"
+"この制限は将来のバージョンの B<e2image> で取り除かれると期待される。)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:57
+msgid ""
+"It is a very good idea to create image files for all of filesystems on a "
+"system and save the partition layout (which can be generated using the "
+"B<fdisk -l> command) at regular intervals --- at boot time, and/or every "
+"week or so. The image file should be stored on some filesystem other than "
+"the filesystem whose data it contains, to ensure that this data is "
+"accessible in the case where the filesystem has been badly damaged."
+msgstr ""
+"(ブート時や毎週といった) 一定の期間毎に、 全てのファイルシステムのイメージ"
+"ファイルを作成したり、 (B<fdisk -l> コマンドで生成される) パーティションのレ"
+"イアウトを保存するのは、 とても良い考えである。 ファイルシステムが被害を受け"
+"たときに イメージファイルデータにアクセスできることを保証するために、 イメー"
+"ジファイルは中に入れたファイルシステムとは 別のファイルシステムに置いておくべ"
+"きである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:68
+msgid ""
+"To save disk space, B<e2image> creates the image file as a sparse file, or "
+"in QCOW2 format. Hence, if the sparse image file needs to be copied to "
+"another location, it should either be compressed first or copied using the "
+"B<--sparse=always> option to the GNU version of B<cp>. This does not apply "
+"to the QCOW2 image, which is not sparse."
+msgstr ""
+"ディスク容量を節約するため、 B<e2image> はイメージファイルを\n"
+"スパース (sparse) ファイルとしてか、QCOW2 フォーマットで作成する。\n"
+"スパースファイルの場合には、イメージファイルを他の場所にコピーするときには、\n"
+"前もって圧縮するか、GNU 版の B<cp> の B<--sparse=always> オプションを使って\n"
+"コピーするべきである。\n"
+"QCOW2 イメージはスパースではないので、この注意はあてはまらない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:77
+msgid ""
+"The size of an ext2 image file depends primarily on the size of the "
+"filesystems and how many inodes are in use. For a typical 10 gigabyte "
+"filesystem, with 200,000 inodes in use out of 1.2 million inodes, the image "
+"file will be approximately 35 megabytes; a 4 gigabyte filesystem with 15,000 "
+"inodes in use out of 550,000 inodes will result in a 3 megabyte image file. "
+"Image files tend to be quite compressible; an image file taking up 32 "
+"megabytes of space on disk will generally compress down to 3 or 4 megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"ext2 イメージファイルの大きさは、ファイルシステムのサイズと 使用している "
+"inode の数に大きく依存する。 典型的な 10 GB のファイルシステムで 1,200,000 個"
+"の inode のうち 200,000 個が使われている場合、 イメージファイルの大きさは約 "
+"35 MB になるだろう。 4 GB のファイルシステムで 550,000 個の inode のうち "
+"15,000 個が使用されている場合、 イメージファイルの大きさは約 3 MB になるだろ"
+"う。 イメージファイルは (ファイルシステムと比べて) とても小さく圧縮できる傾"
+"向がある。 ディスク上で 32 MB を使用しているイメージファイルは、 一般に 3 〜 "
+"4 MB に圧縮される。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:78
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RESTORING FILESYSTEM METADATA USING AN IMAGE FILE"
+msgstr "イメージファイルを使ったファイルシステムメタデータの復旧"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:85
+msgid ""
+"The B<-I> option will cause e2image to install the metadata stored in the "
+"image file back to the device. It can be used to restore the filesystem "
+"metadata back to the device in emergency situations."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-I> オプションを指定すると、e2image はイメージファイルに格納されている メタ"
+"データをデバイスにインストールし直す。 これは緊急の場合に、ファイルシステムメ"
+"タデータを デバイスに復旧するのに使用できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:96
+msgid ""
+"B<WARNING!!!!> The B<-I> option should only be used as a desperation measure "
+"when other alternatives have failed. If the filesystem has changed since "
+"the image file was created, data B<will> be lost. In general, you should "
+"make a full image backup of the filesystem first, in case you wish to try "
+"other recovery strategies afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+"B<警告!!!!> B<-I> オプションは、他の方法が失敗した場合の 最終手段としてのみ使"
+"用すべきである。 イメージファイルが作成された後でファイルシステムが変更されて"
+"いると、 データが失われるB<だろう>。 他の復旧手段を後で試そうと思う場合は、 "
+"通常はファイルシステムのフルイメージバックアップを作成すべきである。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:97
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RAW IMAGE FILES"
+msgstr "RAW イメージファイル"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:112
+msgid ""
+"The B<-r> option will create a raw image file instead of a normal image "
+"file. A raw image file differs from a normal image file in two ways. "
+"First, the filesystem metadata is placed in the proper position so that "
+"e2fsck, dumpe2fs, debugfs, etc. can be run directly on the raw image file. "
+"In order to minimize the amount of disk space consumed by a raw image file, "
+"the file is created as a sparse file. (Beware of copying or compressing/"
+"decompressing this file with utilities that don't understand how to create "
+"sparse files; the file will become as large as the filesystem itself!) "
+"Secondly, the raw image file also includes indirect blocks and directory "
+"blocks, which the standard image file does not have, although this may "
+"change in the future."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-r> オプションを使うと、通常のイメージファイルではなく、 raw イメージファイ"
+"ルが作成される。 raw イメージファイルは、通常のイメージファイルと 2 つの点が"
+"異なる。 1 つ目は、ファイルシステムのメタデータが適切な位置に置かれ、 "
+"e2fsck, dumpe2fs, debugfs などが raw イメージファイル上で 直接実行できるとい"
+"う点である。 raw イメージファイルが使うディスクスペースを最小化するため、 こ"
+"のファイルはスパースなファイルとして作成される。 (スパースなファイルの作成が"
+"実装されていないユーティリティで このファイルをコピー・圧縮・展開する場合は注"
+"意すること。 ファイルがファイルシステム自身と同じ大きさになってしまうだろ"
+"う!) 2 つ目は、raw イメージファイルが間接ブロックと間接データブロックを 含ん"
+"でいるという点である。 現行のイメージファイルはこれらのブロックを含んでいない"
+"が、 将来的には変更されるかもしれない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:116
+msgid ""
+"Raw image files are sometimes used when sending filesystems to the "
+"maintainer as part of bug reports to e2fsprogs. When used in this capacity, "
+"the recommended command is as follows (replace hda1 with the appropriate "
+"device):"
+msgstr ""
+"raw イメージファイルは、e2fsprogs のバグレポートの 一部としてメンテナにファイ"
+"ルシステムを送る場合に時々利用される。 バグレポートで送る場合には、以下のコマ"
+"ンドが推奨される (hda1 を適切なデバイスで置き換えること):"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:119
+msgid "\\\tB<e2image -r /dev/hda1 - | bzip2 E<gt> hda1.e2i.bz2>"
+msgstr "\\\tB<e2image -r /dev/hda1 - | bzip2 E<gt> hda1.e2i.bz2>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:133 original/man8/e2image.8:167
+msgid ""
+"This will only send the metadata information, without any data blocks. "
+"However, the filenames in the directory blocks can still reveal information "
+"about the contents of the filesystem that the bug reporter may wish to keep "
+"confidential. To address this concern, the B<-s> option can be specified. "
+"This will cause B<e2image> to scramble directory entries and zero out any "
+"unused portions of the directory blocks before writing the image file. "
+"However, the B<-s> option will prevent analysis of problems related to hash-"
+"tree indexed directories."
+msgstr ""
+"これにより、データブロックを含まないメタデータ情報のみを送ることができる。 し"
+"かしこれでも、ディレクトリブロック内のファイル名によって、 バグ報告者が秘密に"
+"しておきたいファイルシステムの内容についての情報が 明らかにされてしまう。 そ"
+"の心配を取り除くためには、 B<-s> オプションを指定することができる。 これによ"
+"り B<e2image> は、イメージファイルを書き込む前に、ディレクトリエントリをご"
+"ちゃ混ぜにして、 ディレクトリブロックの使用されていない部分を 0 で埋める。 た"
+"だし B<-s> オプションはハッシュツリーにインデックス化された ディレクトリにつ"
+"いての問題の分析を妨げてしまう。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:137
+msgid ""
+"Note that this will work even if you substitute \"/dev/hda1\" for another "
+"raw disk image, or QCOW2 image previously created by B<e2image>."
+msgstr ""
+"\"/dev/hda1\" を B<e2image> で以前に作成した別の raw や QCOW2 のディスクイメージに\n"
+"置き換えた場合でも、この方法は使える点に留意してほしい。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:138
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "QCOW2 IMAGE FILES"
+msgstr "QCOW2 イメージファイル"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:146
+msgid ""
+"The B<-Q> option will create a QCOW2 image file instead of a normal, or raw "
+"image file. A QCOW2 image contains all the information the raw image does, "
+"however unlike the raw image it is not sparse. The QCOW2 image minimize the "
+"amount of disk space by storing data in special format with pack data "
+"closely together, hence avoiding holes while still minimizing size."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-Q> オプションを使うと、通常のイメージや raw イメージファイルではなく、\n"
+"QCOW2 イメージファイルが作成される。\n"
+"QCOW2 イメージは raw イメージが持つ情報を全て持つが、\n"
+"raw イメージとはスパースでない点が異なる。\n"
+"QCOW2 イメージでは、データを近くに詰め込む特別な形式でデータを格納することで、\n"
+"必要なディスク容量を最小限にしている。そのため、穴 (ホール) の発生を避けつつ\n"
+"サイズを最小限にすることができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:149
+msgid ""
+"In order to send filesystem to the maintainer as a part of bug report to "
+"e2fsprogs, use following commands (replace hda1 with the appropriate device):"
+msgstr ""
+"e2fsprogs のバグレポートの一部としてメンテナにファイルシステムを送る場合には、\n"
+"以下のコマンドを使うこと (hda1 を適切なデバイスで置き換えること):"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:152
+msgid "\\\tB<e2image -Q /dev/hda1 hda1.qcow2>"
+msgstr "\\\tB<e2image -Q /dev/hda1 hda1.qcow2>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:154
+msgid "\\\tB<bzip2 -z hda1.qcow2>"
+msgstr "\\\tB<bzip2 -z hda1.qcow2>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:173
+msgid ""
+"Note that QCOW2 image created by B<e2image> is regular QCOW2 image and can "
+"be processed by tools aware of QCOW2 format such as for example B<qemu-img>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2image> により作成される QCOW2 イメージは通常の QCOW2 イメージであり、\n"
+"B<qemu-img> などの QCOW2 形式を認識する他のツールで扱うことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:177
+msgid "B<e2image> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr "B<e2image> は Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu) が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:181
+msgid ""
+"B<e2image> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2image> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部で、 http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge."
+"net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2image.8:184
+msgid "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<debugfs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2LABEL"
+msgstr "E2LABEL"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:8
+msgid "e2label - Change the label on an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr "e2label - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムのラベルを変更する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:14
+msgid "B<e2label> I<device> [ I<new-label> ]"
+msgstr "B<e2label> I<device> [ I<new-label> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:19
+msgid ""
+"B<e2label> will display or change the filesystem label on the ext2, ext3, or "
+"ext4 filesystem located on I<device.>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2label> は I<device> に置かれた ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムのファイル"
+"システムラベル (filesystem label) を表示したり変更したりする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:25
+msgid ""
+"If the optional argument I<new-label> is not present, B<e2label> will simply "
+"display the current filesystem label."
+msgstr ""
+"引数 I<new-label> が指定されていないと、 B<e2label> は単に現在のファイルシス"
+"テムラベルを表示する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:37
+msgid ""
+"If the optional argument I<new-label> is present, then B<e2label> will set "
+"the filesystem label to be I<new-label>. Ext2 filesystem labels can be at "
+"most 16 characters long; if I<new-label> is longer than 16 characters, "
+"B<e2label> will truncate it and print a warning message."
+msgstr ""
+"引数 I<new-label> が指定されていると、 B<e2label> はファイルシステムラベルを "
+"I<new-label> に変更する。 ext2 ファイルシステムラベルは最大 16 文字まで指定で"
+"きる。 I<new-label> が 16 文字より長い場合、 B<tune2fs> は切捨てを行い、警告"
+"メッセージを出力する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:42
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to set the filesystem label using the B<-L> option of "
+"B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムラベルは B<tune2fs>(8) の B<-L> オプションを用いても指定でき"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:46
+msgid "B<e2label> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr "B<e2label> は Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu) が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:50
+msgid ""
+"B<e2label> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2label> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs."
+"sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2label.8:53 original/man8/e2undo.8:44
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<mke2fs>(8), B<tune2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E2UNDO"
+msgstr "E2UNDO"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:8
+msgid "e2undo - Replay an undo log for an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr "e2undo - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムの undo ログを再生する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:14
+msgid "B<e2undo> [ B<-f> ] I<undo_log device>"
+msgstr "B<e2undo> [ B<-f> ] I<undo_log device>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:22
+msgid ""
+"B<e2undo> will replay the undo log I<undo_log> for an ext2/ext3/ext4 "
+"filesystem found on I<device>. This can be used to undo a failed operation "
+"by an e2fsprogs program."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2undo> は I<device> 上の ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムに対して\n"
+"undo ログ I<undo_log> の再生を行う。\n"
+"このコマンドを使うと、e2fsprogs のプログラムでの失敗した操作を取り消すことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:34
+msgid ""
+"Normally, B<e2undo> will check the filesystem UUID and last modified time to "
+"make sure the undo log matches with the filesystem on the device. If they "
+"do not match, B<e2undo> will refuse to apply the undo log as a safety "
+"mechanism. The B<-f> option disables this safety mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+"通常は、B<e2undo> は、ファイルシステム UUID と最終更新時刻をチェックし、\n"
+"undo ログが指定されたデバイスのファイルシステムと一致するかを確認する。\n"
+"一致しなかった場合には、安全機構として、 B<e2undo> は undo ログの適用を\n"
+"拒否するようになっている。\n"
+"B<-f> オプションを指定すると、この安全機構を無効にできる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:37
+msgid ""
+"B<e2undo> was written by Aneesh Kumar K.V. (aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2undo> は Aneesh Kumar K.V. (aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com) が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e2undo.8:41
+msgid ""
+"B<e2undo> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2undo> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部で、\n"
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "E4DEFRAG"
+msgstr "E4DEFRAG"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "May 2009"
+msgstr "May 2009"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:1
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "e4defrag version 2.0"
+msgstr "e4defrag version 2.0"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:4
+msgid "e4defrag - online defragmenter for ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:14
+msgid "B<e4defrag> [ B<-c> ] [ B<-v> ] I<target> \\&..."
+msgstr "B<e4defrag> [ B<-c> ] [ B<-v> ] I<target> \\&..."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:22
+msgid ""
+"B<e4defrag> reduces fragmentation of extent based file. The file targeted by "
+"B<e4defrag> is created on ext4 filesystem made with \"-O extent\" option "
+"(see B<mke2fs>(8)). The targeted file gets more contiguous blocks and "
+"improves the file access speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:35
+msgid ""
+"I<target> is a regular file, a directory, or a device that is mounted as "
+"ext4 filesystem. If I<target> is a directory, B<e4defrag> reduces "
+"fragmentation of all files in it. If I<target> is a device, B<e4defrag> gets "
+"the mount point of it and reduces fragmentation of all files in this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:48
+msgid ""
+"Get a current fragmentation count and an ideal fragmentation count, and "
+"calculate fragmentation score based on them. By seeing this score, we can "
+"determine whether we should execute B<e4defrag> to I<target>. When used "
+"with B<-v> option, the current fragmentation count and the ideal "
+"fragmentation count are printed for each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:52
+msgid ""
+"Also this option outputs the average data size in one extent. If you see it, "
+"you'll find the file has ideal extents or not. Note that the maximum extent "
+"size is 131072KB in ext4 filesystem (if block size is 4KB)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:56
+msgid "If this option is specified, I<target> is never defragmented."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:60
+msgid ""
+"Print error messages and the fragmentation count before and after defrag for "
+"each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:60
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "NOTES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:68
+msgid ""
+"B<e4defrag> does not support swap file, files in lost+found directory, and "
+"files allocated in indirect blocks. When I<target> is a device or a mount "
+"point, B<e4defrag> doesn't defragment files in mount point of other device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:74
+msgid ""
+"Non-privileged users can execute B<e4defrag> to their own file, but the "
+"score is not printed if B<-c> option is specified. Therefore, it is "
+"desirable to be executed by root user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:77
+msgid ""
+"Written by Akira Fujita E<lt>a-fujita@rs.jp.nec.comE<gt> and Takashi Sato "
+"E<lt>t-sato@yk.jp.nec.comE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/e4defrag.8:80
+msgid "B<mke2fs>(8), B<mount>(8)."
+msgstr "B<mke2fs>(8), B<mount>(8)."
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FILEFRAG"
+msgstr "FILEFRAG"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:5
+msgid "filefrag - report on file fragmentation"
+msgstr "filefrag - ファイルの断片化を報告する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:13
+msgid "B<filefrag> [ B<-Bbsvx> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+msgstr "B<filefrag> [ B<-Bbsvx> ] [ I<files...> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:18
+msgid ""
+"B<filefrag> reports on how badly fragmented a particular file might be. It "
+"makes allowances for indirect blocks for ext2 and ext3 filesystems, but can "
+"be used on files for any filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"B<filefrag> は特定のファイルがどのくらい酷く断片化されているかを報告する。 こ"
+"のプログラムは、ext2 と ext3 ファイルシステムの 間接ブロックを許しているが、 "
+"全てのファイルシステム上のファイルに使うことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:24
+msgid ""
+"The B<filefrag> program initially attempts to get the extent information "
+"using FIEMAP ioctl which is more efficient and faster. If FIEMAP is not "
+"supported then filefrag will fall back to using FIBMAP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:29
+msgid ""
+"Force the use of the older FIBMAP ioctl instead of the FIEMAP ioctl for "
+"testing purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:32
+msgid "Use 1024 byte blocksize for the output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:35
+msgid "Sync the file before requesting the mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:38
+msgid "Be verbose when checking for file fragmentation."
+msgstr "ファイルの断片化をチェックするときに、詳細に報告する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:41
+msgid "Display mapping of extended attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/filefrag.8:43
+msgid "B<filefrag> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr "B<filefrag> は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> が作成した。"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FINDFS"
+msgstr "FINDFS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:8
+msgid "findfs - Find a filesystem by label or UUID"
+msgstr "findfs - ラベルや UUID からファイルシステムを見つける"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:11
+msgid "B<findfs> B<LABEL=>I<label>"
+msgstr "B<findfs> B<LABEL=>I<label>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:14
+msgid "B<findfs> B<UUID=>I<uuid>"
+msgstr "B<findfs> B<UUID=>I<uuid>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:23
+msgid ""
+"B<findfs> will search the disks in the system looking for a filesystem which "
+"has a label matching I<label> or a UUID equal to I<uuid>. If the filesystem "
+"is found, the device name for the filesystem will be printed on stdout."
+msgstr ""
+"B<findfs> はシステムのディスクを検索し、ラベルが I<label> にマッチするファイ"
+"ルシステムや、UUID が I<uuid> にマッチするファイルシステムを探す。 そのような"
+"ファイルシステムが見つかったら、 ファイルシステムのデバイス名が標準出力に表示"
+"される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:27
+msgid "B<findfs> was written by Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)."
+msgstr "B<findfs> は Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu) が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:31
+msgid ""
+"B<findfs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<findfs> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部で、\n"
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/findfs.8:33 original/man8/logsave.8:61
+msgid "B<fsck>(8)"
+msgstr "B<fsck>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "FSCK"
+msgstr "FSCK"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:8
+msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux file system"
+msgstr "fsck - Linux ファイルシステムのチェックと修復を行う"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:27
+msgid ""
+"B<fsck> [ B<-sAVRTMNP> ] [ B<-C> [ I<fd> ] ] [ B<-t> I<fstype> ] I<"
+"[filesys ... ]> [--] [ B<fs-specific-options> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> [ B<-sAVRTMNP> ] [ B<-C> [ I<fd> ] ] [ B<-t> I<fstype> ] I<[filesys "
+"\\&... ]> [--] [ B<fs-specific-options> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:42
+msgid ""
+"B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux file "
+"systems. I<filesys> can be a device name (e.g. I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
+"sdb2>), a mount point (e.g. I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an ext2 label or "
+"UUID specifier (e.g. UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or "
+"LABEL=root). Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle filesystems "
+"on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of "
+"time needed to check all of the filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> は (ひとつまたは複数の) Linux ファイルシステムをチェックし、 また指定"
+"すれば修復も行う。 I<filesys> に指定できるのは、デバイス名 (例: I</dev/"
+"hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>)、 ファイルシステムのマウントポイント (例: I</>, I</"
+"usr>, I</home>)、 ext2 ラベルまたは UUID 指定 (例: "
+"UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd, LABEL=root) である。 通常 "
+"B<fsck> は、 物理的に異なるディスク上にある複数のファイルシステムを並列的に"
+"チェックし、 全ファイルシステムのチェックに要する時間を短縮しようとする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:52
+msgid ""
+"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option is "
+"not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in B</etc/fstab> "
+"serially. This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
+msgstr ""
+"コマンドラインからファイルシステムがひとつも指定されず、かつ B<-A> オプション"
+"も指定されなかった場合は、 B<fsck> はデフォルトの動作として B</etc/fstab> に"
+"書かれているファイルシステムを逐次的にチェックする。 これは B<-As> オプション"
+"を指定した場合の動作と同じである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:56
+msgid ""
+"The exit code returned by B<fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgstr "B<fsck> の返り値は、以下の状態を表す数の和となる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:62
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ System should be rebooted"
+msgstr "\\\t2\\\t-\\ システムをリブートする必要がある"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:70
+msgid "\\\t32\\\t-\\ Fsck canceled by user request"
+msgstr "\\\t32\\\t-\\ fsck がユーザ要求によってキャンセルされた"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:76
+msgid ""
+"The exit code returned when multiple file systems are checked is the bit-"
+"wise OR of the exit codes for each file system that is checked."
+msgstr ""
+"複数のファイルシステムをチェックした場合の返り値は、 チェックした各ファイルシ"
+"ステムの返り値に対して、 ビットごとの OR をとったものになる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:90
+msgid ""
+"In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various file system "
+"checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The file system-"
+"specific checker is searched for in I</sbin> first, then in I</etc/fs> and "
+"I</etc>, and finally in the directories listed in the PATH environment "
+"variable. Please see the file system-specific checker manual pages for "
+"further details."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> は、実際には Linux で利用できるさまざまなファイルシステムチェッカー "
+"(B<fsck>.I<fstype>) への単なるフロントエンドにすぎない。 ファイルシステム固"
+"有のチェッカーは、 I</sbin>, I</sbin/fs.d>, I</sbin/fs>, I</etc/fs>, I</"
+"etc>, 環境変数 PATH 内のディレクトリの順にサーチされる。 詳細はファイルシステ"
+"ム固有のチェッカーのマニュアルを参照すること。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:107
+msgid ""
+"Serialize B<fsck> operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
+"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the B<-p> or B<-a> "
+"option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the B<-n> "
+"option if you do not.)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> の動作を逐次的にする。 複数のファイルシステムを インタラクティブ (対"
+"話) モードでチェックする際に有用。 (注意: デフォルトでは B<e2fsck>(8) の動作"
+"は対話モードである。 B<e2fsck>(8) を非対話モードで動作させるには、 B<-p> オ"
+"プションか B<-a> オプションを使用する。また非対話的にエラーを自動修復させたい"
+"場合は B<-n> オプションを利用する。)"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:107
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< fslist>"
+msgstr "B<-t>I< fslist>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:130
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the type(s) of file system to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
+"specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The I<fslist> "
+"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
+"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
+"negation operator 'B<no>' or 'B<!>', which requests that only those "
+"filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked. If all of the "
+"filesystems in I<fslist> are not prefixed by a negation operator, then only "
+"those filesystems listed in I<fslist> will be checked."
+msgstr ""
+"チェックするファイルシステムのタイプを指定する。 B<-A> オプションが指定されて"
+"いる場合は、 I<fslist> にマッチするファイルシステムのみをチェックする。 "
+"I<fslist> パラメータは、コンマで区切られた ファイルシステムとオプション指定の"
+"リストである。 このコンマ区切りのリストに含まれるファイルシステムのすべて"
+"に、 否定演算子 'B<no>' または 'B<!>' を前置することもできる。 これにより、 "
+"I<fslist> にリストされていないファイルシステムだけがチェックされる。 "
+"I<fslist> のファイルシステムすべてに否定演算子が付けられていない場合は、 "
+"I<fslist> にリストされているファイルシステムのみがチェックされる。 (訳註: リ"
+"ストの一部だけに否定演算子を付けることはできない)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:146
+msgid ""
+"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>. They "
+"must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>. If an options specifier is "
+"present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their mount "
+"options field of B</etc/fstab> will be checked. If the options specifier is "
+"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
+"have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of B</etc/fstab> will be "
+"checked."
+msgstr ""
+"オプション指定をコンマで区切った形で I<fslist> に含めても良い。 これらは "
+"B<opts=>I<fs-option> という書式でなければならない。 オプション指定が存在する"
+"と、 B</etc/fstab> のマウントオプションのフィールドに I<fs-option> があるファ"
+"イルシステムのみがチェックされる。 オプション指定の前に否定演算子がある場合"
+"は、 B</etc/fstab> のマウントオプションのフィールドに I<fs-option> がないファ"
+"イルシステムのみがチェックされる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:156
+msgid ""
+"For example, if B<opts=ro> appears in I<fslist>, then only filesystems "
+"listed in B</etc/fstab> with the B<ro> option will be checked."
+msgstr ""
+"例えば、 B<opts=ro> を I<fslist> に指定すると、 B</etc/fstab> にリストされて"
+"いるファイルシステムのうち、 B<ro> オプションを持つものだけがチェックされる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:169
+msgid ""
+"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
+"an unauthorized UI change to the B<fsck> program, if a filesystem type of "
+"B<loop> is found in I<fslist>, it is treated as if B<opts=loop> were "
+"specified as an argument to the B<-t> option."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> プログラムへの非公式なユーザインターフェース変更に 依存したブートスク"
+"リプトを使っている Mandrake ディストリビューションとの互換性のため、 "
+"I<fslist> にファイルシステムタイプ B<loop> があった場合、 B<-t> オプションの"
+"引き数として B<opts=loop> が指定されていると仮定する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:182
+msgid ""
+"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in the "
+"I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry. If the type can not "
+"be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to "
+"the B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem type. If this "
+"type is not available, then the default file system type (currently ext2) is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+"通常ファイルシステムのタイプは、 I<filesys> を I</etc/fstab> ファイルから検索"
+"して見つかったエントリから取得する。 ファイルシステムのタイプが取得できず、 "
+"かつ 1 つのファイルシステムだけが B<-t> オプションの引き数になっている場合、 "
+"B<fsck> はそれを利用する。 指定してあるファイルシステムタイプを利用できない場"
+"合は、 デフォルトのファイルシステムタイプ (現時点では ext2) を利用する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-A>"
+msgstr "B<-A>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:191
+msgid ""
+"Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all file systems in one "
+"run. This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system "
+"initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single file "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"I</etc/fstab> に列記されているファイルシステムをすべてチェックする。 このオプ"
+"ションを用いれば、複数のファイルシステムに対して fsck をひとつひとつ単独で実"
+"行しなくてもよいため、 システムの初期設定ファイルである I</etc/rc> 中でよく利"
+"用される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:211
+msgid ""
+"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
+"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
+"specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/fstab> file. "
+"Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and are not checked "
+"at all. Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater than zero will be "
+"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest I<fs_passno> number being "
+"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
+"fsck will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running "
+"multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-P> オプション (後述) が指定されていなければ、 ルートファイルシステムが最初"
+"にチェックされる。その後、 I</etc/fstab> ファイルの第 6 フィールドである "
+"I<fs_passno> の順序にしたがって他のファイルシステムがチェックされる。 "
+"I<fs_passno> の値が 0 であるファイルシステムは、スキップされて一切チェックさ"
+"れない。 I<fs_passno> の値が 0 より大きいファイルシステムは、小さい "
+"I<fs_passno> 値を持ったものを優先し、順番にチェックされる。 同じ番号が指定さ"
+"れているファイルシステムが複数ある場合には、 fsck はそれらを並列してチェック"
+"しようとする。 しかし同じ物理ディスクにあるファイルシステムの同時チェックは避"
+"ける。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:227
+msgid ""
+"Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the root "
+"filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
+"filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2. This will allow B<fsck> to "
+"automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to "
+"do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if "
+"they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some "
+"reason --- for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so "
+"that excessive paging is a concern."
+msgstr ""
+"したがって、 I</etc/fstab> に対する最も普通の設定は、ルートファイルシステム"
+"の I<fs_passno> を 1 とし、他のすべてのファイルシステムの I<fs_passno> を 2 "
+"とするものである。こうすると B<fsck> は、(効果が期待できる場合には) 自動的に"
+"ファイルシステムチェッカーを 同時に並列して動作させる。 何らかの理由で複数"
+"ファイルシステムの 並列チェックをしたくない場合には、システム管理者はこの設定"
+"をしてはいけない。 たとえばマシンのメモリが少なく、余分なページングが 問題に"
+"なる場合などがこれにあたる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:227
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C> [ I< fd > ]"
+msgstr "B<-C> [ I< fd > ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:235
+msgid ""
+"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
+"only for ext2 and ext3) which support them. Fsck will manage the filesystem "
+"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. "
+"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
+"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
+msgstr ""
+"作業完了分・残り分の棒グラフをサポートしている ファイルシステムチェッカー (現"
+"在 ext2 と ext3 用のものだけ) に、 表示を行わせる。 fsck は一度にひとつの"
+"チェッカーだけが表示を行うように、 複数のチェッカーを管理する。 GUI フロント"
+"エンドにはファイルディスクリプタ I<fd> を指定することができる。 この場合、棒"
+"グラフの情報はファイルディスクリプタに送られる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:235 original/man8/resize2fs.8:112
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-M>"
+msgstr "B<-M>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:239
+msgid ""
+"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit code of 0 for mounted "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:239
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>"
+msgstr "B<-N>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:242
+msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
+msgstr "実際には実行せず、何が行われるかだけを表示する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:242 original/man8/resize2fs.8:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-P>"
+msgstr "B<-P>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:253
+msgid ""
+"When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
+"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since "
+"if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) executable "
+"might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who "
+"don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which "
+"is really the right solution)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-A> オプションが指定されている場合、 ルートファイルシステムを他のファイルシ"
+"ステムと並列にチェックする。 ルートファイルシステムが壊れている場合には "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) 自体が壊れている可能性もあるため、 このオプションを用いるのは安"
+"全性を損なうことになる。 このオプションは、 ルートファイルシステムを小さくコ"
+"ンパクトなパーティションに切りなおしたくない システム管理者向けのオプションで"
+"ある (ルートファイルシステムを小さくコンパクトにまとめるのが正しい解なのだ"
+"が)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:258
+msgid ""
+"When checking all file systems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root file "
+"system (in case it's already mounted read-write)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<-A> オプションを用いて全てのファイルシステムをチェックする際に、 ルートファ"
+"イルシステムをチェックしないようにする (ルートファイルシステムがすでに read/"
+"write でマウントされている場合)。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:258
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>"
+msgstr "B<-T>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:261
+msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
+msgstr "起動時にタイトルを表示しない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:265
+msgid ""
+"Produce verbose output, including all file system-specific commands that are "
+"executed."
+msgstr "B<fsck> から起動されるシステム固有のコマンドを含め、詳細な表示をする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:265
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<fs-specific-options>"
+msgstr "B<fs-specific-options>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:276
+msgid ""
+"Options which are not understood by B<fsck> are passed to the filesystem-"
+"specific checker. These arguments B<must> not take arguments, as there is "
+"no way for B<fsck> to be able to properly guess which arguments take options "
+"and which don't."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck> が理解しないオプションは、ファイルシステム固有のチェッカーに渡され"
+"る。 これらのオプションは引き数をとってはB<ならない>。 なぜなら、どのオプショ"
+"ンが引き数をとるか (とらないか) を B<fsck> が正しく判断できる方法がないためで"
+"ある。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:281
+msgid ""
+"Options and arguments which follow the B<--> are treated as file system-"
+"specific options to be passed to the file system-specific checker."
+msgstr ""
+"B<--> 以降に指定したオプションと引き数は、ファイルシステム固有のオプションと"
+"して ファイルシステム固有のチェッカーに渡される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:293
+msgid ""
+"Please note that fsck is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
+"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
+"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
+"If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated option and arguments, and it "
+"doesn't do what you expect, B<don't bother reporting it as a bug.> You're "
+"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with B<fsck.>"
+msgstr ""
+"fsck は任意の複雑なオプションをファイルシステム固有のチェッカーに渡すように"
+"は 設計されていない点に注意すること。 複雑なことをやろうとするときは、 ファイ"
+"ルシステム固有のチェッカーを直接実行してほしい。 非常に複雑なオプションと引き"
+"数を B<fsck> に渡した場合に、期待した動作をしなかったとしても、 B<バグとして"
+"報告するには及ばない>。 B<fsck> にやらせるべきではないことを、あなたがやった"
+"のだから。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:298
+msgid ""
+"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized. If in "
+"doubt, please consult the man pages of the filesystem-specific checker. "
+"Although not guaranteed, the following options are supported by most file "
+"system checkers:"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム固有の fsck のオプションは、標準化されていない。 確かでない場"
+"合は、ファイルシステム固有のチェッカーの man ページを調べること。 保証された"
+"ものではないが、以下のオプションは ほとんどのファイルシステムチェッカーでサ"
+"ポートされている。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:311
+msgid ""
+"Automatically repair the file system without any questions (use this option "
+"with caution). Note that B<e2fsck>(8) supports B<-a> for backwards "
+"compatibility only. This option is mapped to B<e2fsck>'s B<-p> option which "
+"is safe to use, unlike the B<-a> option that some file system checkers "
+"support."
+msgstr ""
+"質問なしで自動的にファイルシステムを修復する (このオプションの使用には注意を"
+"要する)。 ほとんどのファイルシステムチェッカーは B<-a> オプションに対応してい"
+"るが、 B<e2fsck>(8) においては B<-a> オプションは過去互換性のために準備され"
+"ているだけである。 したがって B<e2fsck> では、このオプションは (安全に利用で"
+"きる) B<-p> オプションにマップされ、 いくつかのフィルシステムチェッカーがサ"
+"ポートしている B<-a> にはマップされない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:324
+msgid ""
+"For some filesystem-specific checkers, the B<-n> option will cause the fs-"
+"specific fsck to avoid attempting to repair any problems, but simply report "
+"such problems to stdout. This is however not true for all filesystem-"
+"specific checkers. In particular, B<fsck.reiserfs>(8) will not report any "
+"corruption if given this option. B<fsck.minix>(8) does not support the B<-"
+"n> option at all."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム固有のチェッカーの中には、 B<-n> オプションが指定されると、 "
+"問題点を修復するのではなく、その問題点を単に標準出力に書き出すものもある。 し"
+"かし全てのファイルシステム固有のチェッカーが、 このような動作をするわけではな"
+"い。 特に B<fsck.reiserfs>(8) は、このオプションが指定されても破損箇所を報告"
+"しない。 また B<fsck.minix>(8) は、 B<-n> オプションを全くサポートしていな"
+"い。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:332
+msgid ""
+"Interactively repair the filesystem (ask for confirmations). Note: It is "
+"generally a bad idea to use this option if multiple fsck's are being run in "
+"parallel. Also note that this is B<e2fsck>'s default behavior; it supports "
+"this option for backwards compatibility reasons only."
+msgstr ""
+"対話的にファイルシステムを修復する (確認を求める)。 注意: fsck が並列に動作し"
+"ている場合にこのオプションを利用するのは あまり賢いとはいえない。 B<e2fsck> "
+"においては並列動作がデフォルトであり、 このオプションは過去互換性のためにのみ"
+"準備されている。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:347
+msgid ""
+"For some filesystem-specific checkers, the B<-y> option will cause the fs-"
+"specific fsck to always attempt to fix any detected filesystem corruption "
+"automatically. Sometimes an expert may be able to do better driving the "
+"fsck manually. Note that B<not> all filesystem-specific checkers implement "
+"this option. In particular B<fsck.minix>(8) and B<fsck.cramfs>(8) does "
+"not support the B<-y> option as of this writing."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム固有のチェッカーの中には、 B<-y> オプションが指定されると、検"
+"出されたファイルシステムの破損箇所を 常に自動的に修復しようとするものもあ"
+"る。 エキスパートは、より上手に fsck を手動で実行させることができる場合もあ"
+"る。 全てのファイルシステム固有のチェッカーが、 このオプションを実装している"
+"わけではない点に注意すること。 この man ページを書いている時点では、特に "
+"B<fsck.minix>(8) と B<fsck.cramfs>(8) は B<-y> オプションをサポートしていな"
+"い。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:349 original/man8/logsave.8:60
+msgid "Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)"
+msgstr "Theodore Ts'o (tytso@mit.edu)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:351
+msgid "I</etc/fstab>."
+msgstr "I</etc/fstab>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:355
+msgid ""
+"The B<fsck> program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
+"variables:"
+msgstr "B<fsck> プログラムの振舞いは、以下の環境変数による影響を受ける。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:355
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
+msgstr "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:363
+msgid ""
+"If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to run all of the "
+"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
+"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
+"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.)"
+msgstr ""
+"この環境変数が設定されていると、 B<fsck> は指定されたファイルシステムすべて"
+"を、 それらのファイルシステムが同じデバイス上にあるように見えるかどうかを問わ"
+"ず、 並列にチェックしようとする。 (これは IBM や EMC などの会社から販売されて"
+"いるような、 RAID システムやハイエンドのストレージシステムで有用である。)"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:363
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
+msgstr "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:376
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of file system "
+"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
+"have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many file system "
+"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
+"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes "
+"can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of "
+"B<fsck> may attempt to automatically determine how many file system checks "
+"can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"この環境変数は、同時に動作するファイルシステムチェッカーの最大数を制限する。 "
+"この指定を行えば、多数のディスクを備えたシステムにおいて B<fsck> がたくさんの"
+"ファイルシステムチェッカーを同時に起動し、 システムで利用できる CPU やメモリ"
+"などの資源に 過度の負荷を与えてしまうことを避けることができる。 この値を 0 に"
+"すると、spawn するプロセス数の制限がなくなる。 現在はこれがデフォルトだが、 "
+"B<fsck> の将来の版では、OS からアカウンティングデータを取得することにより、 "
+"同時に行うファイルシステムチェックの数を自動的に決めるようになるかもしれな"
+"い。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:376
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<PATH>"
+msgstr "B<PATH>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:391
+msgid ""
+"The B<PATH> environment variable is used to find file system checkers. A "
+"set of system directories are searched first: B</sbin>, B</sbin/fs.d>, B</"
+"sbin/fs>, B</etc/fs>, and B</etc>. Then the set of directories found in the "
+"B<PATH> environment are searched."
+msgstr ""
+"B<PATH> 環境変数はファイルシステムチェッカーを探索する際に用いられる。 まず最"
+"初に、一連のシステムディレクトリが検索される。これらは B</sbin>, B</sbin/fs."
+"d>, B</sbin/fs>, B</etc/fs>, B</etc> である。これに続いて B<PATH> 環境変数に"
+"指定されたディレクトリ群が検索される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:391
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
+msgstr "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:398
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
+"standard location of the B</etc/fstab> file. It is also useful for "
+"developers who are testing B<fsck>."
+msgstr ""
+"この環境変数を用いると、システム管理者は B</etc/fstab> ファイルの標準的な置場"
+"所を変更できる。 これは B<fsck> のテストを行う開発者にとっても便利である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/fsck.8:414
+msgid ""
+"B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or B<e2fsck>"
+"(8), B<cramfsck>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), "
+"B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<fsck.xiafs>(8), "
+"B<reiserfsck>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) または B<fsck.ext3>(8) または "
+"B<e2fsck>(8), B<cramfsck>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.jfs>"
+"(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<fsck.xiafs>(8), "
+"B<reiserfsck>(8)."
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "LOGSAVE"
+msgstr "LOGSAVE"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:8
+msgid "logsave - save the output of a command in a logfile"
+msgstr "logsave - コマンドの出力をログファイルに保存する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:14
+msgid "B<logsave> [ B<-asv> ] I<logfile cmd_prog [ ... ]>"
+msgstr "B<logsave> [ B<-asv> ] I<logfile cmd_prog [ ... ]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:27
+msgid ""
+"The B<logsave> program will execute I<cmd_prog> with the specified argument"
+"(s), and save a copy of its output to I<logfile>. If the containing "
+"directory for I<logfile> does not exist, B<logsave> will accumulate the "
+"output in memory until it can be written out. A copy of the output will "
+"also be written to standard output."
+msgstr ""
+"B<logsave> プログラムは、指定された引き数をつけて I<cmd_prog> を実行し、出力"
+"のコピーを I<logfile> に保存する。 I<logfile> を置くディレクトリが存在しない"
+"場合、 書き出せるようになるまで B<logsave> は出力をメモリ内に蓄えておく。 出"
+"力のコピーは標準出力にも書き出される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:34
+msgid ""
+"If I<cmd_prog> is a single hyphen ('-'), then instead of executing a "
+"program, B<logsave> will take its input from standard input and save it in "
+"I<logfile>"
+msgstr ""
+"I<cmd_prog> が 1 個のハイフン ('-') の場合、 B<logsave> は、プログラムを実行"
+"する代わりに標準入力から入力を取得し、 I<logfile> に書き出す。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:39
+msgid ""
+"B<logsave> is useful for saving the output of initial boot scripts until "
+"the /var partition is mounted, so the output can be written to /var/log."
+msgstr ""
+"B<logsave> は /var パーティションがマウントされるまで 初期ブートスクリプトの"
+"出力を保存しておくのに役立つ。 そして (/var パーティションがマウントされたと"
+"きに)、 出力を /var/log に書き出すことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:45
+msgid ""
+"This option will cause the output to be appended to I<logfile>, instead of "
+"replacing its current contents."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションを指定すると、出力で I<logfile> の現在の内容を置き換えるのでは"
+"なく、出力を追加する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:53
+msgid ""
+"This option will cause B<logsave> to skip writing to the log file text which "
+"is bracketed with a control-A (ASCII 001 or Start of Header) and control-B "
+"(ASCII 002 or Start of Text). This allows progress bar information to be "
+"visible to the user on the console, while not being written to the log file."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションを指定すると、 B<logsave> は control-A (ASCII 001 または Start "
+"of Header) と control-B (ASCII 002 または Start of Text) で囲まれた 文字列を"
+"ログファイルに書かないで飛ばす。 これにより、ユーザに対してはプログレスバーの"
+"情報をコンソールで見せて、 ログファイルには書き込まないことが可能になる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/logsave.8:58
+msgid ""
+"This option will make B<logsave> to be more verbose in its output to the "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションを指定すると、 B<logsave> のユーザへの出力をより詳細にできる。"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MKE2FS"
+msgstr "MKE2FS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:8
+msgid "mke2fs - create an ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem"
+msgstr "mke2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムを作成する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:113
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> [ B<-c> | B<-l> I<filename> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-f> "
+"I<fragment-size> ] [ B<-g> I<blocks-per-group> ] [ B<-G> I<number-of-"
+"groups> ] [ B<-i> I<bytes-per-inode> ] [ B<-I> I<inode-size> ] [ B<-j> ] "
+"[ B<-J> I<journal-options> ] [ B<-N> I<number-of-inodes> ] [ B<-n> ] [ B<-m> "
+"I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ B<-o> I<creator-os> ] [ B<-O> I<feature>"
+"[,...] ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-r> I<fs-revision-level> ] [ B<-E> I<extended-"
+"options> ] [ B<-v> ] [ B<-F> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] [ B<-M> I<last-"
+"mounted-directory> ] [ B<-S> ] [ B<-t> I<fs-type> ] [ B<-T> I<usage-type> ] "
+"[ B<-U> I<UUID> ] [ B<-V> ] I<device> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mke2fs> [ B<-c> | B<-l> I<filename> ] [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-f> "
+"I<fragment-size> ] [ B<-g> I<blocks-per-group> ] [ B<-G> I<number-of-"
+"groups> ] [ B<-i> I<bytes-per-inode> ] [ B<-I> I<inode-size> ] [ B<-j> ] "
+"[ B<-J> I<journal-options> ] [ B<-N> I<number-of-inodes> ] [ B<-n> ] [ B<-m> "
+"I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ B<-o> I<creator-os> ] [ B<-O> I<feature>"
+"[,...] ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-r> I<fs-revision-level> ] [ B<-E> I<extended-"
+"options> ] [ B<-v> ] [ B<-F> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] [ B<-M> I<last-"
+"mounted-directory> ] [ B<-S> ] [ B<-t> I<fs-type> ] [ B<-T> I<usage-type> ] "
+"[ B<-U> I<UUID> ] [ B<-V> ] I<device> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+
+#. No external-journal specific journal options yet (size is ignored)
+#. [
+#. .B \-J
+#. .I journal-options
+#. ]
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:141
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] "
+"[ B<-n> ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-v> ] I<external-journal> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> [ B<-b> I<block-size> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-label> ] "
+"[ B<-n> ] [ B<-q> ] [ B<-v> ] I<external-journal> [ I<blocks-count> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:156
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> is used to create an ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystem, usually in a "
+"disk partition. I<device> is the special file corresponding to the device "
+"(e.g I</dev/hdXX>). I<blocks-count> is the number of blocks on the device. "
+"If omitted, B<mke2fs> automagically figures the file system size. If called "
+"as B<mkfs.ext3> a journal is created as if the B<-j> option was specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:163
+msgid ""
+"The defaults of the parameters for the newly created filesystem, if not "
+"overridden by the options listed below, are controlled by the B</etc/mke2fs."
+"conf> configuration file. See the B<mke2fs.conf>(5) manual page for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:181
+msgid ""
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block-size values are 1024, 2048 "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If omitted, block-size is heuristically "
+"determined by the filesystem size and the expected usage of the filesystem "
+"(see the B<-T> option). If I<block-size> is preceded by a negative sign "
+"('-'), then B<mke2fs> will use heuristics to determine the appropriate block "
+"size, with the constraint that the block size will be at least I<block-size> "
+"bytes. This is useful for certain hardware devices which require that the "
+"blocksize be a multiple of 2k."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:186
+msgid ""
+"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the file system. If this "
+"option is specified twice, then a slower read-write test is used instead of "
+"a fast read-only test."
+msgstr ""
+"デバイスにファイルシステムを作成する前に不良ブロックを検査する。 このオプショ"
+"ンを 2 つ指定すると、 より遅い read-write テストを用いる。 1 つの場合は高速"
+"な read-only テストを用いる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:186 original/man8/tune2fs.8:168
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-E>I< extended-options>"
+msgstr "B<-E>I< extended-options>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:199
+msgid ""
+"Set extended options for the filesystem. Extended options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The B<-E> "
+"option used to be B<-R> in earlier versions of B<mke2fs>. The B<-R> option "
+"is still accepted for backwards compatibility. The following extended "
+"options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムの拡張オプションを設定する。 拡張オプションはコンマで区切ら"
+"れ、 引き数がある場合は「= (イコール)」記号を使って指定する。 B<-E> オプショ"
+"ンは、以前のバージョンの B<mke2fs> では B<-R> であった。 後方互換として B<-"
+"R> オプションはまだ受け付けられる。 以下のオプションがサポートされている:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:200 original/man8/tune2fs.8:179
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mmp_update_interval=>I<interval>"
+msgstr "B<mmp_update_interval=>I<interval>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:210 original/man8/tune2fs.8:189
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the initial MMP update interval to I<interval> seconds. Specifying "
+"an I<interval> of 0 means to use the default interval. The specified "
+"interval must be less than 300 seconds. Requires that the B<mmp> feature be "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:210 original/man8/tune2fs.8:189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<stride=>I<stride-size>"
+msgstr "B<stride=>I<stride-size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:221
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stride-size> filesystem "
+"blocks. This is the number of blocks read or written to disk before moving "
+"to the next disk, which is sometimes referred to as the I<chunk size.> This "
+"mostly affects placement of filesystem metadata like bitmaps at B<mke2fs> "
+"time to avoid placing them on a single disk, which can hurt performance. It "
+"may also be used by the block allocator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:221 original/man8/tune2fs.8:199
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<stripe_width=>I<stripe-width>"
+msgstr "B<stripe_width=>I<stripe-width>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:230
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stripe-width> filesystem "
+"blocks per stripe. This is typically stride-size * N, where N is the number "
+"of data-bearing disks in the RAID (e.g. for RAID 5 there is one parity disk, "
+"so N will be the number of disks in the array minus 1). This allows the "
+"block allocator to prevent read-modify-write of the parity in a RAID stripe "
+"if possible when the data is written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:230
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<resize=>I<max-online-resize>"
+msgstr "B<resize=>I<max-online-resize>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:236
+msgid ""
+"Reserve enough space so that the block group descriptor table can grow to "
+"support a filesystem that has I<max-online-resize> blocks."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロック数が I<max-online-resize> のファイルシステムをサポートするために、 ブ"
+"ロックグループディスクリプタテーブルを拡大できる 十分な領域を予約する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:236
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<lazy_itable_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+msgstr "B<lazy_itable_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:246
+msgid ""
+"If enabled and the uninit_bg feature is enabled, the inode table will not be "
+"fully initialized by B<mke2fs>. This speeds up filesystem initialization "
+"noticeably, but it requires the kernel to finish initializing the filesystem "
+"in the background when the filesystem is first mounted. If the option value "
+"is omitted, it defaults to 1 to enable lazy inode table zeroing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:246
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<lazy_journal_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+msgstr "B<lazy_journal_init>[B<= >I<E<lt>0 to disable, 1 to enableE<gt>>]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:254
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, the journal inode will not be fully zeroed out by B<mke2fs>. "
+"This speeds up filesystem initialization noticeably, but carries some small "
+"risk if the system crashes before the journal has been overwritten entirely "
+"one time. If the option value is omitted, it defaults to 1 to enable lazy "
+"journal inode zeroing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:254 original/man8/tune2fs.8:235
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<test_fs>"
+msgstr "B<test_fs>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:258 original/man8/tune2fs.8:239
+msgid ""
+"Set a flag in the filesystem superblock indicating that it may be mounted "
+"using experimental kernel code, such as the ext4dev filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:266
+msgid ""
+"Attempt to discard blocks at mkfs time (discarding blocks initially is "
+"useful on solid state devices and sparse / thin-provisioned storage). When "
+"the device advertises that discard also zeroes data (any subsequent read "
+"after the discard and before write returns zero), then mark all not-yet-"
+"zeroed inode tables as zeroed. This significantly speeds up filesystem "
+"initialization. This is set as default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:269
+msgid "Do not attempt to discard blocks at mkfs time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:269
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<quotatype>"
+msgstr "B<quotatype>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:276
+msgid ""
+"Specify which quota type ('usr' or 'grp') is to be initialized. This option "
+"has any effect only if B<quota> feature is set. Without this extended "
+"option, the default behavior is to initialize both user and group quotas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:277
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-f>I< fragment-size>"
+msgstr "B<-f>I< fragment-size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:280
+msgid "Specify the size of fragments in bytes."
+msgstr "フラグメントサイズをバイト単位で指定する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:291
+msgid ""
+"Force B<mke2fs> to create a filesystem, even if the specified device is not "
+"a partition on a block special device, or if other parameters do not make "
+"sense. In order to force B<mke2fs> to create a filesystem even if the "
+"filesystem appears to be in use or is mounted (a truly dangerous thing to "
+"do), this option must be specified twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>I< blocks-per-group>"
+msgstr "B<-g>I< blocks-per-group>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:303
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of blocks in a block group. There is generally no reason "
+"for the user to ever set this parameter, as the default is optimal for the "
+"filesystem. (For administrators who are creating filesystems on RAID "
+"arrays, it is preferable to use the I<stride> RAID parameter as part of the "
+"B<-E> option rather than manipulating the number of blocks per group.) This "
+"option is generally used by developers who are developing test cases."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロックグループに含まれるブロック数を指定する。 デフォルトでファイルシステム"
+"に最適な値であるため、 ユーザがこのパラメータを設定する一般的な理由はない。 "
+"(RAID アレイ上にファイルシステムを作成しようとする管理者にとっては、 グループ"
+"毎のブロック数を操作するよりも、 B<-E> オプションの一部として I<stride> RAID "
+"パラメータを使う方がよい。) 一般にこのオプションは、テストケースを開発する開"
+"発者が使う。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:303
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-G>I< number-of-groups>"
+msgstr "B<-G>I< number-of-groups>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:312
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of block groups that will be packed together to create a "
+"larger virtual block group (or \"flex_bg group\") in an ext4 filesystem. "
+"This improves meta-data locality and performance on meta-data heavy "
+"workloads. The number of groups must be a power of 2 and may only be "
+"specified if the B<flex_bg> filesystem feature is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:312
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i>I< bytes-per-inode>"
+msgstr "B<-i>I< bytes-per-inode>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:326
+msgid ""
+"Specify the bytes/inode ratio. B<mke2fs> creates an inode for every I<bytes-"
+"per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the I<bytes-per-inode> "
+"ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. This value generally shouldn't be "
+"smaller than the blocksize of the filesystem, since in that case more inodes "
+"would be made than can ever be used. Be warned that it is not possible to "
+"expand the number of inodes on a filesystem after it is created, so be "
+"careful deciding the correct value for this parameter."
+msgstr ""
+"バイト数/inode 数の比率を指定する。 B<mke2fs> は、ディスク上の各 I<bytes-per-"
+"inode> バイトの領域に対してひとつの inode を生成する。 I<bytes-per-inode> 比"
+"を大きくすると、作成される inode の数は少なくなる。 この値は、一般にはファイ"
+"ルシステムのブロックサイズより小さくすべきではない。 の場合には、理論的に使用"
+"できる数以上の inode が作られてしまうからである。 注意してほしいが、一度ファ"
+"イルシステムを作成したら、 あとから inode の数を増やすことはできない。 した"
+"がって、このパラメータには正しい値を与えるよう、慎重になってほしい。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:326
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-I>I< inode-size>"
+msgstr "B<-I>I< inode-size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:343
+msgid ""
+"Specify the size of each inode in bytes. B<mke2fs> creates 256-byte inodes "
+"by default. In kernels after 2.6.10 and some earlier vendor kernels it is "
+"possible to utilize inodes larger than 128 bytes to store extended "
+"attributes for improved performance. The I<inode-size> value must be a "
+"power of 2 larger or equal to 128. The larger the I<inode-size> the more "
+"space the inode table will consume, and this reduces the usable space in the "
+"filesystem and can also negatively impact performance. Extended attributes "
+"stored in large inodes are not visible with older kernels, and such "
+"filesystems will not be mountable with 2.4 kernels at all. It is not "
+"possible to change this value after the filesystem is created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:343 original/man8/tune2fs.8:287
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-j>"
+msgstr "B<-j>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:351
+msgid ""
+"Create the filesystem with an ext3 journal. If the B<-J> option is not "
+"specified, the default journal parameters will be used to create an "
+"appropriately sized journal (given the size of the filesystem) stored "
+"within the filesystem. Note that you must be using a kernel which has ext3 "
+"support in order to actually make use of the journal."
+msgstr ""
+"ext3 ジャーナルを持ったファイルシステムを作成する。 B<-J> オプションが指定さ"
+"れていない場合は、 デフォルトのジャーナルパラメータが用いられ、 (ファイルシス"
+"テムのサイズに対して) 適切な大きさのジャーナルを作成して ファイルシステムに格"
+"納する。 実際にジャーナルを利用するためには、 ext3 をサポートしたカーネルが必"
+"要である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:351
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-J>I< journal-options>"
+msgstr "B<-J>I< journal-options>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:357
+msgid ""
+"Create the ext3 journal using options specified on the command-line. "
+"Journal options are comma separated, and may take an argument using the "
+"equals ('=') sign. The following journal options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+"コマンドラインで指定されたオプションを使って ext3 ジャーナルを作成する。 "
+"ジャーナルオプションはコンマで区切り、 引き数がある場合は「= (イコール)」記号"
+"を使って指定する。 以下のオプションがサポートされている:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:358 original/man8/tune2fs.8:328
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<size=>I<journal-size>"
+msgstr "B<size=>I<journal-size>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:367
+msgid ""
+"Create an internal journal (i.e., stored inside the filesystem) of size "
+"I<journal-size> megabytes. The size of the journal must be at least 1024 "
+"filesystem blocks (i.e., 1MB if using 1k blocks, 4MB if using 4k blocks, "
+"etc.) and may be no more than 10,240,000 filesystem blocks or half the "
+"total file system size (whichever is smaller)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:367 original/man8/tune2fs.8:337
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<device=>I<external-journal>"
+msgstr "B<device=>I<external-journal>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:373
+msgid ""
+"Attach the filesystem to the journal block device located on I<external-"
+"journal>. The external journal must already have been created using the "
+"command"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムを I<external-journal> にあるジャーナルブロックデバイスにア"
+"タッチする。 外部ジャーナルは、前もって"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:376 original/man8/tune2fs.8:346
+msgid "B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> I<external-journal>"
+msgstr "B<mke2fs -O journal_dev> I<external-journal>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:386
+msgid ""
+"Note that I<external-journal> must have been created with the same block "
+"size as the new filesystem. In addition, while there is support for "
+"attaching multiple filesystems to a single external journal, the Linux "
+"kernel and B<e2fsck>(8) do not currently support shared external journals "
+"yet."
+msgstr ""
+"コマンドで作成しておかなければならない。 また I<external-journal> は、新しい"
+"ファイルシステムと同じブロックサイズで 作成しなければならない。 さらに、1 つ"
+"の外部ジャーナルに対して 複数ファイルシステムをアタッチすることはサポートされ"
+"ているが、現時点では、 Linux カーネルと B<e2fsck>(8) は外部ジャーナルの共有"
+"をサポートしていない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:400 original/man8/tune2fs.8:370
+msgid ""
+"Instead of specifying a device name directly, I<external-journal> can also "
+"be specified by either B<LABEL=>I<label> or B<UUID=>I<UUID> to locate the "
+"external journal by either the volume label or UUID stored in the ext2 "
+"superblock at the start of the journal. Use B<dumpe2fs>(8) to display a "
+"journal device's volume label and UUID. See also the B<-L> option of "
+"B<tune2fs>(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"デバイス名を直接指定する代わりに、\n"
+"B<LABEL=>I<label> や B<UUID=>I<UUID> という形式で I<external-journal> を指定することもできる。\n"
+"この形式では、外部ジャーナルの場所を、 ジャーナルの先頭の ext2 スーパーブロックに格納されている\n"
+"UUID やボリュームラベルで指定する。 ジャーナルデバイスのボリュームラベルと\n"
+"UUID を表示するには、 B<dumpe2fs>(8) を使うこと。 B<tune2fs>(8) の B<-L> オプションも参照のこと。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:405 original/man8/tune2fs.8:375
+msgid ""
+"Only one of the B<size> or B<device> options can be given for a filesystem."
+msgstr "ひとつのファイルシステムに対しては、 B<size> オプションと B<device> オプションのどちらか一方しか指定できない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:422
+msgid ""
+"Read the bad blocks list from I<filename>. Note that the block numbers in "
+"the bad block list must be generated using the same block size as used by "
+"B<mke2fs>. As a result, the B<-c> option to B<mke2fs> is a much simpler and "
+"less error-prone method of checking a disk for bad blocks before formatting "
+"it, as B<mke2fs> will automatically pass the correct parameters to the "
+"B<badblocks> program."
+msgstr ""
+"不良ブロックのリストを I<filename> から読み込む。このリストのブロック番号"
+"は、 B<mke2fs> の用いるブロックサイズと同じもので作る必要がある。 よって、"
+"フォーマットの前にディスクの不良ブロックをチェックするには、 B<mke2fs> の B<-"
+"c> オプションを用いるほうが、ずっと単純かつ間違いの起こりにくい方法である。 "
+"このオプションを指定すれば、 B<mke2fs> は自動的に正しいパラメータを "
+"B<badblocks> に渡すからである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:422
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< new-volume-label>"
+msgstr "B<-L>I< new-volume-label>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:428
+msgid ""
+"Set the volume label for the filesystem to I<new-volume-label>. The maximum "
+"length of the volume label is 16 bytes."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムのボリュームラベルを I<new-volume-label> に設定する。 ボ"
+"リュームラベルの最大長は 16 バイトである。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:428 original/man8/tune2fs.8:396
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-m>I< reserved-blocks-percentage>"
+msgstr "B<-m>I< reserved-blocks-percentage>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:437
+msgid ""
+"Specify the percentage of the filesystem blocks reserved for the super-"
+"user. This avoids fragmentation, and allows root-owned daemons, such as "
+"B<syslogd>(8), to continue to function correctly after non-privileged "
+"processes are prevented from writing to the filesystem. The default "
+"percentage is 5%."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーユーザのみが利用できる予約ブロックのパーセンテージを指定する。 このオ"
+"プションは断片化を防ぐとともに、 非特権プロセスによるファイルシステムへの書き"
+"込みが防止された後でも、 root が所有する B<syslogd>(8) といったデーモンが正"
+"しく機能し続けるようにする。 デフォルトのパーセンテージは 5% である。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:437 original/man8/tune2fs.8:407
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-M>I< last-mounted-directory>"
+msgstr "B<-M>I< last-mounted-directory>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:442
+msgid ""
+"Set the last mounted directory for the filesystem. This might be useful for "
+"the sake of utilities that key off of the last mounted directory to "
+"determine where the filesystem should be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムに、「最後にマウントされたディレクトリ」を設定する。 ファイル"
+"システムがマウントされたディレクトリを検知して、 どこにファイルシステムをマウ"
+"ントすべきかを決定するような ユーティリティに対して有用。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:455
+msgid ""
+"Causes B<mke2fs> to not actually create a filesystem, but display what it "
+"would do if it were to create a filesystem. This can be used to determine "
+"the location of the backup superblocks for a particular filesystem, so long "
+"as the B<mke2fs> parameters that were passed when the filesystem was "
+"originally created are used again. (With the B<-n> option added, of course!)"
+msgstr ""
+"実際にはファイルシステムを作らないが、 あたかもファイルシステムを作成している"
+"かのように表示を出す。 このオプションは、ある特定のファイルシステムのバック"
+"アップスーパーブロックの 位置を知るのに利用できる。 ただしこの際 B<mke2fs> に"
+"はそのファイルシステムを作ったときと 同じパラメータを渡す必要がある (もちろ"
+"ん B<-n> は加えてよい!)。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:455
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-N>I< number-of-inodes>"
+msgstr "B<-N>I< number-of-inodes>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:463
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the default calculation of the number of inodes that should be "
+"reserved for the filesystem (which is based on the number of blocks and the "
+"I<bytes-per-inode> ratio). This allows the user to specify the number of "
+"desired inodes directly."
+msgstr ""
+"このファイルシステムに作成すべき inode の個数に関するデフォルトの計算値を変更"
+"する (計算値はブロックの個数と I<bytes-per-inode> 比をもとにしている)。 これ"
+"によりユーザが必要な inode の個数を直接指定できる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:463
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o>I< creator-os>"
+msgstr "B<-o>I< creator-os>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:469
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the default value of the \"creator operating system\" field of the "
+"filesystem. The creator field is set by default to the name of the OS the "
+"B<mke2fs> executable was compiled for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:469
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-O >I<feature>[,...]"
+msgstr "B<-O >I<feature>[,...]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:495
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem with the given features (filesystem options), overriding "
+"the default filesystem options. The features that are enabled by default "
+"are specified by the I<base_features> relation, either in the I<[defaults]> "
+"section in the B</etc/mke2fs.conf> configuration file, or in the I<[fs_types]"
+"> subsections for the usage types as specified by the B<-T> option, further "
+"modified by the I<features> relation found in the I<[fs_types]> subsections "
+"for the filesystem and usage types. See the B<mke2fs.conf>(5) manual page "
+"for more details. The filesystem type-specific configuration setting found "
+"in the I<[fs_types]> section will override the global default found in I<"
+"[defaults]>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:503
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem feature set will be further edited using either the feature "
+"set specified by this option, or if this option is not given, by the "
+"I<default_features> relation for the filesystem type being created, or in "
+"the I<[defaults]> section of the configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:508
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem feature set is comprised of a list of features, separated by "
+"commas, that are to be enabled. To disable a feature, simply prefix the "
+"feature name with a caret ('^') character. The pseudo-filesystem feature "
+"\"none\" will clear all filesystem features."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステム属性セットは、 コンマで区切った属性のリストとして構成されてお"
+"り、 これに含まれる属性が有効にされる。 属性を無効にする場合は、単に属性名の"
+"前にキャレット ('^') 文字を置けばよい。 仮想的なファイルシステム属性 \"none"
+"\" は、 全てのファイルシステム属性をクリアする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:509 original/man8/tune2fs.8:510
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dir_index>"
+msgstr "B<dir_index>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:512 original/man8/tune2fs.8:513
+msgid "Use hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories."
+msgstr ""
+"ハッシュ B ツリーを使い、 ファイルが多いディレクトリ内での検索を高速化する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:512
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<extent>"
+msgstr "B<extent>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:518
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using the indirect block scheme for storing the location of data "
+"blocks in an inode, use extents instead. This is a much more efficient "
+"encoding which speeds up filesystem access, especially for large files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:518 original/man8/tune2fs.8:516
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<filetype>"
+msgstr "B<filetype>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:521 original/man8/tune2fs.8:519
+msgid "Store file type information in directory entries."
+msgstr "ディレクトリエントリにファイルタイプ情報を格納する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:521 original/man8/tune2fs.8:519
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<flex_bg>"
+msgstr "B<flex_bg>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:531
+msgid ""
+"Allow the per-block group metadata (allocation bitmaps and inode tables) to "
+"be placed anywhere on the storage media. In addition, B<mke2fs> will place "
+"the per-block group metadata together starting at the first block group of "
+"each \"flex_bg group\". The size of the flex_bg group can be specified "
+"using the B<-G> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:531 original/man8/tune2fs.8:528
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<has_journal>"
+msgstr "B<has_journal>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:536
+msgid "Create an ext3 journal (as if using the B<-j> option)."
+msgstr "(B<-j> オプションを使った場合のように) ext3 ジャーナルを作成する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:536
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_dev>"
+msgstr "B<journal_dev>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:544
+msgid ""
+"Create an external ext3 journal on the given device instead of a regular "
+"ext2 filesystem. Note that I<external-journal> must be created with the "
+"same block size as the filesystems that will be using it."
+msgstr ""
+"ext3 ジャーナルを、通常の ext2 ファイルシステム上にではなく、 指定されたデバ"
+"イス上に作成する。 I<external-journal> は、それが使われるファイルシステムと "
+"同じブロックサイズで作成されなければならない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:544 original/man8/tune2fs.8:534
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<large_file>"
+msgstr "B<large_file>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:548 original/man8/tune2fs.8:538
+msgid ""
+"Filesystem can contain files that are greater than 2GB. (Modern kernels set "
+"this feature automatically when a file E<gt> 2GB is created.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:548
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<quota>"
+msgstr "B<quota>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:553
+msgid ""
+"Create quota inodes (inode# 3 for userquota and inode# 4 for group quota) "
+"and set them in the superblock. With this feature, the quotas will be "
+"enabled automatically when the filesystem is mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:553 original/man8/tune2fs.8:538
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<resize_inode>"
+msgstr "B<resize_inode>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:565
+msgid ""
+"Reserve space so the block group descriptor table may grow in the future. "
+"Useful for online resizing using B<resize2fs>. By default B<mke2fs> will "
+"attempt to reserve enough space so that the filesystem may grow to 1024 "
+"times its initial size. This can be changed using the B<resize> extended "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+"ブロックグループディスクリプタテーブルを 将来大きくできるように、領域を予約し"
+"ておく。 B<resize2fs> を使ってオンラインでサイズ変更をするときに役立つ。 "
+"B<mke2fs> はデフォルトで十分な領域を予約するので、 ファイルシステムは初期サイ"
+"ズの 1024 倍まで大きくできる。 これは B<resize> 拡張オプションを使って変更で"
+"きる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:565 original/man8/tune2fs.8:549
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<sparse_super>"
+msgstr "B<sparse_super>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:569
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem with fewer superblock backup copies (saves space on "
+"large filesystems)."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックのバックアップコピーを少なくした ファイルシステムを作成する "
+"(大きなファイルシステムでは使用量を少なくできる)。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:569 original/man8/tune2fs.8:552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<uninit_bg>"
+msgstr "B<uninit_bg>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:579
+msgid ""
+"Create a filesystem without initializing all of the block groups. This "
+"feature also enables checksums and highest-inode-used statistics in each "
+"blockgroup. This feature can speed up filesystem creation time noticeably "
+"(if lazy_itable_init is enabled), and can also reduce B<e2fsck> time "
+"dramatically. It is only supported by the ext4 filesystem in recent Linux "
+"kernels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:580
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-q>"
+msgstr "B<-q>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:585
+msgid "Quiet execution. Useful if B<mke2fs> is run in a script."
+msgstr "表示を抑制する。 B<mke2fs> をスクリプト内で実行する場合に有用。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:585
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>I< revision>"
+msgstr "B<-r>I< revision>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:590
+msgid ""
+"Set the filesystem revision for the new filesystem. Note that 1.2 kernels "
+"only support revision 0 filesystems. The default is to create revision 1 "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"新しいファイルシステムに対してファイルシステムリビジョンを設定する。 1.2 系の"
+"カーネルはリビジョン 0 のファイルシステムにしか対応していない。 デフォルトで"
+"はリビジョン 1 のファイルシステムを作成する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-S>"
+msgstr "B<-S>"
+
+#. .TP
+#. .BI \-t " test"
+#. Check the device for bad blocks before creating the file system
+#. using the specified test.
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:608
+msgid ""
+"Write superblock and group descriptors only. This is useful if all of the "
+"superblock and backup superblocks are corrupted, and a last-ditch recovery "
+"method is desired. It causes B<mke2fs> to reinitialize the superblock and "
+"group descriptors, while not touching the inode table and the block and "
+"inode bitmaps. The B<e2fsck> program should be run immediately after this "
+"option is used, and there is no guarantee that any data will be "
+"salvageable. It is critical to specify the correct filesystem blocksize "
+"when using this option, or there is no chance of recovery."
+msgstr ""
+"スーパーブロックとグループディスクリプタのみを書き出す。 スーパーブロックもそ"
+"のバックアップも壊れてしまい、 復旧の最終手段が必要な場合に有用。 このオプ"
+"ションを使用すると mke2fs はスーパーブロックとグループディスクリプタを再初期"
+"化する。 inode テーブルとブロックそのものと inode ビットマップには手をつけな"
+"い。 このオプションを使用した場合、ただちに B<e2fsck> プログラムを使用しなけ"
+"ればならない。 また、データが救済されるかどうかは保証の限りではない。 このオ"
+"プションを使う際には、現在のファイルシステムの ブロックサイズを指定することが"
+"重要である。 さもなければ、復帰できる見込みはない。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:608
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-t>I< fs-type>"
+msgstr "B<-t>I< fs-type>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:622
+msgid ""
+"Specify the filesystem type (i.e., ext2, ext3, ext4, etc.) that is to be "
+"created. If this option is not specified, B<mke2fs> will pick a default "
+"either via how the command was run (for example, using a name of the form "
+"mkfs.ext2, mkfs.ext3, etc.) or via a default as defined by the B</etc/mke2fs."
+"conf>(5) file. This option controls which filesystem options are used by "
+"default, based on the B<fstypes> configuration stanza in B</etc/mke2fs.conf>"
+"(5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:634
+msgid ""
+"If the B<-O> option is used to explicitly add or remove filesystem options "
+"that should be set in the newly created filesystem, the resulting filesystem "
+"may not be supported by the requested I<fs-type>. (e.g., \"B<mke2fs -t ext3 "
+"-O extent /dev/sdXX>\" will create a filesystem that is not supported by the "
+"ext3 implementation as found in the Linux kernel; and \"B<mke2fs -t ext3 -O "
+"^has_journal /dev/hdXX>\" will create a filesystem that does not have a "
+"journal and hence will not be supported by the ext3 filesystem code in the "
+"Linux kernel.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< usage-type[,...]>"
+msgstr "B<-T>I< usage-type[,...]>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:643
+msgid ""
+"Specify how the filesystem is going to be used, so that B<mke2fs> can choose "
+"optimal filesystem parameters for that use. The usage types that are "
+"supported are defined in the configuration file B</etc/mke2fs.conf>(5). The "
+"user may specify one or more usage types using a comma separated list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:669
+msgid ""
+"If this option is is not specified, B<mke2fs> will pick a single default "
+"usage type based on the size of the filesystem to be created. If the "
+"filesystem size is less than or equal to 3 megabytes, B<mke2fs> will use the "
+"filesystem type I<floppy>. If the filesystem size is greater than 3 but "
+"less than or equal to 512 megabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem "
+"type I<small>. If the filesystem size is greater than or equal to 4 "
+"terabytes but less than 16 terabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem "
+"type I<big>. If the filesystem size is greater than or equal to 16 "
+"terabytes, B<mke2fs>(8) will use the filesystem type I<huge>. Otherwise, "
+"B<mke2fs>(8) will use the default filesystem type I<default>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:669 original/man8/tune2fs.8:624
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-U>I< UUID>"
+msgstr "B<-U>I< UUID>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:672
+msgid "Create the filesystem with the specified UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:675
+msgid "Verbose execution."
+msgstr "詳細な表示をする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:680
+msgid "Print the version number of B<mke2fs> and exit."
+msgstr "B<mke2fs> のバージョンを表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:680
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:681
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_SYNC>"
+msgstr "B<MKE2FS_SYNC>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:686
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine how often "
+"B<sync>(2) is called during inode table initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:686
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_CONFIG>"
+msgstr "B<MKE2FS_CONFIG>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:690
+msgid ""
+"Determines the location of the configuration file (see B<mke2fs.conf>(5))."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:690
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_FIRST_META_BG>"
+msgstr "B<MKE2FS_FIRST_META_BG>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:694
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine first meta "
+"block group. This is mostly for debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:694
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_DEVICE_SECTSIZE>"
+msgstr "B<MKE2FS_DEVICE_SECTSIZE>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:699
+msgid ""
+"If set to non-zero integer value, its value is used to determine physical "
+"sector size of the I<device>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:699
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<MKE2FS_SKIP_CHECK_MSG>"
+msgstr "B<MKE2FS_SKIP_CHECK_MSG>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:703
+msgid ""
+"If set, do not show the message of filesystem automatic check caused by "
+"mount count or check interval."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:707
+msgid ""
+"This version of B<mke2fs> has been written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit."
+"eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"このバージョンの B<mke2fs> は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> によって"
+"作成された。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:713
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> accepts the B<-f> option but currently ignores it because the "
+"second extended file system does not support fragments yet."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mke2fs> には B<-f> オプションを付けることができるが、現時点では無視され"
+"る。 現時点の ext2 ファイルシステムはフラグメントに対応していないからである。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:715
+msgid "There may be other ones. Please, report them to the author."
+msgstr "たぶん他にもあるだろう。見つけたら作者に連絡してほしい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:719
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mke2fs> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge."
+"net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mke2fs.8:724
+msgid ""
+"B<mke2fs.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<tune2fs>"
+"(8)"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mke2fs.conf>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<tune2fs>"
+"(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MKLOST+FOUND"
+msgstr "MKLOST+FOUND"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:9
+msgid ""
+"mklost+found - create a lost+found directory on a mounted Linux second "
+"extended file system"
+msgstr ""
+"mklost+found - マウントされている Linux 第 2 拡張ファイルシステムに lost"
+"+found ディレクトリを作成する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:11
+msgid "B<mklost+found>"
+msgstr "B<mklost+found>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:19
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> is used to create a I<lost+found> directory in the current "
+"working directory on a Linux second extended file system. There is normally "
+"a I<lost+found> directory in the root directory of each filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mklost+found> は、Linux 第 2 拡張ファイルシステム上にある現在のディレクトリ"
+"に I<lost+found> ディレクトリを作成するために用いられる。 通常それぞれのファ"
+"イルシステムのルートディレクトリには I<lost+found> ディレクトリがおかれる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:29
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> pre-allocates disk blocks to the I<lost+found> directory so "
+"that when B<e2fsck>(8) is being run to recover a filesystem, it does not "
+"need to allocate blocks in the filesystem to store a large number of "
+"unlinked files. This ensures that B<e2fsck> will not have to allocate data "
+"blocks in the filesystem during recovery."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mklost+found> はディスクブロックをディレクトリに前もって割り当てる。 これに"
+"よって、 B<e2sfsck>(8) がファイルシステム回復のために起動されたとき、 "
+"unlink された多数のファイルを保存するためのブロックを ファイルシステムに割り"
+"当てる必要がなくなる。 したがって B<e2fsck> がファイルシステムの回復の最中に"
+"データブロックを割り当てなくても良くなる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:31
+msgid "There are none."
+msgstr "ない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:35
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> has been written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux."
+"orgE<gt>. It is currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum."
+"mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mklost+found> は Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> によって作成され"
+"た。 現在は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> によってメンテナンスさ"
+"れている。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:37
+msgid "There are none :-)"
+msgstr "ない :-)"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/mklost+found.8:41
+msgid ""
+"B<mklost+found> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mklost+found> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs."
+"sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "RESIZE2FS"
+msgstr "RESIZE2FS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:8
+msgid "resize2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 file system resizer"
+msgstr "resize2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムのサイズを変更する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<resize2fs> [ B<-fFpPM> ] [ B<-d> I<debug-flags> ] [ B<-S> I<RAID-stride> ] "
+"I<device> [ I<size> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<resize2fs> [ B<-fFpPM> ] [ B<-d> I<debug-flags> ] [ B<-S> I<RAID-stride> ] "
+"I<device> [ I<size> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:35
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program will resize ext2, ext3, or ext4 file systems. It "
+"can be used to enlarge or shrink an unmounted file system located on "
+"I<device>. If the filesystem is mounted, it can be used to expand the size "
+"of the mounted filesystem, assuming the kernel supports on-line resizing. "
+"(As of this writing, the Linux 2.6 kernel supports on-line resize for "
+"filesystems mounted using ext3 and ext4.)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<resize2fs> は ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムのサイズを変更する。\n"
+"このコマンドを使うと、I<device> にあるアンマウントされたファイルシステムを\n"
+"拡大または縮小することができる。ファイルシステムがマウントされている場合に"
+"は、\n"
+"カーネルがオンラインでのサイズ変更をサポートしていると仮定して、\n"
+"マウントされているファイルシステムのサイズを拡大する。\n"
+"(この man ページを書いている時点では、Linux 2.6 カーネルで\n"
+"マウントされているファイルシステムのオンラインでのサイズ変更が\n"
+"サポートされているのは、ext3 と ext4 である)。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:53
+msgid ""
+"The I<size> parameter specifies the requested new size of the filesystem. "
+"If no units are specified, the units of the I<size> parameter shall be the "
+"filesystem blocksize of the filesystem. Optionally, the I<size> parameter "
+"may be suffixed by one of the following the units designators: 's', 'K', "
+"'M', or 'G', for 512 byte sectors, kilobytes, megabytes, or gigabytes, "
+"respectively. The I<size> of the filesystem may never be larger than the "
+"size of the partition. If I<size> parameter is not specified, it will "
+"default to the size of the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"I<size> パラメータには希望するファイルシステムの新しいサイズを指定する。 単位"
+"が指定されない場合、 I<size> パラメータの単位はファイルシステムのブロックサイ"
+"ズとなる。 I<size> パラメータにはオプションとして 以下の単位指定文字を後ろに"
+"付けることができる。 \\&'s', 'K', 'M', 'G' は、それぞれ 512 バイトセクタ、 キ"
+"ロバイト、メガバイト、ギガバイトを表す。 ファイルシステムの I<size> は、パー"
+"ティションのサイズより大きくすることはできない。 I<size> パラメータが指定され"
+"ない場合、 パーティションのサイズをデフォルトとする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:61
+msgid ""
+"Note: when kilobytes is used above, I mean I<real>, power-of-2 kilobytes, (i."
+"e., 1024 bytes), which some politically correct folks insist should be the "
+"stupid-sounding ``kibibytes''. The same holds true for megabytes, also "
+"sometimes known as ``mebibytes'', or gigabytes, as the amazingly silly "
+"``gibibytes''. Makes you want to gibber, doesn't it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:80
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program does not manipulate the size of partitions. If you "
+"wish to enlarge a filesystem, you must make sure you can expand the size of "
+"the underlying partition first. This can be done using B<fdisk>(8) by "
+"deleting the partition and recreating it with a larger size or using "
+"B<lvextend>(8), if you're using the logical volume manager B<lvm>(8). When "
+"recreating the partition, make sure you create it with the same starting "
+"disk cylinder as before! Otherwise, the resize operation will certainly not "
+"work, and you may lose your entire filesystem. After running B<fdisk>(8), "
+"run resize2fs to resize the ext2 filesystem to use all of the space in the "
+"newly enlarged partition."
+msgstr ""
+"B<resize2fs> プログラムは、パーティションのサイズは操作しない。\n"
+"ファイルシステムを大きくしようとする場合は、そのファイルシステムがある\n"
+"パーティションのサイズを大きくできるかを必ず確認すること。\n"
+"これは、 B<fdisk>(8) を使ってパーティションを削除した後により大きなパーティ"
+"ションを\n"
+"再作成することで確認できるし、論理ボリュームマネージャ B<lvm>(8) を使ってい"
+"る場合は、\n"
+"B<lvextend>(8) を使って確認できる。\n"
+"パーティションを再作成する場合、 必ず以前と同じ開始ディスクシリンダで作成する"
+"こと!\n"
+"そうしないと、サイズ変更の操作は確実にうまく行かず、\n"
+"ファイルシステム全体を失ってしまうことになる。\n"
+"B<fdisk>(8) を実行した後に、resize2fs を実行して、ext2 ファイルシステムのサイ"
+"ズを変更すること。\n"
+"こうすることで、拡大した新しいパーティションの全ての領域を使えるようになる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:88
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to shrink an ext2 partition, first use B<resize2fs> to shrink "
+"the size of filesystem. Then you may use B<fdisk>(8) to shrink the size of "
+"the partition. When shrinking the size of the partition, make sure you do "
+"not make it smaller than the new size of the ext2 filesystem!"
+msgstr ""
+"ext2 パーティションを小さくしようとする場合には、 最初に B<resize2fs> を使っ"
+"てファイルシステムのサイズを小さくする。 続いて B<fdisk>(8) を使えばパーティ"
+"ションのサイズを小さくできる。 パーティションのサイズを小さくするときは、 新"
+"しい ext2 ファイルシステムのサイズより小さくしないこと!"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:89
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-d >I<debug-flags>"
+msgstr "B<-d >I<debug-flags>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:96
+msgid ""
+"Turns on various resize2fs debugging features, if they have been compiled "
+"into the binary. I<debug-flags> should be computed by adding the numbers of "
+"the desired features from the following list:"
+msgstr ""
+"resize2fs のいろいろなデバッグ属性がプログラムに組み込まれている場合、 それら"
+"の属性を設定する。 I<debug-flags> は以下のリストのうち希望する属性値を足して"
+"計算する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:98
+msgid "\\\t2\\\t-\\ Debug block relocations"
+msgstr "\\\t2\\\t-\\ ブロックの再割り当てをデバッグする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:100
+msgid "\\\t4\\\t-\\ Debug inode relocations"
+msgstr "\\\t4\\\t-\\ inode の再割り当てをデバッグする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:102
+msgid "\\\t8\\\t-\\ Debug moving the inode table"
+msgstr "\\\t8\\\t-\\ inode テーブルの移動をデバッグする。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:106
+msgid ""
+"Forces resize2fs to proceed with the filesystem resize operation, overriding "
+"some safety checks which resize2fs normally enforces."
+msgstr ""
+"resize2fs が通常行う安全性チェックを無視させて、 ファイルシステムのサイズ変更"
+"操作を強制的に進める。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:112
+msgid ""
+"Flush the filesystem device's buffer caches before beginning. Only really "
+"useful for doing B<resize2fs> time trials."
+msgstr ""
+"サイズ変更を始める前に、 ファイルシステムデバイスのバッファキャッシュを消去す"
+"る。 B<resize2fs> のタイムトライアルをする場合にのみ役立つ。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:115
+msgid "Shrink the filesystem to the minimum size."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムを最小サイズまで縮小する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:121
+msgid ""
+"Prints out a percentage completion bars for each B<resize2fs> operation "
+"during an offline resize, so that the user can keep track of what the "
+"program is doing."
+msgstr ""
+"オフラインでのリサイズ時の B<resize2fs> の各操作について、作業完了分のパーセ"
+"ントを表すバーを表示する。 これによりユーザーはプログラムの動作を追うことがで"
+"きる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:124
+msgid "Print the minimum size of the filesystem and exit."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムの最小サイズを表示して終了する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:124
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-S >I<RAID-stride>"
+msgstr "B<-S >I<RAID-stride>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:131
+msgid ""
+"The B<resize2fs> program will heuristically determine the RAID stride that "
+"was specified when the filesystem was created. This option allows the user "
+"to explicitly specify a RAID stride setting to be used by resize2fs instead."
+msgstr ""
+"B<resize2fs> プログラムは、ファイルシステムが作成されたときに指定された RAID "
+"stride をヒューリスティック (heuristic) に基づいて決定する。 一方、このオプ"
+"ションにより、ユーザは resize2fs で使用される RAID stride 設定を明示的に指定"
+"することができる。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:131
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "KNOWN BUGS"
+msgstr "既知のバグ"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:134
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size of the filesystem as estimated by resize2fs may be "
+"incorrect, especially for filesystems with 1k and 2k blocksizes."
+msgstr ""
+"resize2fs が推定するファイルシステムの最小サイズは正しくないことがある。\n"
+"特にブロックサイズが 1k か 2k の場合に顕著である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:137
+msgid "B<resize2fs> was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr "B<resize2fs> は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> が作成した。"
+
+#. type: SH
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "著作権"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:143
+msgid ""
+"Resize2fs is Copyright 1998 by Theodore Ts'o and PowerQuest, Inc. All "
+"rights reserved. As of April, 2000 B<Resize2fs> may be redistributed under "
+"the terms of the GPL."
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright 1998 by Theodore Ts'o and PowerQuest, Inc. All rights reserved.\n"
+"2000 年 4 月の時点では、 B<resize2fs> は GPL の下で再配布可能である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/resize2fs.8:148
+msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<lvm>(8), B<lvextend>(8)"
+msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<lvm>(8), B<lvextend>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "TUNE2FS"
+msgstr "TUNE2FS"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:8
+msgid ""
+"tune2fs - adjust tunable filesystem parameters on ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystems"
+msgstr "tune2fs - ext2/ext3/ext4 ファイルシステムのパラメータを調整する"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:93
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> [ B<-l> ] [ B<-c> I<max-mount-counts> ] [ B<-e> I<errors-"
+"behavior> ] [ B<-f> ] [ B<-i> I<interval-between-checks> ] [ B<-j> ] [ B<-J> "
+"I<journal-options> ] [ B<-m> I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ B<-o> [^]"
+"mount-optionsI<[,...]> ] [ B<-r> I<reserved-blocks-count> ] [ B<-s> I<sparse-"
+"super-flag> ] [ B<-u> I<user> ] [ B<-g> I<group> ] [ B<-C> I<mount-count> ] "
+"[ B<-E> I<extended-options> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-name> ] [ B<-M> I<last-"
+"mounted-directory> ] [ B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...] ] [ B<-Q> I<quota-"
+"options> ] [ [ B<-T> I<time-last-checked> ] [ B<-U> I<UUID> ] device"
+msgstr ""
+"B<tune2fs> [ B<-l> ] [ B<-c> I<max-mount-counts> ] [ B<-e> I<errors-"
+"behavior> ] [ B<-f> ] [ B<-i> I<interval-between-checks> ] [ B<-j> ] [ B<-J> "
+"I<journal-options> ] [ B<-m> I<reserved-blocks-percentage> ] [ B<-o> [^]"
+"mount-optionsI<[,...]> ] [ B<-r> I<reserved-blocks-count> ] [ B<-s> I<sparse-"
+"super-flag> ] [ B<-u> I<user> ] [ B<-g> I<group> ] [ B<-C> I<mount-count> ] "
+"[ B<-E> I<extended-options> ] [ B<-L> I<volume-name> ] [ B<-M> I<last-"
+"mounted-directory> ] [ B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...] ] [ B<-Q> I<quota-"
+"options> ] [ [ B<-T> I<time-last-checked> ] [ B<-U> I<UUID> ] device"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:104
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> allows the system administrator to adjust various tunable "
+"filesystem parameters on Linux ext2, ext3, or ext4 filesystems. The current "
+"values of these options can be displayed by using the B<-l> option to "
+"B<tune2fs>(8) program, or by using the B<dumpe2fs>(8) program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:110
+msgid ""
+"The I<device> specifer can either be a filename (i.e., /dev/sda1), or a "
+"LABEL or UUID specifer: \"B<LABEL=>I<volume-name>\" or \"B<UUID=>I<uuid>\". "
+"(i.e., LABEL=home or UUID=e40486c6-84d5-4f2f-b99c-032281799c9d)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:111
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-c>I< max-mount-counts>"
+msgstr "B<-c>I< max-mount-counts>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:121
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the number of mounts after which the filesystem will be checked by "
+"B<e2fsck>(8). If I<max-mount-counts> is 0 or -1, the number of times the "
+"filesystem is mounted will be disregarded by B<e2fsck>(8) and the kernel."
+msgstr ""
+"B<e2fsck>(8) がファイルシステムのチェックを行うマウント回数を設定する。 "
+"I<max-mount-counts> が 0 または -1 の場合、 B<e2fsck>(8) とカーネルはファイ"
+"ルシステムのマウント回数を考慮しない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:125
+msgid ""
+"Staggering the mount-counts at which filesystems are forcibly checked will "
+"avoid all filesystems being checked at one time when using journaled "
+"filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"ジャーナリングファイルシステムを使っている場合、 ファイルシステムを強制的に"
+"チェックするマウント回数を ファイルシステムごとにちょっとずつ変えておけば、 "
+"すべてのファイルがいっぺんにまとめてチェックされるのを 避けることができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:136
+msgid ""
+"You should strongly consider the consequences of disabling mount-count-"
+"dependent checking entirely. Bad disk drives, cables, memory, and kernel "
+"bugs could all corrupt a filesystem without marking the filesystem dirty or "
+"in error. If you are using journaling on your filesystem, your filesystem "
+"will B<never> be marked dirty, so it will not normally be checked. A "
+"filesystem error detected by the kernel will still force an fsck on the next "
+"reboot, but it may already be too late to prevent data loss at that point."
+msgstr ""
+"マウント回数に依存したチェックを完全に停止してしまうなら、\n"
+"その影響を慎重に考えておくべきである。\n"
+"ディスクドライブ、ケーブル、メモリの故障やカーネルのバグによって、\n"
+"マークされたりエラーが出ることもなく、ファイルシステムが破壊されることもあり"
+"得る。\n"
+"ファイルシステムにジャーナリング機能を使っていると、ファイルシステムに\n"
+"壊れたというマークが付けられることは B<絶対にない> ので、\n"
+"通常ジャーナリングファイルシステムはチェックされない。\n"
+"この場合でも、カーネルがファイルシステムエラーを検知すれば、\n"
+"次のブート時に fsck が実行されるが、\n"
+"この時点ではデータ喪失を防ぐにはもう遅すぎるかもしれない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:140
+msgid "See also the B<-i> option for time-dependent checking."
+msgstr "時間に依存したチェックを行う B<-i> オプションも参照すること。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:140
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-C>I< mount-count>"
+msgstr "B<-C>I< mount-count>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:149
+msgid ""
+"Set the number of times the filesystem has been mounted. If set to a "
+"greater value than the max-mount-counts parameter set by the B<-c> option, "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) will check the filesystem at the next reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムがマウントされた回数を設定する。 B<-c> オプションで設定された"
+"最大マウント回数の パラメータより大きな値が設定されると、 B<e2fsck>(8) は次"
+"のブート時に、そのファイルシステムをチェックする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:149
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-e>I< error-behavior>"
+msgstr "B<-e>I< error-behavior>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:157
+msgid ""
+"Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected. In all "
+"cases, a filesystem error will cause B<e2fsck>(8) to check the filesystem "
+"on the next boot. I<error-behavior> can be one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"エラーが発生した時のカーネルの挙動を変更する。 いずれにしてもファイルシステム"
+"にエラーが起こると、 次のブート時には必ず B<e2fsck>(8) がそのファイルシステ"
+"ムをチェックする。 I<error-behavior> に指定できるのは次の通り。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:158
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<continue>"
+msgstr "B<continue>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:161
+msgid "Continue normal execution."
+msgstr "通常の実行を継続する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:161
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<remount-ro>"
+msgstr "B<remount-ro>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:164
+msgid "Remount filesystem read-only."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムを read-only でマウントしなおす。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<panic>"
+msgstr "B<panic>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:167
+msgid "Cause a kernel panic."
+msgstr "カーネルパニックを起こす。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:173
+msgid ""
+"Set extended options for the filesystem. Extended options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The "
+"following extended options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:174
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<clear_mmp>"
+msgstr "B<clear_mmp>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:179
+msgid ""
+"Reset the MMP block (if any) back to the clean state. Use only if "
+"absolutely certain the device is not currently mounted or being fscked, or "
+"major filesystem corruption can result. Needs '-f'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:199
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stride-size> filesystem "
+"blocks. This is the number of blocks read or written to disk before moving "
+"to next disk. This mostly affects placement of filesystem metadata like "
+"bitmaps at B<mke2fs>(2) time to avoid placing them on a single disk, which "
+"can hurt the performance. It may also be used by block allocator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:207
+msgid ""
+"Configure the filesystem for a RAID array with I<stripe-width> filesystem "
+"blocks per stripe. This is typically be stride-size * N, where N is the "
+"number of data disks in the RAID (e.g. RAID 5 N+1, RAID 6 N+2). This allows "
+"the block allocator to prevent read-modify-write of the parity in a RAID "
+"stripe if possible when the data is written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:207
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<hash_alg=>I<hash-alg>"
+msgstr "B<hash_alg=>I<hash-alg>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:215
+msgid ""
+"Set the default hash algorithm used for filesystems with hashed b-tree "
+"directories. Valid algorithms accepted are: I<legacy>, I<half_md4>, and "
+"I<tea>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:215
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mount_opts=>I<mount_option_string>"
+msgstr "B<mount_opts=>I<mount_option_string>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:225
+msgid ""
+"Set a set of default mount options which will be used when the file system "
+"is mounted. Unlike the bitmask-based default mount options which can be "
+"specified with the B<-o> option, I<mount_option_string> is an arbitrary "
+"string with a maximum length of 63 bytes, which is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:232
+msgid ""
+"The ext4 file system driver will first apply the bitmask-based default "
+"options, and then parse the I<mount_option_string>, before parsing the mount "
+"options passed from the B<mount>(8) program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:235
+msgid ""
+"This superblock setting is only honored in 2.6.35+ kernels; and not at all "
+"by the ext2 and ext3 file system drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:239
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<^test_fs>"
+msgstr "B<^test_fs>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:243
+msgid ""
+"Clear the test_fs flag, indicating the filesystem should only be mounted "
+"using production-level filesystem code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:253
+msgid ""
+"Force the tune2fs operation to complete even in the face of errors. This "
+"option is useful when removing the B<has_journal> filesystem feature from a "
+"filesystem which has an external journal (or is corrupted such that it "
+"appears to have an external journal), but that external journal is not "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+"エラーが起きたときでも tune2fs に動作を完了させる。 このオプションは、外部"
+"ジャーナルを使っているファイルシステム (あるいは壊れてそう見えるようになって"
+"しまったファイルシステム) から、 外部ジャーナルが見えない場合に "
+"B<has_journal> ファイルシステム属性を削除するのに便利である。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:258
+msgid ""
+"B<WARNING:> Removing an external journal from a filesystem which was not "
+"cleanly unmounted without first replaying the external journal can result in "
+"severe data loss and filesystem corruption."
+msgstr ""
+"B<警告:> クリーンにアンマウントされなかったファイルシステムに対して ジャーナ"
+"ルを一度もリプレイしないまま、 その外部ジャーナルをファイルシステムから切り離"
+"してしまうと、 重大なデータ喪失やファイルシステムの破壊をもたらすかもしれな"
+"い。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:258
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-g>I< group>"
+msgstr "B<-g>I< group>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:265
+msgid ""
+"Set the group which can use the reserved filesystem blocks. The I<group> "
+"parameter can be a numerical gid or a group name. If a group name is given, "
+"it is converted to a numerical gid before it is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+"予約 (reserved) ファイルシステムブロックを利用できるグループを設定する。 "
+"I<group> パラメータには GID を数値で指定することも、グループ名を指定すること"
+"もできる。 グループ名が指定された場合は、スーパーブロックに格納される前に "
+"GID の数値に変換される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:265
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-i >I<interval-between-checks>[B<d>|B<m>|B<w>]"
+msgstr "B<-i >I<interval-between-checks>[B<d>|B<m>|B<w>]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:277
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the maximal time between two filesystem checks. No suffix or B<d> "
+"will interpret the number I<interval-between-checks> as days, B<m> as "
+"months, and B<w> as weeks. A value of zero will disable the time-dependent "
+"checking."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムをチェックする最大の時間間隔を設定する。 数値のみ、もしくは末"
+"尾に B<d> を付けると I<interval-between-checks> は「日」と解釈され、 B<m>, "
+"B<w> はそれぞれ「月」「週」と解釈される。 0 を指定すると、時間依存のチェック"
+"はしなくなる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:287
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly recommended that either B<-c> (mount-count-dependent) or B<-"
+"i> (time-dependent) checking be enabled to force periodic full B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"checking of the filesystem. Failure to do so may lead to filesystem "
+"corruption (due to bad disks, cables, memory, or kernel bugs) going "
+"unnoticed, ultimately resulting in data loss or corruption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:295
+msgid ""
+"Add an ext3 journal to the filesystem. If the B<-J> option is not "
+"specified, the default journal parameters will be used to create an "
+"appropriately sized journal (given the size of the filesystem) stored "
+"within the filesystem. Note that you must be using a kernel which has ext3 "
+"support in order to actually make use of the journal."
+msgstr ""
+"ext3 ジャーナルをファイルシステムに追加する。 -J オプションが指定されていない"
+"場合は、 デフォルトのジャーナルパラメータが用いられ、 (ファイルシステムのサイ"
+"ズに対して) 適切な大きさのジャーナルを作成してファイルシステムに格納する。 "
+"ジャーナルを実際に使用するためには、 ext3 をサポートするカーネルが必要であ"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:314
+msgid ""
+"If this option is used to create a journal on a mounted filesystem, an "
+"immutable file, B<.journal>, will be created in the top-level directory of "
+"the filesystem, as it is the only safe way to create the journal inode while "
+"the filesystem is mounted. While the ext3 journal is visible, it is not "
+"safe to delete it, or modify it while the filesystem is mounted; for this "
+"reason the file is marked immutable. While checking unmounted filesystems, "
+"B<e2fsck>(8) will automatically move B<.journal> files to the invisible, "
+"reserved journal inode. For all filesystems except for the root filesystem, "
+"this should happen automatically and naturally during the next reboot "
+"cycle. Since the root filesystem is mounted read-only, B<e2fsck>(8) must "
+"be run from a rescue floppy in order to effect this transition."
+msgstr ""
+"このオプションを使用して、 マウントされたファイルシステム上にジャーナルを作成"
+"すると、 不変 (immutable) ファイル B<.journal> がファイルシステムのトップディ"
+"レクトリに作成される。 これはファイルシステムがマウントされている間に ジャー"
+"ナル inode を安全に作成する唯一の方法だからである。 ext3 ジャーナルは可視であ"
+"るが、 ファイルシステムがマウントされている間に 削除したり修正したりするのは"
+"安全ではない。 そのためジャーナルファイルは不変にされている。 アンマウントさ"
+"れたファイルシステムをチェックする場合、 B<e2fsck>(8) は自動的に B<."
+"journal> ファイルを可視でない予約済みジャーナル inode に移動する。 ルートファ"
+"イルシステム以外の全てのファイルシステムに対して、 次のリブートサイクルで、こ"
+"れが自動的に当然行われるべきである。 ルートファイルシステムは read-only でマ"
+"ウントされるので、 この遷移を有効にするためには、 B<e2fsck>(8) をレスキュー"
+"用フロッピーから実行しなければならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:322
+msgid ""
+"On some distributions, such as Debian, if an initial ramdisk is used, the "
+"initrd scripts will automatically convert an ext2 root filesystem to ext3 if "
+"the B</etc/fstab> file specifies the ext3 filesystem for the root filesystem "
+"in order to avoid requiring the use of a rescue floppy to add an ext3 "
+"journal to the root filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Debian のようないくつかのディストリビューションでは、 レスキュー用フロッピー"
+"を使って ext3 ジャーナルを ルートファイルシステムに追加する必要がないよう"
+"に、 B</etc/fstab> ファイルで ext3 ファイルシステムをルートファイルシステムに"
+"指定しておくと、 初期 RAM ディスクが使用されたときに、 initrd スクリプトが自"
+"動的に ext2 ルートファイルシステムを ext3 に変換する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:322
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-J> journal-options"
+msgstr "B<-J> journal-options"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:327
+msgid ""
+"Override the default ext3 journal parameters. Journal options are comma "
+"separated, and may take an argument using the equals ('=') sign. The "
+"following journal options are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+"デフォルトの ext3 ジャーナルパラメータを変更する。 ジャーナルオプションはコン"
+"マで区切り、引き数がある場合には 「= (イコール)」記号を使って指定する。 以下"
+"のジャーナルオプションがサポートされている:"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:337
+msgid ""
+"Create a journal stored in the filesystem of size I<journal-size> "
+"megabytes. The size of the journal must be at least 1024 filesystem blocks "
+"(i.e., 1MB if using 1k blocks, 4MB if using 4k blocks, etc.) and may be no "
+"more than 102,400 filesystem blocks. There must be enough free space in the "
+"filesystem to create a journal of that size."
+msgstr ""
+"サイズ I<journal-size> メガバイトのジャーナルを作成してファイルシステムに格納"
+"する。 ジャーナルのサイズは最低 1024 ファイルシステムブロックである (例えば、"
+"1kB のブロックを使っている場合は 1 MB、 4kB のブロックを使っている場合は 4 "
+"MB である)。 また、ファイルシステムブロックは 102,400 未満でなければならな"
+"い。 ファイルシステムには、指定したサイズのジャーナルを作成するために 十分な"
+"空きスペースがなくてはならない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:343
+msgid ""
+"Attach the filesystem to the journal block device located on I<external-"
+"journal>. The external journal must have been already created using the "
+"command"
+msgstr ""
+"I<external-journal> にあるジャーナルブロックデバイスにファイルシステムを付加"
+"する。 外部ジャーナルは、コマンド"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:356
+msgid ""
+"Note that I<external-journal> must be formatted with the same block size as "
+"filesystems which will be using it. In addition, while there is support for "
+"attaching multiple filesystems to a single external journal, the Linux "
+"kernel and B<e2fsck>(8) do not currently support shared external journals "
+"yet."
+msgstr ""
+"を使い、前もって作成されていなければならない。 I<external-journal> は、それを"
+"使うファイルシステムと同じブロックサイズで フォーマットされていなければならな"
+"い。 1 つの外部ジャーナルに複数のファイルシステムを付加することは、 (訳注: "
+"ファイルシステム自体では) サポートしているが、 Linux カーネルと B<e2fsck>"
+"(8) は現在のところ共有外部ジャーナルをサポートしていない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:379
+msgid ""
+"List the contents of the filesystem superblock, including the current values "
+"of the parameters that can be set via this program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:379
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-L>I< volume-label>"
+msgstr "B<-L>I< volume-label>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:396
+msgid ""
+"Set the volume label of the filesystem. Ext2 filesystem labels can be at "
+"most 16 characters long; if I<volume-label> is longer than 16 characters, "
+"B<tune2fs> will truncate it and print a warning. The volume label can be "
+"used by B<mount>(8), B<fsck>(8), and B</etc/fstab>(5) (and possibly others) "
+"by specifying B<LABEL=>I<volume_label> instead of a block special device "
+"name like B</dev/hda5>."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムのボリュームラベルを設定する。 ext2 ファイルシステムラベルは"
+"最大 16 文字まで指定できる。 I<volume-label> が 16 文字より長いと B<tune2fs> "
+"は超過分を切捨て、警告メッセージを出力する。 ボリュームラベルは B<mount>(8), "
+"B<fsck>(8), B</etc/fstab>(5) (まだあるかも) において、 B</dev/hda5> のような"
+"ブロックスペシャルデバイス名の代わりに、 B<LABEL=>I<volume_label> という形式"
+"で指定して使うことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:407
+msgid ""
+"Set the percentage of the filesystem which may only be allocated by "
+"privileged processes. Reserving some number of filesystem blocks for use by "
+"privileged processes is done to avoid filesystem fragmentation, and to allow "
+"system daemons, such as B<syslogd>(8), to continue to function correctly "
+"after non-privileged processes are prevented from writing to the "
+"filesystem. Normally, the default percentage of reserved blocks is 5%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:410
+msgid "Set the last-mounted directory for the filesystem."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムを最後にマウントしたディレクトリを設定する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:410
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-o> [^]I<mount-option>[,...]"
+msgstr "B<-o> [^]I<mount-option>[,...]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:421
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear the indicated default mount options in the filesystem. Default "
+"mount options can be overridden by mount options specified either in B</etc/"
+"fstab>(5) or on the command line arguments to B<mount>(8). Older kernels "
+"may not support this feature; in particular, kernels which predate 2.4.20 "
+"will almost certainly ignore the default mount options field in the "
+"superblock."
+msgstr ""
+"指定されたデフォルトのマウントオプションを ファイルシステムにセット/クリアす"
+"る。 デフォルトのマウントオプションは、 B</etc/fstab>(5) または B<mount>"
+"(8) のコマンドライン引き数で指定される マウントオプションで上書きできる。 古"
+"いカーネルは、この属性をサポートしていない。 特に 2.4.20 より前のカーネル"
+"は、 スーパーブロックにあるデフォルトのマウントオプションを ほぼ確実に無視す"
+"る。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:427
+msgid ""
+"More than one mount option can be cleared or set by separating features with "
+"commas. Mount options prefixed with a caret character ('^') will be cleared "
+"in the filesystem's superblock; mount options without a prefix character or "
+"prefixed with a plus character ('+') will be added to the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"属性をコンマで区切ることにより、 1 つ以上のマウントオプションをクリア/セット"
+"できる。 キャレット文字 ('^') を前につけたマウントオプションは、 ファイルシス"
+"テムのスーパーブロックからクリアされる。 前置文字のないマウントオプションと "
+"プラス文字 ('+') を前につけたマウントオプションは、 ファイルシステムに追加さ"
+"れる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:430
+msgid "The following mount options can be set or cleared using B<tune2fs>:"
+msgstr "B<tune2fs> を使ってセット/クリアできるマウントオプションは以下の通り:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:431
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<debug>"
+msgstr "B<debug>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:434
+msgid "Enable debugging code for this filesystem."
+msgstr "このファイルシステムのデバッグコードを有効にする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:434
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<bsdgroups>"
+msgstr "B<bsdgroups>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:442
+msgid ""
+"Emulate BSD behaviour when creating new files: they will take the group-id "
+"of the directory in which they were created. The standard System V "
+"behaviour is the default, where newly created files take on the fsgid of the "
+"current process, unless the directory has the setgid bit set, in which case "
+"it takes the gid from the parent directory, and also gets the setgid bit set "
+"if it is a directory itself."
+msgstr ""
+"新しいファイルを作成するときに、BSD の動作をエミュレートする。 新規作成される"
+"ファイルは、 自身が作成されるディレクトリのグループ ID を使う。 標準的な "
+"System V の動作をデフォルトとする。 ディレクトリに setgid ビットセットがない"
+"場合、 新規作成されたファイルはカレントプロセスの fsgid を使う。 ディレクトリ"
+"に setgid ビットセットがある場合、 新規作成されたファイルは親ディレクトリのグ"
+"ループ ID を使い、 新規作成されたのがディレクトリならば、setgid ビットセット"
+"も設定する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<user_xattr>"
+msgstr "B<user_xattr>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:445
+msgid "Enable user-specified extended attributes."
+msgstr "ユーザ固有の拡張属性を有効にする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:445
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<acl>"
+msgstr "B<acl>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:448
+msgid "Enable Posix Access Control Lists."
+msgstr "Posix アクセス制御リスト (Access Control List) を有効にする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:448
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<uid16>"
+msgstr "B<uid16>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:452
+msgid ""
+"Disables 32-bit UIDs and GIDs. This is for interoperability with older "
+"kernels which only store and expect 16-bit values."
+msgstr ""
+"32 ビットのユーザ ID とグループ ID を無効にする。 これは 16 ビットの値のみを"
+"格納したり想定したりする 古いカーネルとの相互運用のためにある。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:452
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data>"
+msgstr "B<journal_data>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:457
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, all data (not just "
+"metadata) is committed into the journal prior to being written into the main "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"ジャーナリングを有効にしてファイルシステムがマウントされている場合、 (メタ"
+"データだけでなく) 全てのデータは メインのファイルシステムに書き込まれる前に "
+"ジャーナルにコミットされる。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:457
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data_ordered>"
+msgstr "B<journal_data_ordered>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:462
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, all data is forced "
+"directly out to the main file system prior to its metadata being committed "
+"to the journal."
+msgstr ""
+"ジャーナリングを有効にしてファイルシステムがマウントされている場合、 メタデー"
+"タがジャーナルにコミットされる前に、 全てのデータをメインのファイルシステムに"
+"強制的に直接書き込む。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:462
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<journal_data_writeback>"
+msgstr "B<journal_data_writeback>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:468
+msgid ""
+"When the filesystem is mounted with journalling enabled, data may be written "
+"into the main filesystem after its metadata has been committed to the "
+"journal. This may increase throughput, however, it may allow old data to "
+"appear in files after a crash and journal recovery."
+msgstr ""
+"ジャーナリングを有効にしてファイルシステムがマウントされている場合、 メタデー"
+"タがジャーナルにコミットされた後に、 データをメインのファイルシステムに書き込"
+"む。 これはスループットを向上させるが、 クラッシュしてジャーナルによる回復を"
+"した後で、 ファイルに古いデータが現れるのを許してしまう。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:468
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nobarrier>"
+msgstr "B<nobarrier>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:473
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with barrier operations in the journal "
+"disabled. (This option is currently only supported by the ext4 file system "
+"driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:473
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<block_validity>"
+msgstr "B<block_validity>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:483
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with the block_validity option enabled, "
+"which causes extra checks to be performed after reading or writing from the "
+"file system. This prevents corrupted metadata blocks from causing file "
+"system damage by overwriting parts of the inode table or block group "
+"descriptors. This comes at the cost of increased memory and CPU overhead, "
+"so it is enabled only for debugging purposes. (This option is currently "
+"only supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:492
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mouinted with the discard mount option. This will "
+"cause the file system driver to attempt to use the trim/discard feature of "
+"some storage devices (such as SSD's and thin-provisioned drives available in "
+"some enterprise storage arrays) to inform the storage device that blocks "
+"belonging to deleted files can be reused for other purposes. (This option "
+"is currently only supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ "
+"kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:492
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<nodelalloc>"
+msgstr "B<nodelalloc>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:497
+msgid ""
+"The file system will be mounted with the nodelalloc mount option. This will "
+"disable the delayed allocation feature. (This option is currently only "
+"supported by the ext4 file system driver in 2.6.35+ kernels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:498
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...]"
+msgstr "B<-O> [^]I<feature>[,...]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:506
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear the indicated filesystem features (options) in the filesystem. "
+"More than one filesystem feature can be cleared or set by separating "
+"features with commas. Filesystem features prefixed with a caret character "
+"('^') will be cleared in the filesystem's superblock; filesystem features "
+"without a prefix character or prefixed with a plus character ('+') will be "
+"added to the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"指定したファイルシステム属性 (オプション) をセット/クリアする。 コンマで区切"
+"ることにより、 2 つ以上のファイルシステム属性をクリアまたはセットできる。 "
+"キャレット文字 ('^') を前においたファイルシステム属性は、 ファイルシステムの"
+"スーパーブロックからクリアされる。 前置文字のないファイルシステム属性と プラ"
+"ス文字 ('+') を前においたファイルシステム属性は、 ファイルシステムにセットさ"
+"れる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:509
+msgid ""
+"The following filesystem features can be set or cleared using B<tune2fs>:"
+msgstr ""
+"B<tune2fs> を使ってセット/クリアできるファイルシステム属性は以下の通り:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:513
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<dir_nlink>"
+msgstr "B<dir_nlink>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:516
+msgid "Allow more than 65000 subdirectories per directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:528
+msgid ""
+"Allow bitmaps and inode tables for a block group to be placed anywhere on "
+"the storage media. B<Tune2fs> will not reorganize the location of the inode "
+"tables and allocation bitmaps, as B<mke2fs>(8) will do when it creates a "
+"freshly formated file system with B<flex_bg> enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:534
+msgid ""
+"Use a journal to ensure filesystem consistency even across unclean "
+"shutdowns. Setting the filesystem feature is equivalent to using the B<-j> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+"ジャーナルを使うことにより、 異常なシャットダウンが起こってもファイルシステム"
+"の一貫性を保証する。 このファイルシステム属性をセットするのは、 B<-j> オプ"
+"ションを使うのと等しい。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:544
+msgid ""
+"Reserve space so the block group descriptor table may grow in the future. "
+"B<Tune2fs> only supports clearing this filesystem feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:544
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<mmp>"
+msgstr "B<mmp>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:549
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable multiple mount protection (MMP) feature. MMP helps to "
+"protect the filesystem from being multiply mounted and is useful in shared "
+"storage environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:552
+msgid ""
+"Limit the number of backup superblocks to save space on large filesystems."
+msgstr ""
+"大きなファイルシステム上でディスク使用量を少なくするために、 バックアップスー"
+"パーブロックの数を制限する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:560
+msgid ""
+"Allow the kernel to initialize bitmaps and inode tables and keep a high "
+"watermark for the unused inodes in a filesystem, to reduce B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"time. This first e2fsck run after enabling this feature will take the full "
+"time, but subsequent e2fsck runs will take only a fraction of the original "
+"time, depending on how full the file system is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:585
+msgid ""
+"After setting or clearing B<sparse_super>, B<uninit_bg>, B<filetype>, or "
+"B<resize_inode> filesystem features, B<e2fsck>(8) must be run on the "
+"filesystem to return the filesystem to a consistent state. B<Tune2fs> will "
+"print a message requesting that the system administrator run B<e2fsck>(8) "
+"if necessary. After setting the B<dir_index> feature, B<e2fsck -D> can be "
+"run to convert existing directories to the hashed B-tree format. Enabling "
+"certain filesystem features may prevent the filesystem from being mounted by "
+"kernels which do not support those features. In particular, the "
+"B<uninit_bg> and B<flex_bg> features are only supported by the ext4 "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:585
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< mmp_check_interval>"
+msgstr "B<-p>I< mmp_check_interval>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:588
+msgid ""
+"Set the desired MMP check interval in seconds. It is 5 seconds by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:588
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-r>I< reserved-blocks-count>"
+msgstr "B<-r>I< reserved-blocks-count>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:591
+msgid "Set the number of reserved filesystem blocks."
+msgstr "予約ファイルシステムブロックの量をブロック数で設定する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:591
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-Q>I< quota-options>"
+msgstr "B<-Q>I< quota-options>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:595
+msgid ""
+"Sets 'quota' feature on the superblock and works on the quota files for the "
+"given quota type. Quota options could be one or more of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:596
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<[^]usrquota>"
+msgstr "B<[^]usrquota>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:601
+msgid ""
+"Sets/clears user quota inode in the superblock. B<[^]usrquota> Sets/clears "
+"group quota inode in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:601
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< time-last-checked>"
+msgstr "B<-T>I< time-last-checked>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:618
+msgid ""
+"Set the time the filesystem was last checked using B<e2fsck>. The time is "
+"interpreted using the current (local) timezone. This can be useful in "
+"scripts which use a Logical Volume Manager to make a consistent snapshot of "
+"a filesystem, and then check the filesystem during off hours to make sure it "
+"hasn't been corrupted due to hardware problems, etc. If the filesystem was "
+"clean, then this option can be used to set the last checked time on the "
+"original filesystem. The format of I<time-last-checked> is the "
+"international date format, with an optional time specifier, i.e. YYYYMMDD[HH"
+"[MM[SS]]]. The keyword B<now> is also accepted, in which case the last "
+"checked time will be set to the current time."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルシステムが最後に B<e2fsck> によってチェックされた時刻を設定する。\n"
+"時刻は現在 (ローカル) のタイムゾーンで解釈される。\n"
+"このオプションは、Logical Volume Manager を使い、\n"
+"整合性の取れている状態のファイルシステムのスナップショットを取っておき、\n"
+"忙しくない時間帯にそのファイルシステムがハードウェア障害などによって\n"
+"壊れていないかを調べるようなスクリプトで用いると便利である。\n"
+"ファイルシステムがクリーンなら、このオプションを使って\n"
+"オリジナルのファイルシステムの最終チェック時刻を設定すればよい。\n"
+"I<time-last-checked> の書式は、国際時刻書式に、オプションの時刻指定子を\n"
+"加えたもので、YYYYMMDD[HH[MM[SS]]] である。\n"
+"B<now> というキーワードも利用でき、\n"
+"この場合は最終チェック時刻は現在の時刻に設定される。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:618
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-u>I< user>"
+msgstr "B<-u>I< user>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:624
+msgid ""
+"Set the user who can use the reserved filesystem blocks. I<user> can be a "
+"numerical uid or a user name. If a user name is given, it is converted to a "
+"numerical uid before it is stored in the superblock."
+msgstr ""
+"予約ファイルシステムブロックを利用できるユーザを設定する。 I<user> は UID を"
+"数値で指定することも、ユーザ名で指定することもできる。 グループ名が指定された"
+"場合は、スーパーブロックに格納される前に UID の数値に変換される。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:634
+msgid ""
+"Set the universally unique identifier (UUID) of the filesystem to I<UUID>. "
+"The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like "
+"this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The I<UUID> parameter may "
+"also be one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"UUID (universally unique identifier: 汎システム的に他とは重ならない識別子) "
+"を I<UUID> に設定する。 UUID はハイフンで区切られた 16 進数の列で、 "
+"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\" のような形式である。 I<UUID> パラ"
+"メータは以下のいずれか 1 つである:"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:635
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<clear>"
+msgstr "I<clear>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:638
+msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
+msgstr "ファイルシステムの UUID をクリアする。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<random>"
+msgstr "I<random>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:641
+msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
+msgstr "新しい UUID をランダムに生成する。"
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:641
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "I<time>"
+msgstr "I<time>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:644
+msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
+msgstr "新しい UUID を時刻をもとに生成する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:655
+msgid ""
+"The UUID may be used by B<mount>(8), B<fsck>(8), and B</etc/fstab>(5) (and "
+"possibly others) by specifying B<UUID=>I<uuid> instead of a block special "
+"device name like B</dev/hda1>."
+msgstr ""
+"UUID は B<mount>(8), B<fsck>(8), B</etc/fstab>(5) (まだあるかも) において、 "
+"B</dev/hda1> のようなブロックスペシャルデバイス名の代わりに、 "
+"B<UUID=>I<uuid> という形式で指定して使うことができる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:665
+msgid ""
+"See B<uuidgen>(8) for more information. If the system does not have a good "
+"random number generator such as I</dev/random> or I</dev/urandom>, "
+"B<tune2fs> will automatically use a time-based UUID instead of a randomly-"
+"generated UUID."
+msgstr ""
+"より詳しい情報は B<uuidgen>(8) を参照すること。 I</dev/random> や I</dev/"
+"urandom> のような優れた乱数発生器がシステムに存在しない場合、 B<tune2fs> はラ"
+"ンダムに生成した UUID ではなく、 時刻に基づいた UUID を自動的に使用する。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:667
+msgid "We haven't found any bugs yet. That doesn't mean there aren't any..."
+msgstr "現時点では見付かっていない。しかし、バグがないという意味ではない。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:675
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> was written by Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt>. It is "
+"currently being maintained by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt>. "
+"B<tune2fs> uses the ext2fs library written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit."
+"eduE<gt>. This manual page was written by Christian Kuhtz E<lt>chk@data-hh."
+"Hanse.DEE<gt>. Time-dependent checking was added by Uwe Ohse E<lt>uwe@tirka."
+"gun.deE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+"B<tune2fs> は、Remy Card E<lt>Remy.Card@linux.orgE<gt> によって作成された。 "
+"現在は Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@alum.mit.eduE<gt> によってメンテナンスされて"
+"いる。 B<tune2fs> は Thodre Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> によって作成された "
+"ext2fs ライブラリを使用している。 このマニュアルは E<lt>chk@data-hh.Hanse."
+"deE<gt> によって作成された。 時間に依存するチェックは Uwe Ohse "
+"E<lt>uwe@tirka.gun.deE<gt> によって付加された。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:679
+msgid ""
+"B<tune2fs> is part of the e2fsprogs package and is available from http://"
+"e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<tune2fs> は e2fsprogs パッケージの一部であり、 http://e2fsprogs."
+"sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/tune2fs.8:683
+msgid "B<debugfs>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+msgstr "B<debugfs>(8), B<dumpe2fs>(8), B<e2fsck>(8), B<mke2fs>(8)"
+
+#. type: TH
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "UUIDD"
+msgstr "UUIDD"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:8
+msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
+msgstr "uuidd - UUID 生成デーモン"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:25
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidd> [ B<-d> ] [ B<-p> I<pidfile> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ] [ B<-T> "
+"I<timeout> ]"
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuidd> [ B<-d> ] [ B<-p> I<pidfile> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ] [ B<-T> "
+"I<timeout> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:40
+msgid "B<uuidd> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ] [ B<-n> I<number> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ]"
+msgstr "B<uuidd> [ B<-r> | B<-t> ] [ B<-n> I<number> ] [ B<-s> I<socketpath> ]"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:42
+msgid "B<uuidd -k>"
+msgstr "B<uuidd -k>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:49
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuidd> daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
+"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUID's in a secure and "
+"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
+"trying to grab UUID's running on different CPU's."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:55
+msgid ""
+"Run B<uuidd> in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a "
+"daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
+msgid "If a currently uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-n>I< number>"
+msgstr "B<-n>I< number>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:64
+msgid ""
+"When issuing a test request to a running uuidd, request a bulk response of "
+"I<number> UUID's."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:64
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-p>I< pidfile>"
+msgstr "B<-p>I< pidfile>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
+msgid ""
+"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
+"pid file is written to /var/lib/libuuid/uuidd.pid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-s>I< socketpath>"
+msgstr "B<-s>I< socketpath>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:74
+msgid ""
+"Specify the pathname used for the unix-domain socket used by uuidd. By "
+"default, the pathname used is /var/lib/libuuid/request. This is primarily "
+"for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the libuuid "
+"library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:78
+msgid ""
+"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
+"return a random-based UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:82
+msgid ""
+"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
+"return a time-based UUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: TP
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:82
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "B<-T>I< timeout>"
+msgstr "B<-T>I< timeout>"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:87
+msgid ""
+"Specify a timeout for uuidd. If specified, then uuidd will exit after "
+"I<timeout> seconds of inactivity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:91
+msgid ""
+"The B<uuidd> daemon was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
+msgstr "B<uuidd> デーモンは Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt> が作成した。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:95
+msgid ""
+"B<uuidd> is part of libuuid from the e2fsprogs package and is available from "
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net."
+msgstr ""
+"B<uuidd> は e2fsprogs パッケージの libuuid の一部であり、\n"
+"http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net から入手できる。"
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: original/man8/uuidd.8:97
+msgid "B<libuuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
+msgstr "B<libuuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
OSDN Git Service
